2019 GMC Acadia Owners Manual PDF

19_GMC_Acadia_AcadiaDenali_COV_en_US_84139730A_2018APR13.
ai 1 4/4/2018 1:02:16 PM
2019 Acadia/Acadia Denali

C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Acadia/Acadia Denali
Owner’s Manual
gmc.com (U.S.)
84139730 A gmccanada.ca (Canada)
GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 28
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 118
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 173
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 205
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 373
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 390
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 400
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive
was not purchased on the vehicle, Plymouth, MI 48170
model variants, country USA
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your Using this Manual
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner’s manual. To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
The names, logos, emblems, Refer to the purchase back of the manual. It is an
slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your alphabetical list of what is in the
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the manual and the page number where
this manual including, but not limited features. it can be found.
to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the
GMC Truck Emblem, ACADIA, and Keep this manual in the vehicle for
DENALI are trademarks and/or quick reference. Danger, Warning, and
service marks of General Motors Caution
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Canadian Vehicle Owners
Warning messages found on vehicle
or licensors. A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe
For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or
substitute the name “General www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them.
Motors of Canada Company” for
GMC wherever it appears in this Propriétaires Canadiens
manual. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Litho in U.S.A.
©
Part No. 84139730 A First Printing 2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Introduction 3
A circle with a slash through it is a Vehicle Symbol Chart
{ Danger safety symbol which means “Do Here are some additional symbols
Not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let that may be found on the vehicle
Danger indicates a hazard with a this happen.”
high level of risk which will result and what they mean. See the
in serious injury or death. features in this manual for
Symbols information.
The vehicle has components and u : Air Conditioning System
labels that use symbols instead of
{ Warning text. Symbols are shown along with G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil
Warning indicates a hazard that
the text describing the operation or 9 : Airbag Readiness Light
information relating to a specific
could result in injury or death. component, control, message,
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
gauge, or indicator. $ : Brake System Warning Light
M : Shown when the owner’s 9 : Dispose of Used Components
Caution manual has additional instructions Properly
or information. B : Engine Coolant Temperature
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
* : Shown when the service _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
manual has additional instructions
damage. or information. H : Flammable
0 : Shown when there is more [ : Forward Collision Alert
information on another page — + : Fuses
“see page.”
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child
Restraints
| : Lane Change Alert
@ : Lane Departure Warning
A : Lane Keep Assist
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
4 Introduction
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
X : Park Assist
~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
O : Power
7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
I : Registered Technician
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Seat Belt Reminders
I : Side Blind Zone Alert
h : Start/Stop
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC)
a : Under Pressure
V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 25
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 26
Instrument Panel Driving for Better Fuel
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 19
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 20 Roadside Assistance
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Driver Information
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Forward Automatic
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . 22
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . 22
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Surround Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Heated and Ventilated Seats . . . 13 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 23
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Passenger Sensing System . . . 14 Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15 Universal Remote System . . . . . 24
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 203. 11. Power Outlets 0 124. Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
2. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164. 12. Driver Mode Control 0 239. System 0 257 (If Equipped).
Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Assistance Systems for Heated Steering Wheel 0 120
and Lane-Change Signals Parking or Backing 0 253 (If (If Equipped).
0 168. Equipped). 19. Hood Release. See Hood
3. Instrument Cluster 0 127. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 266 0 287.
4. Windshield Wiper/Washer (If Equipped). 20. Instrument Panel Illumination

0 120. 13. Shift Lever. See Automatic Control 0 169 (Out of View).
Rear Window Wiper/Washer Transmission 0 229. 21. Data Link Connector (DLC)
0 121. 14. ENGINE START/STOP Button. (Out of View). See Malfunction
See Starting the Engine 0 223. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
5. Light Sensor. See Automatic Light) 0 136.
Headlamp System 0 167. 15. Steering Wheel Controls 0 119
(If Equipped). 22. Electric Parking Brake 0 234.
6. Infotainment 0 173.
7. Dual Automatic Climate Control Driver Information Center (DIC)
System 0 198. Buttons.
See Driver Information Center
8. Heated and Ventilated Front (DIC) (Base and Midlevel)
Seats 0 64 (If Equipped). 0 145 or Driver Information
9. USB Port 0 181 (If Equipped). Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148.
Auxiliary Input Jack. See 16. Horn 0 120.
Auxiliary Devices 0 187. 17. Steering Wheel Adjustment
10. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 119.
0 168. 18. Cruise Control 0 240.
Traction Control/Electronic Adaptive Cruise Control 0 243
Stability Control 0 236. (If Equipped).
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
8 In Brief
Initial Drive Remote Keyless Entry K : Press to unlock the driver door
(RKE) System or all doors depending on the
Information vehicle personalization settings.
This section provides a brief The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter may be used to lock and Lock and unlock feedback can be
overview about some of the personalized.
important features that may or may unlock the doors from up to 60 m
not be on your specific vehicle. (197 ft) away from the vehicle. See Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
For more detailed information, refer 7 : Press and release one time to
to each of the features which can be initiate vehicle locator.
found later in this owner’s manual. Press and hold 7 for three seconds
to sound the panic alarm. Press
Stop/Start System again to cancel the panic alarm.
If equipped, the Stop/Start system b : Press twice quickly to open or
will shut off the engine to help close the liftgate. Press once to stop
conserve fuel. It has components the liftgate from moving.
designed for the increased number
See Keys 0 28 and Remote Keyless
of starts.
Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.
When the brakes are applied and
the vehicle is at a complete stop, With Remote Start Shown
Remote Vehicle Start
the engine may turn off. When Press the key release button near
stopped, the tachometer displays If equipped, the engine can be
the bottom of the transmitter to
AUTO STOP. See Tachometer started from outside of the vehicle.
remove the key. Never pull the key
0 131. When the brake pedal is out without pressing the button. The Starting the Vehicle
released or the accelerator pedal is key can be used for the driver door.
pressed, the engine will restart. See
Q : Press to lock all doors. 1. Press and release Q on the
Stop/Start System 0 224 in Driving RKE transmitter.
and Operating.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 9
2. Immediately press and hold / . Use the key. The key lock Keyless Access
for at least four seconds or until cylinder is covered with a cap.
the turn signal lamps flash. See Door Locks 0 37.
Start the vehicle normally after To lock or unlock the vehicle from
entering. the inside, use the power door lock
switch.
When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on. Power Door Locks
Remote start can be extended.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
. Press and hold / until the If equipped, press the button on the
parking lamps turn off. driver door handle when the RKE
. Turn on the hazard warning transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of the
flashers. driver door handle. When unlocking
from the driver door, the first press
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
unlocks that door; press again
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35. within five seconds to unlock all
passenger doors. See Remote
Door Locks K : Press to unlock the doors. Keyless Entry (RKE) System
To lock or unlock the vehicle from
Q : Press to lock the doors. Operation 0 29.
the outside:
. Press Q or K on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
10 In Brief
Liftgate Power Liftgate Operation Windows
If equipped with a power liftgate, the
switch is on the driver door. The
vehicle must be in P (Park).
Choose the power liftgate mode by
selecting MAX or 3/4. Press 8.
The driver door must be unlocked.
On the RKE transmitter press b
twice quickly until the liftgate starts
moving.
Press any liftgate button or the
touch pad while the liftgate is
moving to stop it. Pressing again
To unlock the liftgate, press K on reverses the direction. Power windows work when the
the power door lock switch or press ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
To close, press l on the bottom or when Retained Accessory Power
K on the Remote Keyless Entry of the liftgate next to the pull cup.
(RKE) transmitter twice to unlock all (RAP) is active. See Retained
doors. Press the touch pad on the To disable the power liftgate Accessory Power (RAP) 0 226.
bottom of the liftgate and lift up. See function, select OFF on the liftgate Using the window switch, press to
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) switch. See Liftgate 0 41. open or pull to close the window.
System Operation 0 29.
The windows may be temporarily
Use the pull cup to lower and close disabled if they are used repeatedly
the liftgate. Do not press the touch within a short time.
pad while closing the liftgate. This
will cause the liftgate to be
unlatched.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 11
Seat Adjustment 3. Try to move the seat back and To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
forth to be sure it is locked in . Move the seat forward or
Manual Seats place. rearward by sliding the
Move the lever (2) up or down to control (1) forward or rearward.
raise or lower the seat. . Raise or lower the front part of
Use the lever (3) to adjust the the seat cushion by moving the
seatback. front of the control (1) up
See Seat Adjustment 0 58 and or down.
Reclining Seatbacks 0 59. . Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control (1)
Power Seats up or down.
. Adjust the seatback by tilting the
top of the control (2) forward or
rearward.
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.
1. Seat Adjustment Handle
2. Driver Seat Height . Press and hold the control (3)
Adjustment Lever forward to increase or rearward
3. Seatback Lever to decrease support.
To adjust a manual seat: See Lumbar Adjustment 0 59.
1. Lift the handle (1) under the See Power Seat Adjustment 0 59.
seat to unlock it.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
1. Seat Adjustment Control
position, and then release the
handle (1). 2. Seatback Control
3. Lumbar Control
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
12 In Brief
Memory Features Then immediately press and hold 1, Second Row Seats
2, or B (Exit) until two beeps
sound. To manually recall these
positions, press and hold 1, 2, or B
until the saved position is reached.
When Auto Memory Recall is
enabled in vehicle personalization,
positions previously saved to
memory buttons 1 and 2 are
recalled when the ignition is
changed from off to on or ACC/
ACCESSORY.
When Easy Exit Options is enabled
in vehicle personalization, the
If equipped, memory seats allow two The second row seat can be folded
feature automatically recalls the
drivers to save and recall their to access the third row. Pull the
previously saved exit position when
unique seat positions for driving the handle on top of the seat forward
exiting the vehicle.
vehicle, and a shared exit position and pull the seat forward.
for getting out of the vehicle. Other Memory adjustments may not be
The second row seatbacks can be
feature positions may also be available upon delivery or after
folded forward. See Rear Seats
saved, such as power mirrors and service until steps in “Saving
0 66.
power steering wheel, if equipped. Memory Positions” section are
Memory positions are linked to RKE performed. See Memory Seats 0 61.
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic Third Row Seats
memory recalls. The third row seatbacks can be
Before saving, adjust all available folded forward. See Third Row
memory feature positions. Turn the Seats 0 70.
ignition on and then press and
release SET; a beep will sound.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 13
Heated and Ventilated Press C or {, if available, to Head Restraint
Seats ventilate the driver or passenger Adjustment
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan
that pulls or pushes air through the Do not drive until the head restraints
seat. The air is not cooled. for all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of To achieve a comfortable seating
the button, the seat will change to position, change the seatback
the next lower setting, and then to recline angle as little as necessary
the off setting. The indicator lights while keeping the seat and the head
next to the buttons indicate three for restraint height in the proper
the highest setting and one for the position.
lowest. If the front heated seats are See Head Restraints 0 56 and Seat
on high, the level may automatically Adjustment 0 58.
be lowered after approximately
Heated and Ventilated Seat 30 minutes.
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
Buttons Similar See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 64.
If equipped, the buttons are near the
climate controls on the center stack. The heated and ventilated front
To operate, the engine must be seats can also be programmed to
running. come on during a remote start. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
Press I or +, if available, to heat
the driver or passenger
seatback only.
Press J or z to heat the driver or
passenger cushion and seatback.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
14 In Brief
Seat Belts Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status
indicator will light on the overhead
System console when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 135.
Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirror
United States and Canada Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
Refer to the following sections for daytime use and pull it rearward for
important information on how to use nighttime use to avoid glare of the
seat belts properly: Mexico headlamps from behind.
. Seat Belts 0 71 The passenger sensing system Automatic Dimming Rearview
. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly turns off the front outboard Mirror
0 72 passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag If equipped, the mirror will
. Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 74 automatically reduce the glare of the
is affected by the passenger
. Lower Anchors and Tethers for sensing system. See Passenger headlamps from behind. The
Children (LATCH System) 0 99 Sensing System 0 85. dimming feature comes on when the
vehicle is started.
See Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror 0 50.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 15
Exterior Mirrors Steering Wheel Power Tilt and Telescoping
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust a mirror:
To adjust the power tilt and
1. Press } or | to choose the To adjust the steering wheel: telescoping steering wheel,
driver or passenger mirror. 1. Pull the lever down. if equipped:
2. Press the arrows on the control 2. Move the steering wheel up Press the control to move the
pad to move each mirror in the or down. steering wheel up and down or
desired direction. forward and rearward.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
See Power Mirrors 0 49. closer or away from you. Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
16 In Brief
Interior Lighting and the indicator light will turn off.
The dome lamps will come on when
Dome Lamp doors are opened.
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome
lamps on manually.
Reading Lamps
There are front and rear reading
lamps on the overhead console and
Rear Reading Lamps
in the headliner. These lamps come
on when any door is opened. Press the buttons to turn the rear
passenger reading lamps on or off.
For more information on interior
lighting, see Instrument Panel
Illumination Control 0 169.
The dome lamp is in the overhead
console.
Exterior Lighting
To operate, press the following
buttons:
j OFF : Press to turn off the
dome lamps when a door is open.
An indicator light on the button will
turn on when the dome lamp Front Reading Lamps
override is activated. Press j Press the lamp lenses to turn the The exterior lamp control is on the
OFF again to deactivate this feature front reading lamps on or off. turn signal lever.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 17
Turn the control to the following Windshield Wiper/Washer INT : Move the windshield wiper
positions: lever to INT. Turn the band up for
O : Turns the exterior lamps off and more frequent wipes or down for
deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn less frequent wipes.
to O again to reactivate the OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
AUTO mode. 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move
In Canada, the headlamps will the lever down. For several wipes,
automatically reactivate when the hold the lever down.
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). f : Pull the lever toward you to
AUTO : Automatically turns the spray windshield washer fluid and
exterior lamps on and off, With the ignition on or in ACC/ activate the wipers.
depending on outside lighting. ACCESSORY, move the lever to See Windshield Wiper/Washer
select the wiper speed. 0 120 and Rear Window Wiper/
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the HI : Use for fast wipes. Washer 0 121.
headlamps. LO : Use for slow wipes.
5 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and
instrument panel lights.
See:
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164.
. Turn and Lane-Change Signals
0 168.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
18 In Brief
Climate Controls Transmission
Use this system to control the heating, cooling, and ventilation. Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
ERS mode allows you to choose the
top-gear limit of the transmission
and the vehicle's speed while
driving downhill or towing a trailer.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
position indicator within the
instrument cluster. When using the
ERS mode a number will display
next to the L, indicating the
maximum gear allowed for the
range selected.
To use this feature:
1. Driver Temperature Control 8. Rear Window Defogger 1. Move the shift lever to
2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 9. Power Button L (Manual Mode).
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 10. Air Recirculation 2. Press + (Plus) or − (Minus) on
the shift lever to increase or
4. Fan Control 11. AUTO (Automatic Operation) decrease the gear range
5. Defrost See Dual Automatic Climate Control available.
6. Passenger Temperature System 0 198. For more information See Manual Mode 0 231.
Control about the rear climate control, see
Rear Climate Control System 0 201.
7. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 19
Vehicle Features 7: SiriusXM Satellite Radio
. Radio: Press and release to fast
Service
Infotainment System seek the previous strongest SiriusXM is a satellite radio service
station or channel. based in the 48 contiguous United
The base radio with infotainment
. USB/Music/Pictures: Press to go States and 10 Canadian provinces.
display controls information is
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
included in this manual. See the to the previous content. Press
variety of programming and
infotainment manual for information and hold to fast rewind.
commercial-free music, coast to
on the uplevel radios, audio players, 6: coast, and in digital-quality sound.
phone, navigation system, Rear
. Radio: Press and release to fast A fee is required to receive the
Seat Entertainment (RSE), and
seek the next strongest station SiriusXM service.
voice or speech recognition,
if equipped. or channel. Refer to:
. USB/Music/Pictures: Press to go . www.siriusxm.com or call
Radio(s) to the next content. Press and 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
{: hold to fast forward.
. www.siriusxm.ca or call
. Press to go to the Home Page. v: 1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
. Press and release to access the See Satellite Radio 0 179.
O: phone screen, answer an
. Press to turn the power on. incoming call, or access the Portable Audio Devices
. Press and hold to turn the device home screen.
This vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
power off. See Overview 0 175. auxiliary input and may have two
. Press to mute/unmute the USB ports in the center stack.
system when on. Satellite Radio External devices such as iPods®,
. Turn to decrease or increase the If equipped, a SiriusXM satellite MP3 players, and USB storage
volume. radio tuner and a valid SiriusXM devices may be connected.
satellite radio subscription can See Auxiliary Devices 0 187 and
receive SiriusXM programming. USB Port 0 181.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
20 In Brief
Bluetooth Steering Wheel Controls o or p : Press to go to the
previous or next menu option.
The Bluetooth system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled cell phone w or x : Press to go to the next or
to make and receive hands-free previous selection.
calls using the vehicle audio system V : Press to select a highlighted
and controls. menu option.
The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone
must be paired with the in-vehicle
Bluetooth system before it can be
used in the vehicle. Not all phones
will support all functions.
See Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) 0 189 or Bluetooth
(Overview) 0 188. If equipped, some audio controls
can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
g : For vehicles
®
with OnStar® or a
Bluetooth system, press to interact
with those systems. See OnStar The favorite and volume switches
Overview 0 404 or “Bluetooth are on the back of the steering
(Overview)” in the infotainment wheel.
manual.
1. Favorite: When on a radio
i : Press to reject an incoming source, press to select the next
call or end a current call. Press to or previous favorite. When on a
mute or unmute the infotainment media source, press to select
system when not on a call. the next or previous track.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 21
2. Volume: Press to increase or SET− : Press briefly to set the
decrease the volume. speed and activate cruise control.
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 119. If the cruise control is already
active, use to decrease vehicle
speed.
Cruise Control
* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
See Cruise Control 0 240 or
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 243 (if
equipped).
Driver Information w or x : Press to move up or

Center (DIC) down in a list.
The DIC display is in the instrument o or p : Press to move between
cluster. It shows the status of many the interactive display zones in the
vehicle systems. cluster.
V : Press to open a menu or select
J : Press to turn the system on a menu item. Press and hold to
and off. A white indicator appears in reset values on certain screens.
the instrument cluster when
turned on. See Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver
RES+ : If there is a set speed in Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
memory, press briefly to resume to 0 148.
that speed or press and hold to
accelerate. If the cruise control is
already active, use to increase
vehicle speed.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
22 In Brief
Forward Collision Alert vehicle. This can help avoid or Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
lessen the severity of crashes when
(FCA) System driving in a forward gear. If equipped, LKA may help avoid
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or crashes due to unintentional lane
See Forward Automatic Braking departures. It may assist by gently
reduce the harm caused by (FAB) 0 259.
front-end crashes. FCA provides a turning the steering wheel if the
vehicle approaches a detected lane
green indicator, V, when a vehicle Front Pedestrian Braking marking without using a turn signal
is detected ahead. This indicator
displays amber if you follow a
(FPB) System in that direction. It may also provide
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
vehicle too closely. When If equipped, the FPB system may alert as the lane marking is crossed.
approaching a vehicle ahead too help avoid or reduce the harm The system will not assist or alert if
quickly, FCA provides a flashing red caused by front-end crashes with it detects that you are actively
alert on the windshield and rapidly nearby pedestrians when driving in steering. Override LKA by turning
beeps or pulses the driver seat. a forward gear. FPB displays an the steering wheel. LKA uses a
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) amber indicator, ~, when a nearby camera to detect lane markings
System 0 257. pedestrian is detected directly between 60 km/h (37 mph) and
ahead. When approaching a 180 km/h (112 mph).
Forward Automatic detected pedestrian too quickly,
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
FPB provides a red flashing alert on
Braking (FAB) the windshield and rapidly beeps or
0 265 and Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
0 266.
If the vehicle has Forward Collision pulses the driver seat. FPB can
Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which provide a boost to braking or
includes Intelligent Brake automatically brake the vehicle. Lane Change Alert (LCA)
Assist (IBA). When the system See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) If equipped, the LCA system is a
detects a vehicle ahead in your path System 0 261. lane-changing aid that assists
that is traveling in the same drivers with avoiding lane change
direction that you may be about to crashes that occur with moving
crash into, it can provide a boost to vehicles in the side blind zone (or
braking or automatically brake the spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 23
approaching these areas from Rear Vision Park Assist
behind. The LCA warning display
will light up in the corresponding
Camera (RVC) If equipped, Rear Park Assist (RPA)
outside mirror and will flash if the If equipped, RVC shows a view of uses sensors on the rear bumper to
turn signal is on. The Side Blind the area behind the vehicle on the assist with parking and avoiding
Zone Alert (SBZA) system is infotainment display when the objects while in R (Reverse).
included as part of the LCA system. vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse) to It operates at speeds less than
aid with parking and low-speed 8 km/h (5 mph). RPA may show a
See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning triangle on the infotainment
0 263 and Lane Change Alert (LCA) backing maneuvers.
display and a graphic on the
0 264. See Assistance Systems for Parking instrument cluster to provide the
or Backing 0 253. object distance. In addition, multiple
Surround Vision beeps or seat pulses may occur if
If equipped, views around the
Rear Cross Traffic Alert very close to an object.
vehicle appear in the infotainment (RCTA) System The vehicle may also have the Front
display to aid with parking and If equipped, the RCTA system Park Assist system.
low-speed maneuvers. shows a triangle with an arrow on See Assistance Systems for Parking
See “Surround Vision” under the infotainment display to warn of or Backing 0 253.
Assistance Systems for Parking or traffic behind your vehicle that may
Backing 0 253. cross your vehicle's path while in Power Outlets
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will
Front Vision Camera sound, or the driver seat will pulse. The vehicle has two 12-volt
If equipped, a view of the area in accessory power outlets, which can
See Assistance Systems for Parking be used to plug in electrical
front of the vehicle appears on the or Backing 0 253.
infotainment display to aid with equipment, such as a cell phone or
parking and low-speed maneuvers. MP3 player.
See “Front Vision Camera” under The power outlets are located:
Assistance Systems for Parking or . On the center stack below the
Backing 0 253. climate controls.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
24 In Brief
. In the rear cargo area. Sunroof Slide Switch
To use the outlets, lift the cover. If equipped, the ignition must be on Express-Open/Express-Close :
See Power Outlets 0 124. or in ACC/ACCESSORY, Press and release D (1) to
or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) express-open the sunroof. Press
Universal Remote System must be active to operate the and release g (1) to
sunroof. express-close the sunroof.
See Ignition Positions 0 221 and
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Fully
0 226. press D (1) to open the sunroof.
Release to stop at the desired
position. Fully press g (1) to
close the sunroof. Release to stop
at the desired position.
Tilt Switch
Vent Feature : Press E (2) to vent
the sunroof. Press again and hold to
open the sunroof. Release to stop at
If equipped, the Universal Remote the desired position. Press g (2)
System allows for garage door to express-close the sunroof. Press
openers, security systems, and again to stop the movement.
home automation devices to be See Sunroof 0 53.
programmed to work with these 1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE)
buttons in the vehicle. 2. Vent Switch (TILT)
See Universal Remote System
0 160.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 25
.
Performance and To turn off both TCS and
StabiliTrak/ESC, press and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. The
warning light will remain on until the
Maintenance hold g until g and i illuminate tire pressure is corrected.
in the instrument cluster. A DIC The low tire pressure warning light
Traction Control/ message may display. may come on in cool weather when
Electronic Stability . Press and release g again to
the vehicle is first started, and then
Control turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
turn on both systems. may be an early indicator that the
The Traction Control System (TCS) See Traction Control/Electronic tire pressures are getting low and
limits wheel spin. The system is on Stability Control 0 236. the tires need to be inflated to the
when the vehicle is started. proper pressure.
The StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal
Control (ESC) system assists with This vehicle may have a Tire monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
directional control of the vehicle in Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). the correct tire pressures.
difficult driving conditions. The
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
system is on when the vehicle is
0 328.
started.
. To turn off TCS, press and Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
release g. i illuminates in the This feature provides visual and
instrument cluster and the a DIC audible alerts outside the vehicle to
message may display. help when inflating an underinflated
The low tire pressure warning light tire to the recommended cold tire
. Press and release g again to alerts to a significant loss in pressure. See “Tire Fill Alert (If
turn TCS back on. pressure of one of the vehicle's Equipped)” under Tire Pressure
tires. If the warning light comes on, Monitor Operation 0 329.
stop as soon as possible and inflate
the tires to the recommended
pressure shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
26 In Brief
Fuel No E85 or FlexFuel Driving for Better Fuel
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater Economy
than E15 (15% ethanol by volume),
such as E85, cannot be used in this Driving habits can affect fuel
vehicle. mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible.
Engine Oil Life System
. Set the climate controls to the
Regular Unleaded Fuel The engine oil life system calculates desired temperature after the
engine oil life based on vehicle use engine is started, or turn them
Use only Regular 87 octane — (R and displays the CHANGE ENGINE off when not required.
+M)/2 — or higher unleaded OIL SOON message when it is time
gasoline in your vehicle. TOP TIER to change the engine oil and filter. . On AWD vehicles, see Driver
Detergent Gasoline is The oil life system should be reset Mode Control 0 239.
recommended. Do not use gasoline to 100% only following an oil . Avoid fast starts and accelerate
with an octane rating lower as it will change. smoothly.
result in reduced performance and
lower fuel economy. See Resetting the Oil Life System . Brake gradually and avoid
Recommended Fuel 0 268. 1. Display the REMAINING OIL abrupt stops.
LIFE on the DIC. . Avoid idling the engine for long
E85 or FlexFuel See Driver Information Center periods of time.
(DIC) (Base and Midlevel)
. When road and weather
0 145 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148. conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
2. Press and hold V on the DIC . Always follow posted speed
while the Oil Life display is limits or drive more slowly when
active. The oil life will change conditions require.
to 100%.
. Keep vehicle tires properly
See Engine Oil Life System 0 293. inflated.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
In Brief 27
. Combine several trips into a
single trip.
. Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
. Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Roadside Assistance
Program
U.S.: 1-888-881-3302
TTY Users (U.S. Only):
1-888-889-2438
Canada: 1-800-268-6800
New GMC owners are automatically
enrolled in the Roadside Assistance
Program.
See Roadside Assistance Program
0 394.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
49
49
Keys and Locks
Windows Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . .
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . .
50
50 Keys
Interior Mirrors { Warning
Keys and Locks Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 50
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 50
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Automatic Dimming Rearview a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is dangerous and
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Windows children or others could be
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 35 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 seriously injured or killed. They
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 could operate the power windows
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 or other controls or make the
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 vehicle move. The windows will
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 39 Roof function with the RKE transmitter
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 in the vehicle, and children or
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 others could be caught in the path
Doors of a closing window. Do not leave
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 children in a vehicle with an RKE
transmitter.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 46
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 48
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

To remove the key, press the button If there is a decrease in the Remote
near the bottom of the transmitter, Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
and pull the key out. Never pull the range:
key out without pressing the button. . Check the distance. The
If it becomes difficult to turn the key, transmitter may be too far from
inspect the key blade for debris. the vehicle.
See your dealer if a new key is . Check the location. Other
needed. vehicles or objects may be
Contact Roadside Assistance if blocking the signal.
locked out of the vehicle. See . Check the transmitter's battery.
Roadside Assistance Program See “Battery Replacement” later
The key, inside the Remote Keyless 0 394. in this section.
Entry (RKE) transmitter, is used for With an active OnStar or connected . If the transmitter is still not
the driver door. service plan, an OnStar Advisor working correctly, see your
may remotely unlock the vehicle. dealer or a qualified technician
See OnStar Overview 0 404. for service.
Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry

(RKE) System (RKE) System Operation
See Radio Frequency Statement The Keyless Access system allows
0 400. for vehicle entry when the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
within 1 m (3 ft). See “Keyless
Access Operation” following.
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Other conditions can impact the Personalization 0 152. If the / : If equipped, press and release
performance of the transmitter. See passenger door is open when Q is Q and then immediately press and
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) pressed, all doors lock. hold / for at least four seconds to
System 0 29.
Pressing Q may also arm the start the engine from outside the
vehicle using the RKE transmitter.
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35.
Alarm System 0 46.
K : Press to unlock the driver door. 7 : Press and release one time to
initiate vehicle locator. The exterior
Press again within five seconds to
lamps flash and the horn chirps
unlock all doors. The RKE
transmitter can be programmed to three times. Press and hold 7 for
unlock all doors on the first button three seconds to sound the panic
press. See Vehicle Personalization alarm. The horn sounds and the
0 152. When remotely unlocking the turn signal lamps flash for
vehicle at night the fog lamps and 30 seconds, or until 7 is pressed
back-up lamps will come on for again or the vehicle is started.
With Remote Start Shown, Without about 30 seconds to light your
approach to the vehicle. The turn
b : Press twice quickly to open or
Similar close the liftgate.
signal indicators may flash to
Q : Press to lock all doors. The turn indicate unlocking. See Vehicle Press once to stop the liftgate from
signal indicators may flash and/or Personalization 0 152. moving.
the horn may sound on the second
press to indicate locking. See Pressing K will disarm the Keyless Access Operation
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle With the Keyless Access system,
Alarm System 0 46. you can lock and unlock the doors
If the driver door is open when Q is
If equipped, pressing and holding K and access the liftgate without
pressed and Unlocked Door
will open the windows, if enabled. removing the RKE transmitter from
Anti-Lockout is enabled, all doors
See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. your pocket, purse, briefcase, etc.
will lock and then the driver door will
immediately unlock. See Vehicle
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The RKE transmitter should be Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door Passenger Doors
being opened. When the doors are locked and the
Keyless Access can be RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of
programmed to unlock all doors on the door handle, pressing the lock/
the first lock/unlock press from the unlock button on that door handle
driver door. See Vehicle will unlock all doors. Pressing the
Personalization 0 152. lock/unlock button will cause all
If equipped with memory seats, RKE doors to lock if any of the following
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to occur:
seating positions of memory 1 or 2. . The lock/unlock button was used
See Memory Seats 0 61. to unlock all doors.
Driver Shown, Passenger Similar
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from . Any vehicle door has opened
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
the Driver Door and all doors are now closed.
cause all doors to lock if any of the
When the doors are locked and the following occur: Passive Locking
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) of . It has been more than The vehicle will lock several
the driver door handle, pressing the five seconds since the first lock/ seconds after all doors are closed if
lock/unlock button on the driver door unlock button press. the vehicle is off and at least one
handle will unlock the driver door. RKE transmitter has been removed
If the lock/unlock button is pressed . Two lock/unlock button presses
were used to unlock all doors. or none remain in the interior.
again within five seconds, all
passenger doors will unlock. . Any vehicle door has opened If other electronic devices interfere
and all doors are now closed. with the RKE transmitter signal, the
vehicle may not detect the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the
doors may lock with the RKE
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

transmitter inside the vehicle. Do Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert replacement can be purchased and
not leave the RKE transmitter in an If the vehicle is on with a door open, programmed through your dealer.
unattended vehicle. and then all doors are closed, the The vehicle can be reprogrammed
To customize the doors to vehicle will check for RKE so that lost or stolen transmitters no
automatically lock when exiting the transmitters inside. If an RKE longer work. Each vehicle can have
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock, transmitter is not detected, the up to eight transmitters matched
Start” under Vehicle Personalization Driver Information Center (DIC) will to it.
0 152. display NO REMOTE DETECTED Programming with Recognized
and the horn will chirp three times. Transmitters
Temporary Disable of Passive This occurs only once each time the
Locking vehicle is driven. A new transmitter can be
Temporarily disable passive locking programmed to the vehicle when
To turn on or off, see Vehicle there are two recognized
by pressing and holding K on the Personalization 0 152. transmitters.
interior door switch with a door open
for at least four seconds, or until Keyless Liftgate Opening To program, the vehicle must be off
three chimes are heard. Passive Press the touch pad on the liftgate and all of the transmitters, both
locking will then remain disabled handle to open the liftgate if the currently recognized and new, must
be with you.
until Q on the interior door is RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft).
pressed, or until the vehicle is 1. Place the two recognized
Key Access transmitters in the cupholder.
turned on.
To access a vehicle with a dead 2. Remove the key lock cylinder
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert transmitter battery, see Door Locks cap on the driver door handle.
When the vehicle is turned off and 0 37. See Door Locks 0 37. Insert
an RKE transmitter is left in the the vehicle key of the new
Programming Transmitters to
vehicle, the horn will chirp three transmitter into the key lock
times after all doors are closed. To the Vehicle
cylinder on the driver door
turn on or off, see Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed handle and turn the key,
Personalization 0 152. to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

counterclockwise, to the unlock 5. Remove the transmitter from 1. Remove the key lock cylinder
position five times within the transmitter pocket and cap on the driver door handle.
10 seconds. press the transmitter K or Q See Door Locks 0 37. Insert
The DIC displays READY FOR button. the vehicle key of the
REMOTE #2, 3, 4, ETC. transmitter into the key lock
To program additional cylinder on the driver door
transmitters, repeat Steps 3–5. handle and turn the key,
When all additional transmitters counterclockwise, to the unlock
are programmed, press and position five times within
hold ENGINE START/STOP for 10 seconds.
12 seconds to exit The DIC displays REMOTE
programming mode. LEARN PENDING,
6. Put the key back into the PLEASE WAIT.
transmitter. 2. Wait for 10 minutes until the
7. Replace the key lock cylinder DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
cap. See Door Locks 0 37. START BUTTON TO LEARN
and then press ENGINE
Programming without Recognized START/STOP.
Transmitters
3. Place the new transmitter into The DIC will again display
the transmitter pocket. The If two currently recognized REMOTE LEARN PENDING,
transmitter pocket is inside the transmitters are not available, follow PLEASE WAIT.
center console storage area this procedure to program up to
between the driver and front eight transmitters. This feature is 3. Repeat Step 2 two additional
passenger seats. not available in Canada. This times. After the third time all
procedure will take approximately previously known transmitters
4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. will no longer work with the
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle
When the transmitter is vehicle. Remaining transmitters
must be off and all of the
learned, the DIC will display can be relearned during the
transmitters you wish to program
that it is ready to program the next steps.
must be with you.
next transmitter.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The DIC should now display 6. Remove the transmitter from To start the vehicle:
READY FOR REMOTE # 1. the transmitter pocket and 1. Open the center console
press the transmitter K or Q storage area by opening the
button. armrest.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
12 seconds to exit
programming mode.
7. Put the key back into the
transmitter.
8. Replace the key lock cylinder
4. Place the new transmitter into cap. See Door Locks 0 37.
the transmitter pocket. The
transmitter pocket is inside the Starting the Vehicle with a Low 2. Place the transmitter in the
center console storage area Transmitter Battery transmitter pocket.
between the driver and front
passenger seats. When the vehicle is started, if the 3. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
transmitter battery is weak, the DIC N (Neutral), press the brake
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP. may display NO REMOTE pedal and ENGINE
When the transmitter is DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY START/STOP.
learned, the DIC will display WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
that it is ready to program the TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN Replace the transmitter battery
next transmitter. START YOUR VEHICLE. The DIC as soon as possible.
may also display REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Battery Replacement 1. Insert a flat, thin object in the Remote Vehicle Start
center of the transmitter to
Replace the battery in the If equipped, this feature allows the
separate and remove the back
transmitter soon if the DIC displays engine to be started from outside of
cover.
REPLACE BATTERY IN the vehicle.
REMOTE KEY.
/ : This button will be on the RKE
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
Caution
start.
When replacing the battery, do The climate control system will use
not touch any of the circuitry on the previous settings during a
the transmitter. Static from your remote start. The rear defog may
body could damage the come on during a remote start
transmitter. based on cold ambient conditions.
The rear fog indicator light does not
come on during a remote start.
To replace the battery:
If the vehicle has heated or
ventilated seats, they may come on
2. Lift the battery with a flat
during a remote start. See Heated
object.
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 64.
3. Remove the battery.
If equipped with a remote start
4. Insert the new battery, positive heated steering wheel, the heated
side toward the back cover. wheel will turn on automatically in
Replace with a CR2032 or remote start along with the heated
equivalent battery. seats when it is cold outside. See
5. Push together the transmitter. Heated Steering Wheel 0 120.
Laws in some local communities
may restrict the use of remote
starters. For example, some laws
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

may require a person using remote 3. With the RKE transmitter in the Canceling a Remote Start
start to have the vehicle in view. vehicle, press the brake pedal To cancel a remote start, do any of
Check local regulations for any and start the vehicle to drive. the following:
requirements.
Extending Engine Run Time
Other conditions can affect the . Press and hold / until the
performance of the transmitter. See The engine run time can also be parking lamps turn off.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) extended by another 15 minutes,
. Turn on the hazard warning
System 0 29. if during the first 15 minutes
Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while flashers.
Starting the Engine Using Remote the engine is still running. An . Turn the vehicle on and then off.
Start extension can be requested
30 seconds after starting. This Conditions in Which Remote Start
1. Press and release Q on the provides a total of 30 minutes. Will Not Work
RKE transmitter. The remote start will not operate if
The remote start can only be
2. Immediately press and hold / extended once. any of the following occur:
for at least four seconds or until . A transmitter is in the vehicle.
When the remote start is extended,
the turn signal lamps flash. The the second 15-minute period is . The hood is not closed.
turn signal lamps flashing added on to the first 15 minutes for
confirms the request to remote . The hazard warning flashers
a total of 30 minutes. are on.
start the vehicle has been
received. A maximum of two remote starts, . There is an emission control
or a remote start with an extension, system malfunction.
During the remote start the are allowed between ignition cycles.
doors will be locked and the . The engine coolant temperature
parking lamps will remain on as The vehicle must be started and is too high.
long as the engine is running. then turned off before the remote
start procedure can be used again. . The oil pressure is low.
The engine will shut off after
15 minutes unless a time . Two remote vehicle starts or a
extension is done or the start with an extension have
vehicle is started. already been used.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. The vehicle is not in P (Park). To lock or unlock the door from the
Warning (Continued) inside:
Door Locks can be overcome by . Press Q or K on the power door
extreme heat and can suffer lock switch.
{ Warning permanent injuries or even
. Push down on the door lock
death from heat stroke.
Unlocked doors can be Always lock the vehicle knob to lock a door.
dangerous. whenever leaving it. . Pull the door handle once to
. Passengers, especially . Outsiders can easily enter unlock the door. Pull the handle
children, can easily open through an unlocked door again to unlatch it.
the doors and fall out of a when you slow down or stop Keyless Access
moving vehicle. The doors the vehicle. Locking the
can be unlocked and doors can help prevent this
opened while the vehicle is from happening.
moving. The chance of
being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is To lock or unlock the door from the
increased if the doors are outside:
not locked. So, all . Press Q or K on the Remote
passengers should wear Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
seat belts properly and the See Remote Keyless Entry
doors should be locked (RKE) System Operation 0 29.
whenever the vehicle is
driven. . Use the key in the driver door.
The key lock cylinder is covered
. Young children who get into If equipped, the RKE transmitter
with a cap.
unlocked vehicles may be must be within 1 m (3 ft) of the
unable to get out. A child liftgate or door being opened. Press
(Continued) the button on the door handle to
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

open. See “Keyless Access 3. Move the cap (2) rearward and
Operation” in Remote Keyless Entry remove.
(RKE) System Operation 0 29. 4. Use the key in the cylinder.
Driver Door Key Lock Cylinder To replace the cap:
Access (In Case of Dead
1. Pull the door handle (1) to the
Battery) open position and hold it open
until cap installation is
complete.
To access the driver door key lock

cylinder:
1. Pull the door handle (1) to the 2. Insert the two tabs (6) at the
open position and hold it open back of the cap between the
until cap removal is complete. seal (5) and the metal base (4).
3. Slide the cap forward and
2. Insert the key into the slot (3) press the forward edge to
on the bottom of the cap (2) install the cap in place.
and lift the key upward.
4. Release the door handle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

5. Check that the cap is secure. Power Door Locks When Q is pressed on the power
Free-Turning Locks door lock switch while the door is
open, a chime will sound three
The door key lock cylinder turns times indicating delayed locking is
freely when either the wrong key is active.
used, or the correct key is not fully
inserted. The free-turning door lock The doors will lock automatically
feature prevents the lock from being five seconds after all doors are
forced open. To reset the lock, turn closed. If a door is reopened before
it to the vertical position with the that time, the five-second timer will
correct key fully inserted. Remove reset when all doors are closed
the key and insert it again. If this again.
does not reset the lock, turn the key Press Q on the door lock switch
halfway around in the cylinder and
repeat the reset procedure. again or press Q on the RKE
transmitter to lock the doors
Q : Press to lock the doors. The immediately.
indicator light in the switch will come
This feature can also be
on when the door is locked.
programmed. See Vehicle
K : Press to unlock the doors. Personalization 0 152.
Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks

This feature delays the locking of The vehicle is programmed so that
the doors until five seconds after all when the doors are closed, the
doors are closed. ignition is on, and the shift lever is
Delayed locking can only be turned moved out of P (Park), the doors
on when the Unlocked Door will lock.
Anti-Lockout has been turned off.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

If a vehicle door is unlocked and transmitter is detected and the Manual Safety Locks
then opened and closed, the doors number of RKE transmitters inside
will lock either when your foot is has not reduced, the driver door will
removed from the brake or the unlock and the horn will chirp three
vehicle speed becomes faster than times.
13 km/h (8 mph). Lockout Protection can be manually
To unlock the doors: overridden with the driver door open
. Press K on a door. by pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.
. Shift the transmission into
P (Park). Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
Automatic door locking cannot be If Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout has
disabled. Automatic door unlocking been turned on and the vehicle is
can be programmed. See Vehicle off, the driver door is open, and
Personalization 0 152. locking is requested, all the doors If equipped, the safety lock is on the
will lock and the driver door will inside edge of the rear doors. To
Lockout Protection remain open. Press the button again use the safety lock:
to lock the driver door. The 1. Move the lever down to the
If the ignition is on or in ACC/ Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout feature lock position.
ACCESSORY and the power door can be turned on or off. See Vehicle
lock switch is pressed with the Personalization 0 152. 2. Close the door.
driver door open, all the doors will 3. Do the same for the other
lock and only the driver door will Safety Locks rear door.
unlock.
The rear door safety locks prevent
If the vehicle is off and locking is passengers from opening the rear
requested while a door is open, doors from inside the vehicle.
when all doors are closed the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

To open a rear door when the safety Doors
lock is on: Warning (Continued)
1. Unlock the door by activating Liftgate . Adjust the climate control
the inside handle, by pressing system to a setting that
the power door lock switch,
or by using the Remote { Warning brings in only outside air
and set the fan speed to the
Keyless Entry (RKE) Exhaust gases can enter the highest setting. See
transmitter. vehicle if it is driven with the “Climate Control Systems”
2. Open the door from the liftgate or trunk/hatch open, in the Index.
outside. or with any objects that pass . If the vehicle is equipped
When the safety lock is enabled, through the seal between the with a power liftgate, disable
adults and older children will not be body and the trunk/hatch or the power liftgate function.
able to open the rear door from the liftgate. Engine exhaust contains See Engine Exhaust 0 228.
inside. Cancel the safety locks to carbon monoxide (CO) which
enable the doors to open from the cannot be seen or smelled. It can
inside. cause unconsciousness and even
To cancel the safety lock: death. Caution
1. Unlock the door and open it If the vehicle must be driven with To avoid damage to the liftgate or
from the outside. the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: liftgate glass, make sure the area
2. Move the lever up to unlock. . Close all of the windows. above and behind the liftgate is
Do the same for the other door. . clear before opening it.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel. Manual Liftgate
(Continued) To unlock the liftgate, press K on
the power door lock switch or
press K on the RKE transmitter
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

twice within five seconds. See within 1 m (3 ft) of the touch pad.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Caution
System Operation 0 29. System Operation 0 29.
Driving with an open and
The liftgate has an electric latch. unsecured liftgate may result in
If the battery is disconnected or has damage to the power liftgate
low voltage, the liftgate will not components.
open. The liftgate will resume
operation when the battery is
reconnected and charged.
Always close the liftgate before
driving.
Power Liftgate Operation
{ Warning
To open the liftgate, press the touch You or others could be injured if
pad on the bottom of the liftgate caught in the path of the power
handle and lift up. liftgate. Make sure there is no one
Use the pull cup to lower and close in the way of the liftgate as it is
the liftgate. Do not press the touch opening and closing.
If equipped, the power liftgate
pad while closing the liftgate. This switch is on the driver door. The
will cause the liftgate to be vehicle must be in P (Park). The
unlatched. taillamps flash when the power
If equipped with Keyless Access, liftgate moves.
the liftgate can be opened when The modes are:
locked if the RKE transmitter is
. MAX: Opens to maximum
height.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. 3/4: Opens to a reduced height
that can be set from 3/4 to fully Caution
open. Use to prevent the liftgate
from opening into overhead Manually forcing the liftgate to
obstructions such as a garage open or close during a power
door or roof-mounted cargo. The cycle can damage the vehicle.
liftgate can be manually opened Allow the power cycle to
all the way. complete.
. OFF: Opens manually only.
The power liftgate may be
To power open or close the liftgate, temporarily disabled under extreme
select MAX or 3/4 mode. low temperatures, or after repeated
. Press b twice quickly on the Press l on the bottom of the
power cycling over a short period of
RKE transmitter until the liftgate time. If this occurs, the liftgate can
liftgate next to the pull cup to close. still be operated manually.
moves.
Press any liftgate button, the touch If the vehicle is shifted out of
. Press 8 on the driver door. pad, or b on the RKE transmitter P (Park) while the power function is
The driver door must either be while the liftgate is moving to stop it. in progress, the liftgate will continue
unlocked or locked without the Pressing any liftgate button or to completion. If the vehicle is
security armed.
pressing b twice quickly on the accelerated before the liftgate has
. Press the touch pad on the RKE transmitter again restarts the completed moving, the liftgate may
bottom of the liftgate after operation in the reverse direction. stop or reverse direction. Check for
unlocking all doors. If equipped Pressing the touch pad on the Driver Information Center (DIC)
with Keyless Access, a locked liftgate handle will restart the messages and make sure the
vehicle can be opened if the motion, but only in the opening liftgate is closed and latched before
RKE transmitter is within 1 m direction. driving.
(3 ft) of the touch pad.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Falling Liftgate Detection away from the obstacle. After Setting the 3/4 Mode
If the power liftgate automatically removing the obstruction, the power
To change the position the liftgate
closes after a power opening cycle, liftgate operation can be used again.
stops at when opening:
it indicates that the system is If the liftgate encounters multiple
obstacles on the same power cycle, 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and
reacting to excess weight on the
the power function will deactivate. power open the liftgate.
liftgate or a possible support strut
failure. A repetitive chime will sound After removing the obstructions, 2. Stop the liftgate movement at
while the falling liftgate detection manually close the liftgate which will the desired height by pressing
feature is operating. Remove any allow normal power operation any liftgate button. Manually
excess weight. If the liftgate functions to resume. adjust the liftgate position if
continues to automatically close If the vehicle is locked while the needed.
after opening, see your dealer for liftgate is closing, and an obstacle is
service before using the power encountered that prevents the 3. Press and hold l next to the
liftgate. liftgate from completely closing, the pull cup on the outside of the
horn will sound as an alert that the liftgate until the turn signals
Interfering with the power liftgate flash and a beep sounds. This
motion or manually closing the liftgate did not close.
indicates the setting has been
liftgate too quickly after power Pinch sensors are on the side recorded.
opening may resemble a support edges of the liftgate. If an object is
strut failure. This could also activate caught between the liftgate and the The liftgate cannot be set below a
the falling liftgate detection feature. vehicle and presses against a minimum programmable height.
Allow the liftgate to complete its sensor, the liftgate will reverse If there is no light flash or sound,
operation and wait a few seconds direction and open fully. The liftgate then the height adjustment may be
before manually closing the liftgate. will remain open until it is activated too low.
again or closed manually. Manual Operation
Obstacle Detection Features
If the liftgate encounters an obstacle Select OFF to manually operate the
during a power open or close cycle, liftgate. See “Manual Liftgate” at the
the liftgate will automatically reverse beginning of this section.
direction and move a short distance
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The RKE transmitter must be within
Caution 1 m (3 ft) of the rear bumper to
operate the power liftgate
Attempting to move the liftgate hands-free.
too quickly and with excessive
force may result in damage to the The hands-free feature will not work
vehicle. while the liftgate is moving. To stop
the liftgate while in motion use one
of the liftgate buttons.
Operate the liftgate manually with a
smooth motion and moderate The hands-free feature can be
speed. The system includes a customized. See Vehicle
feature which limits the manual Personalization 0 152. Choose from
closing speed to protect the the following:
Length of Kick Zone
components. On-Open and Close : The kicking
motion is activated to both open and
Hands-Free Operation close the liftgate.
If equipped, the liftgate may be On-Open Only : The kicking motion
operated with a kicking motion is activated to only open the liftgate.
under the left corner of the rear
bumper. Off : The feature is disabled.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

To operate, kick your foot straight up . Do not touch the liftgate until it
in one swift motion under the left has stopped moving.
Vehicle Security
corner of the rear bumper, then pull . This vehicle has theft-deterrent
This feature may be temporarily
it back. features; however, they do not make
disabled under some conditions.
the vehicle impossible to steal.
If the liftgate does not respond to
Caution the kick, open or close the
liftgate by another method or Vehicle Alarm System
Splashing water may cause the start the vehicle. The feature will This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm
liftgate to open. Keep the RKE be re-enabled. system.
transmitter away from the rear
bumper detection area or turn the When closing the liftgate using this
liftgate mode to OFF when feature, there will be a short delay.
The taillamps will flash and a chime
cleaning or working near the rear
will sound. Step away from the
bumper to avoid accidental
liftgate before it starts moving.
opening.
. Do not sweep your foot side

to side.
. Do not keep your foot under the
bumper; the liftgate will not
activate.
The indicator light, on the

instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

On Solid : Vehicle is secured bypass the 30-second delay Disarming the Alarm System
during the delay to arm the system. and immediately arm the alarm
To disarm the alarm system or turn
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. system.
off the alarm if it has been activated:
A door, the hood, or the liftgate The vehicle alarm system will not
is open. arm if the doors are locked with . Press K on the RKE transmitter.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is the key. . Unlock the vehicle using the
armed. If the driver door is opened without Keyless Access system.
first unlocking with the RKE . Start the vehicle.
Arming the Alarm System transmitter, the horn will chirp and
1. Close the liftgate and the hood. the lights will flash to indicate To avoid setting off the alarm by
Turn off the vehicle. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not accident:
started, or the door is not unlocked . Lock the vehicle after all
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
three ways: by pressing K on the RKE occupants have left the vehicle
transmitter during the 10-second and all doors are closed.
. Use the RKE transmitter. pre-alarm, the alarm will be . Always unlock a door with the
. Use the Keyless Access activated. RKE transmitter or use the
system. The alarm will also be activated if a Keyless Access system.
. With a door open, press the passenger door, the liftgate, or the Unlocking the driver door with the
inside Q. hood is opened without first key will not disarm the system or
disarming the system. When the turn off the alarm.
3. After 30 seconds the alarm alarm is activated, the turn signals
system will arm, and the flash and the horn sounds for about How to Detect a Tamper
indicator light will begin to 30 seconds. The alarm system will Condition
slowly flash indicating the then re-arm to monitor for the next
alarm system is operating. unauthorized event. If K is pressed and the horn chirps
Pressing Q on the RKE and the lights flash three times, the
transmitter a second time will alarm was activated while the alarm
system was armed.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

If the alarm system has been The security light, in the instrument If the ignition mode will not change
activated, a message will appear on cluster, comes on if there is a with the other transmitter or in the
the Driver Information Center (DIC). problem with arming or disarming transmitter pocket, your vehicle
the theft-deterrent system. needs service. If the ignition does
Immobilizer The system has one or more RKE change modes, the first transmitter
transmitters matched to an may be faulty. See your dealer who
See Radio Frequency Statement can service the theft-deterrent
0 400. immobilizer control unit in your
vehicle. Only a correctly matched system and have a new RKE
RKE transmitter will start the transmitter programmed to the
Immobilizer Operation vehicle.
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever
This vehicle has a passive damaged, you may not be able to It is possible for the immobilizer
theft-deterrent system. start your vehicle. system to learn new or replacement
The system does not have to be When trying to start the vehicle, the RKE transmitters. Up to eight
manually armed or disarmed. security light may come on briefly transmitters can be programmed for
when the ignition is turned on. the vehicle. To program additional
The vehicle is automatically transmitters, see “Programming
immobilized when the vehicle is If the engine does not start and the Transmitters to the Vehicle” under
turned off. security light stays on, there is a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
The immobilization system is problem with the system. Turn the System Operation 0 29.
disarmed when the ignition is on or ignition off and try again.
Do not leave the key or device that
in ACC/ACCESSORY and a valid If the vehicle will not change ignition disarms or deactivates the
transmitter is present in the vehicle. modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
and the RKE transmitter appears to
be undamaged, try another
transmitter. Or, you may try placing
the transmitter in the transmitter
pocket located in the center
console.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors automatic car wash. Push the mirror
outward to return it to the original
position.
Convex Mirrors
Memory Mirrors
{ Warning The vehicle may have memory
mirrors. See Memory Seats 0 61.
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther Lane Change Alert (LCA)
away than they really are. If you The vehicle may have LCA. See
cut too sharply into the right lane, Lane Change Alert (LCA) 0 264.
you could hit a vehicle on the
Side Blind Zone Alert
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before The vehicle may have Side Blind
changing lanes. Zone Alert. See Side Blind Zone
To adjust a mirror: Alert (SBZA) 0 263.
The passenger side mirror is convex 1. Press } or | to choose the
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is driver or passenger mirror.
Heated Mirrors
curved so more can be seen from 2. Press the arrows on the control
K : Press to heat the mirrors.
the driver seat. pad to move each mirror in the See “Rear Window Defogger” under
desired direction. Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 198.
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
The mirrors can be folded inward
toward the vehicle to prevent
damage when going through an
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Automatic Dimming Interior Mirrors Windows
Mirror
If the vehicle has the automatic Interior Rearview Mirrors { Warning
dimming mirror, the driver outside Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
mirror automatically adjusts for the Never leave a child, a helpless
view of the area behind the vehicle.
glare of headlamps behind you. adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
Do not spray glass cleaner directly especially with the windows
on the mirror. Use a soft towel closed in warm or hot weather.
Reverse Tilt Mirrors dampened with water. They can be overcome by the
If equipped with memory seats, the extreme heat and suffer
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts Manual Rearview Mirror permanent injuries or even death
to a preselected position when the from heat stroke.
If equipped, push the tab forward for
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
daytime use and pull it rearward for
allows the curb to be seen when
nighttime use to avoid glare of the
parallel parking.
headlamps from behind.
The mirror(s) return to the original
position when: Automatic Dimming
. The vehicle is shifted out of Rearview Mirror
R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about If equipped, automatic dimming
30 seconds. reduces the glare of headlamps
from behind. The dimming feature
. The ignition is turned off. comes on when the vehicle is
. The vehicle is driven in started.
R (Reverse) above a set speed.
To turn this feature on or off, see
Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The vehicle aerodynamics are Window Lockout
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Power Windows
{ Warning
Power windows work when the
Children could be seriously ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
injured or killed if caught in the or when Retained Accessory Power This feature stops the rear
path of a closing window. Never (RAP) is active. See Retained passenger windows from working.
leave the Remote Keyless Entry Accessory Power (RAP) 0 226.
(RKE) transmitter in a vehicle with Press 2 to engage the rear
Using the window switch, press to window lockout feature. The
children. When there are children
open or pull to close the window. indicator light is on when engaged.
in the rear seat, use the window
lockout switch to prevent The windows may be temporarily
disabled if they are used repeatedly Press 2 again to disengage.
operation of the windows. See
Keys 0 28. within a short time. Window Express Movement
All windows can be opened without
holding the window switch. Press
the switch down fully and quickly
release to express open the
window.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

If equipped, pull the window switch 4. Open the window and continue
up fully and quickly release to Warning (Continued) to press the switch briefly after
express close the window. the window has fully opened.
system override, make sure that
Briefly press or pull the window all people and obstructions are Remote Window Operation
switch in the same direction to stop clear of the window path.
that window’s express movement. If equipped, this feature allows all
windows to be opened remotely.
Window Automatic Reversal When the engine is on, override the If enabled in vehicle personalization,
System automatic reversal system by pulling press and hold K on the Remote
The express-close feature will and holding the window switch if Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter to
reverse window movement if it conditions prevent it from closing. open all windows. See Vehicle
comes in contact with an object. Personalization 0 152.
Programming the Power
Extreme cold or ice could cause the Windows
window to auto-reverse. The Sun Visors
window will operate normally after Programming may be necessary if
the object or condition is removed. the vehicle battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
Automatic Reversal System window is unable to express-up,
Override program each express-close
window:
{ Warning 1. Close all doors.
If automatic reversal system 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
override is active, the window will ACCESSORY.
not reverse automatically. You or 3. Partially open the window to be Pull the sun visor down to block
others could be injured and the programmed. Then close it and glare. Detach the sun visor from the
window could be damaged. continue to pull the switch center mount to pivot to the side
Before using automatic reversal briefly after the window has window and, if equipped, extend
(Continued) fully closed. along the rod.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Roof Slide Switch The front sunshade can only be
opened and closed manually. The
Express-Open/Express-Close :
sunshade can be opened by
Sunroof Press and release D (1) to pushing up on the handle, and
If equipped, the ignition must be on express-open the sunroof. The closed by pulling forward on the
or in ACC/ACCESSORY, sunshade will not open handle until it latches.
or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) automatically. Press and release
g (1) to express-close the If equipped, the rear sunshade can
must be active to operate the only be opened or closed manually.
sunroof. sunroof.
To open, press the latch button (if
See Ignition Positions 0 221 and Open/Close (Manual Mode) : Fully equipped) on the handle while
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) press D (1) to open the sunroof. pushing up to unlatch it. The
0 226. The sunshade will not automatically sunshade will retract to the open
open with the sunroof. Release to position. To close the sunshade, pull
stop at the desired position. Fully the handle forward until it latches.
press g (1) to close the sunroof. Do not try to close the sunshade
Release to stop at the desired while the sunroof is fully opened or
position. in the vent position.
The sunroof cannot be opened or
Tilt Switch
closed if the vehicle has an
Vent Feature : Press E (2) to vent electrical failure.
the sunroof. Press again and hold to
Automatic Reversal System
open the sunroof. Release to stop at
the desired position. The sunshade The sunroof has an automatic
will not open automatically. Press reversal system that is only active
g (2) to express-close the when the sunroof is operated in
1. Sunroof Switch (SLIDE) sunroof. Press again to stop the express-close mode.
2. Vent Switch (TILT) movement.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

If an object is in the path while If water is seen dripping into the
express closing, the reversal system water drainage system, this is
will detect an object, stop, and open normal.
the sunroof again.
If frost or other conditions prevent
closing, override the feature by
closing the sunroof in manual mode.
To stop movement, release the
switch.
Dirt and debris may collect on the

sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Seats and Restraints 55

Seats and Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Replacing Seat Belt System
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 105
Restraints Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Airbag System Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Securing Child Restraints (With
Head Restraints Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 80
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 the Seat Belt in the
When Should an Airbag Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Front Seats Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 What Makes an Airbag
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 59 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 How Does an Airbag
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 What Will You See after an
Heated and Ventilated Front Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Passenger Sensing System . . . 85
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Rear Seats Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Adding Equipment to the
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 90
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 91
Replacing Airbag System Parts
Seat Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
How to Wear Seat Belts Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Infants and Young Children . . . . 93
Seat Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 96
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 97
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 77 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 99
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
56 Seats and Restraints

Head Restraints
Front Seats
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and Adjust the head restraint so that the To raise or lower the head restraint,
adjusted properly. top of the restraint is at the same press the button located on the side
height as the top of the occupant's of the head restraint, and pull up or
head. This position reduces the push the head restraint down, and
The vehicle's front seats have
chance of a neck injury in a crash. release the button. Pull and push on
adjustable head restraints in the
The height of the head restraint can the head restraint after the button is
outboard seating positions.
be adjusted. released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Rear Seats
Second Row Seats
The vehicle’s rear second row seats
have adjustable head restraints in
the outboard seating positions.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The height of the head restraint can Folding the Second Row Head
be adjusted. Pull the head restraint Restraint
up to raise it. Try to move the head The head restraint can be folded
restraint to make sure that it is rearward to allow for better visibility
locked in place. when the rear seat is unoccupied.
The head restraint will fold rearward

automatically.
When an occupant or child restraint
is in the seat, always return the
head restraint to the full upright
position. Pull head restraint up and
To lower the head restraint, press To fold the head restraint, press the forward until it locks into place.
the button, located on the top of the button on the side of the head Push and pull on the head restraint
seatback, and push the head restraint. to make sure that it is locked.
restraint down. Try to move the
head restraint after the button is Always adjust the head restraint so
released to make sure that it is that the top of the restraint is at the
locked in place. same height as the top of the
occupant's head.
The second row head restraints are
not removable.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Third Row Seats Front Seats 2. Move the seat forward or
The vehicle’s rear third row seats rearward to adjust the seat
position.
have head restraints in the outboard Seat Adjustment
seating positions that cannot be 3. Release the handle to stop the
adjusted up or down. seat from moving.
The rear third row outboard head
{ Warning
4. Try to move the seat back and
restraints are not removable. You can lose control of the forth to be sure it is locked in
The rear third row outboard head vehicle if you try to adjust a driver place.
restraints are designed to be folded. seat while the vehicle is moving.
Seat Height Adjuster
Adjust the driver seat only when
The head restraint can be folded to the vehicle is not moving.
allow for better visibility when the
rear seat is unoccupied.
When folding the seatback down,
the head restraint will automatically
fold out of the way as the seat is
folded down.
Return the lowered head restraint to
the upright position until it locks into
place. Push and pull on the head
restraint to make sure it is locked.
If equipped, move the lever up or

down to manually raise or lower
the seat.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Lift the handle under the seat
to unlock it.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Power Seat Adjustment . Raise or lower the front part of Lumbar Adjustment
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
{ Warning . Raise or lower the entire seat by
The power seats will work with moving the rear of the control up
the ignition off. Children could or down.
operate the power seats and be To adjust the seatback, see
injured. Never leave children Reclining Seatbacks 0 59.
alone in the vehicle.
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 59.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibration in
the driver seat to help the driver
avoid crashes. See Driver Press and hold the control forward
Assistance Systems 0 251. to increase or rearward to decrease
support.
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: the vehicle is in motion can be
. Move the seat forward or dangerous. Even when buckled
rearward by sliding the control up, the seat belts cannot do
forward or rearward. their job.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Warning (Continued)
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if To recline the seatback:
For proper protection when the the vehicle is moving. 1. Lift the lever.
vehicle is in motion, have the Manual Reclining Seatbacks 2. Move the seatback to the
seatback upright. Then sit well desired position, and then
back in the seat and wear the
seat belt properly.
{ Warning release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
If either seatback is not locked, it
3. Push and pull on the seatback
could move forward in a sudden
to make sure it is locked.
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there. To return the seatback to the upright
Always push and pull on the position:
seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Lift the lever fully without
locked. applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

2. Push and pull on the seatback Memory Seats Then immediately press and hold 1,
to make sure it is locked. 2, or B (Exit) until two beeps
Power Reclining Seatbacks sound. To manually recall these
positions, press and hold 1, 2, or B
until the saved position is reached.
Follow the instructions under
“Saving Memory Positions.”
The vehicle identifies the current
driver’s RKE transmitter number (1–
8). See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation 0 29. Only
RKE transmitters 1 and 2 can be
used for automatic memory recalls.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
If equipped, memory seats allow two welcome message indicating the
drivers to save and recall their transmitter number may display for
. Tilt the top of the control unique seat positions for driving the the first few ignition cycles following
rearward to recline. vehicle, and a shared exit position a transmitter change. For Auto
. for getting out of the vehicle. Other Memory Recall to work properly,
Tilt the top of the control forward
feature positions may also be save the positions to the memory
to raise.
saved, such as power mirrors and button (1 or 2) matching the RKE
power steering wheel, if equipped. transmitter number displayed in the
Memory positions are linked to RKE DIC welcome message. Carry the
transmitter 1 or 2 for automatic linked RKE transmitter when
memory recalls. entering the vehicle.
Before saving, adjust all available
memory feature positions. Turn the
ignition on and then press and
release SET; a beep will sound.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Memory adjustments may not be . See Vehicle Personalization 2. Adjust all available memory
available upon delivery or after 0 152 for additional setting features to the desired driving
service until steps in “Saving information. position.
Memory Positions” section are 3. Press and release SET; a beep
performed. Identifying Driver Number
will sound.
To identify the driver number:
Vehicle Personalization Settings 4. Immediately press and hold the
1. Start the vehicle with a different 1 or 2 memory button matching
. To have the Auto Memory Recall
key or RKE transmitter. The the above DIC welcome
movement begin when the DIC should display the driver
vehicle is started, select the message until two beeps
number; 1 or 2. Turn the sound.
Settings menu, then Vehicle, ignition off and remove the key
then Comfort and Convenience, or RKE transmitter from the If too much time passes
and then Auto Memory Recall. vehicle. between releasing SET and
Select On or Off. See “Auto pressing 1, the memory
Memory Recall” later in this 2. Start the vehicle with the initial position will not be saved and
section. key or RKE transmitter. The two beeps will not sound.
DIC should display the other Repeat Steps 3 and 4.
. To begin Easy Exit Recall
driver number not shown in
movement when the ignition is Step 1. 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver
turned off and the driver door is number. See “Identifying Driver
opened, or when the ignition is Saving Memory Positions Number” previously in this
turned off with the driver door Read these instructions completely section.
already opened, select the before saving memory positions.
Settings menu, then Vehicle, 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second
then Comfort and Convenience, To save preferred driving positions driver using 1 or 2.
and then Easy Exit Options. 1 and 2:
To save the position for B and
Select On or Off. See “Easy Exit 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ easy exit features, repeat Steps 1–4
Recall” later in this section. ACCESSORY. using B. This saves the position
A DIC welcome message may for getting out of the vehicle.
indicate driver number 1 or 2.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Save preferred memory feature positions saved to the same If the saved memory seat position
positions to both 1 and 2 if you are memory button number 1 or 2 are does not automatically recall or
the only driver. automatically recalled when the recalls to the wrong positions, the
ignition is turned on, or turned from driver’s RKE transmitter number (1
Manually Recalling Memory off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE or 2) may not match the memory
Positions
transmitters 3–8 will not provide button number that positions were
Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall automatic memory recalls. saved to. Try saving the position to
the previously saved memory To turn Auto Memory Recall on or the other memory button or try the
positions. off, see "Vehicle Personalization other RKE transmitter.
To stop Manual Memory Recall Settings" previously in this section Easy Exit Recall
and Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
movement, release 1, 2, or B or Easy Exit Recall is not linked to an
press any of the following controls: The shift lever must be in P (Park) RKE transmitter. The position saved
to start Auto Memory Recall. Auto to B is used for all drivers. To turn
. Power seat
Memory Recall will complete if the Easy Exit Recall on or off, see
. Memory SET vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) "Vehicle Personalization Settings"
. Power mirror, with the driver or prior to reaching the saved memory previously in this section and
passenger side mirror selected position. Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
. Power steering wheel, To stop Auto Memory Recall If turned on, the position saved to
if equipped movement, turn the ignition off or B is automatically recalled when
press any of the following controls: one of the following occurs:
Auto Memory Recall . Power seat . The vehicle is turned off and the
The vehicle identifies the number of
the current driver’s RKE transmitter . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B driver door is opened within a
short time.
(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry . Power mirror, with the driver or
(RKE) System Operation 0 29. If the passenger side mirror selected . The vehicle is turned off with the
RKE transmitter is 1 or 2, and Auto driver door open.
. Power steering wheel,
Memory Recall is programmed on in
vehicle personalization, the if equipped
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

To stop Easy Exit Recall movement, Heated and Ventilated
press any of the following memory
controls:
Front Seats
. Power seat
{ Warning
. Memory SET, 1, 2, or B
If temperature change or pain to
. Power mirror, with the driver or the skin cannot be felt, the seat
passenger side mirror selected heater may cause burns. To
. Power steering wheel, reduce the risk of burns, use care
if equipped when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
Obstructions time. Do not place anything on Heated and Ventilated Seat
If something has blocked the driver the seat that insulates against Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
seat and/or power steering wheel heat, such as a blanket, cushion, Buttons Similar
while recalling a memory position, cover, or similar item. This may
the recall may stop. Remove the cause the seat heater to If equipped, the buttons are near the
obstruction and try the recall again. overheat. An overheated seat climate controls on the center stack.
If the memory position still does not heater may cause a burn or may To operate, the engine must be
recall, see your dealer for service. damage the seat. running.
Press I or +, if available, to heat
the driver or passenger
seatback only.
Press J or z to heat the driver or
passenger cushion and seatback.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Press C or {, if available, to automatically activate the heated or Remote Start Heated and
ventilate the driver or passenger ventilated seats at the level required Ventilated Seats
seat. A ventilated seat has a fan by the vehicle's interior temperature. During a remote start, the heated or
that pulls or pushes air through the The active high, medium, low, or off ventilated seats, if equipped, can be
seat. The air is not cooled. heated or ventilated seat level will turned on automatically. When it is
When a heated seat is turned on, be indicated by the manual heated cold outside, the heated seats will
the indicator on button turns red. and ventilated seat buttons on the turn on followed by the heated
When a ventilated seat is turned on, center stack. Use the manual steering wheel, if equipped. When it
the indicator on button turns blue. heated and ventilated seat buttons is hot outside, the ventilated seats
on the center stack to turn auto turn on. The heated or ventilated
Press the button once for the heated or ventilated seats off. If the seats are canceled when the
highest setting. With each press of passenger seat is unoccupied, the ignition is turned on. Press the
the button, the seat will change to auto heated or ventilated seats heated or ventilated seat button to
the next lower setting, and then to feature will not activate that seat. use the heated or ventilated seats
the off setting. The indicator lights The auto heated and ventilated after the vehicle is started.
next to the buttons indicate three for seats feature can be programmed to
the highest setting and one for the The heated or ventilated seat
always be enabled when the vehicle indicator lights do not turn on during
lowest. If the front heated seats are is on. If equipped with a heated
on high, the level may automatically a remote start.
steering wheel, the auto heated
be lowered after approximately steering wheel activation will follow The temperature performance of an
30 minutes. the heated seat auto activation and unoccupied seat may be reduced.
The passenger seat may take the heated wheel indicator will This is normal.
longer to heat up. follow the state of the steering The remote start heated or
wheel heat. ventilated seats may be enabled or
Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats
See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. disabled in the vehicle
If the vehicle is equipped with auto personalization menu.
heated or ventilated seats, and the See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35 and
ignition is on, this feature will Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Rear Seats the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the
2. Lift the lever below the seat
cushion and slide the seat
Rear Seat Reminder vehicle being shut off. forward or backward.
If equipped, the message REAR The feature can be turned on or off. 3. Push and pull on the seatback
SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. to ensure the seat is locked in
SEAT displays under certain place.
Rear Seat Adjustment
conditions indicating there may be
The second row seats slide forward
Entering and Exiting the
an item or passenger in the rear
seat. Check before exiting the for more room. Third Row
vehicle.
This feature will activate when a
{ Warning
second row door is opened while Using the third row seating
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes position while the second row is
before the vehicle is turned on. folded, or folded and tumbled,
There will be an alert when the could cause injury in a sudden
vehicle is turned off. The alert does
stop or crash. Be sure to return
not directly detect objects in the rear
the seat to the passenger seating
seat; instead, under certain
conditions, it detects when a rear position. Push and pull on the
door is opened and closed, seat to make sure it is locked into
indicating that there may be place.
something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each To adjust the seat position:
time the vehicle is turned on and off, 1. Remove objects on the floor in
and will require reactivation by front of or on the second row
opening and closing the second row seat, or in the seat tracks on
doors. There may be an alert even the floor.
when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

To access the third row from the To access the third row from the
{ Warning driver side: passenger side:
If the seatback and floor latches 1. Remove objects on the floor in Remove objects on the floor in front
are not locked, the seat could front of or on the second row of the second row seat, or in the
move forward in a sudden stop or seat, or in the seat tracks on seat tracks on the floor.
crash and injure the occupant. the floor. The second row passenger side
Always push and pull on the 2. Make sure that the seat belt is seat can be easily moved for third
seatbacks to be sure the unfastened and in the stowed row entry or exit with a
seatback and floor latches are position. forward-facing child restraint
locked. installed using the LATCH system.
Remove a rear-facing child restraint
before moving the seat for third row
entry or exit.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat { Warning
belts still fastened may cause Remove the child from the child
damage to the seat or the seat restraint before moving the seat
belts. Always unbuckle the seat forward for third row entry or exit.
belts and return them to their Failure to do so may result in
normal stowed position before injury to the child.
folding a rear seat.
3. Pull the handle on top of the Pull the handle on top of the seat
seat forward and pull the seat forward and pull the seat forward.
forward.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Returning the Seat to the Reclining the Seatbacks Folding the Seatbacks
Seating Position To recline the seatbacks:
To return the second row seat to its
normal seating position:
1. Remove objects on the floor
behind the second row seat or
in the seat tracks on the floor.
2. Push on the seatback until the
seat is locked into place.
and seat cushion to make sure
they are locked in place.
4. Check that the seat belt is not To fold the second row seatbacks:
under the seat cushion.
1. Leaning rearward in the seat, 1. Remove anything on or under
pull the reclining seatback the seat.
handle.
2. Fold the head restraint
2. Move the seatback to the rearward. See Head Restraints
desired position, and then 0 56.
release the handle to lock the
seatback in place. 3. Pull forward on the reclining
seatback handle.
to make sure it is locked. To return the seatback to the
seating position, lift the seatback
and push it rearward until it locks
into place. Push and pull on the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

seatback to make sure it is locked. Heated Rear Seats climate controls, an indicator light
Push on the head restraint to return on the button will turn on when the
it to the upright, locked position. heated seat is on. On vehicles with
{ Warning rear climate controls, an indicator on
If temperature change or pain to the climate control display appears
when this feature is on.
the skin cannot be felt, the seat
heater may cause burns. See the On vehicles without rear climate
Warning under Heated and controls but equipped with heated
Ventilated Front Seats 0 64. rear seats, press the button again to
turn this feature off. The light on the
button will turn off. On vehicles with
rear climate controls, this feature
turns on at the highest setting. With
each press of the button, the heated
seat changes to the next lower
setting, and then the off setting.
The second row seatbacks can also Three lights indicate the highest
be folded forward by pulling the setting, and one light indicates the
levers on the driver side of the rear lowest. If the heated seats are on
cargo area. The top lever folds the high, the level may automatically be
driver side seatback and the bottom lowered after approximately
lever folds the passenger side 30 minutes.
seatback.
If equipped, the buttons are on the
rear of the center console.
With the ignition on, press M or L
to heat the left or right outboard seat
cushion. On vehicles without rear
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Third Row Seats To fold the third row seatback: 6. Repeat for the other seatback,
1. Remove objects on the floor in if necessary.
{ Warning front of or on the second row
seat, or in the seat tracks on
Returning the Seat to the
Seating Position
Using the third row seating the floor.
position while the second row is To return the seatback to the
2. If the second row seat is in the seating position:
folded, or pushed forward in the full rear position, adjust it
entry position, could cause injury forward to allow the third row 1. From the rear of the vehicle,
in a sudden stop or crash. Be seat to fold fully flat. raise the seatback to the
sure to return the seat to the upright position using the strap
passenger seating position. Push 3. Remove anything on or under on the back of the third row
the seat. seat, or lift the seatback and
and pull on the seat to make sure
it is locked into place. push it into place from inside
the vehicle.
Folding the Seatback
{ Warning
Caution If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
Folding a rear seat with the seat stop or crash. That could cause
belts still fastened may cause injury to the person sitting there.
damage to the seat or the seat Always push and pull on the
belts. Always unbuckle the seat seatbacks to be sure they are
belts and return them to their locked.
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat. 4. Pull the strap on the seatback.
5. Push the seatback forward to
to make sure it is locked in
lay flat.
place.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
{ Warning Seat Belts Warning (Continued)

This section describes how to use
A seat belt that is improperly seat belts properly, and some things passengers to ride in any area of
routed, not properly attached, not to do. the vehicle that is not equipped
or twisted will not provide the with seats and seat belts.
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
{ Warning Always wear a seat belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
seriously injured. After raising the Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too.
rear seatback, always check to be seat belt cannot be worn properly.
sure that the seat belts are In a crash, if you or your
properly routed and attached, and passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a
are not twisted. reminder to buckle the seat belts.
seat belts, injuries can be much
See Seat Belt Reminders 0 134.
worse than if you are wearing
seat belts. You can be seriously Why Seat Belts Work
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

When riding in a vehicle, you travel Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants
as fast as the vehicle does. If the should I have to wear seat to buckle up. Statistics show that
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep belts? unbelted people are hurt more often
going until something stops you. A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are
It could be the windshield, the systems only. They work with wearing seat belts.
instrument panel, or the seat belts! seat belts — not instead of them. There are important things to know
When you wear a seat belt, you and Whether or not an airbag is about wearing a seat belt properly.
the vehicle slow down together. provided, all occupants still have
There is more time to stop because to buckle up to get the most
you stop over a longer distance and, protection.
when worn properly, your strongest Also, in nearly all states and in
bones take the forces from the seat all Canadian provinces, the law
belts. That is why wearing seat belts requires wearing seat belts.
makes such good sense.
Questions and Answers About How to Wear Seat Belts
Seat Belts Properly
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle Follow these rules for everyone's
after a crash if I am wearing a protection.
seat belt?
There are additional things to know
A: You could be — whether you are about seat belts and children, . Sit up straight and always keep
wearing a seat belt or not. Your including smaller children and your feet on the floor in front of
chance of being conscious infants. If a child will be riding in the you (if possible).
during and after a crash, so you vehicle, see Older Children 0 91 or . Always use the correct buckle
can unbuckle and get out, is Infants and Young Children 0 93. for your seating position.
much greater if you are belted. Review and follow the rules for . Wear the lap part of the belt low
children in addition to the following
and snug on the hips, just
rules.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
. Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{ Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your seat belt properly.
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt Never wear the shoulder belt under
to become loose or twisted. both arms or behind your back.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Lap-Shoulder Belt The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
All seating positions in the vehicle very quickly. If this happens, let
have a lap-shoulder belt. the belt go back slightly to
The following instructions explain unlock it. Then pull the belt
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt across you more slowly.
properly. If the shoulder portion of a
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is passenger belt is pulled out all
adjustable, so you can sit up the way, the child restraint
straight. To see how, see locking feature may be
“Seats” in the Index. engaged. If this happens, let
the belt go back all the way
Always use the correct buckle for and start again.
your seating position. Engaging the child restraint
locking feature in the front
outboard seating position may
affect the passenger sensing
system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 85.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
Never route the lap or shoulder belt
over an armrest.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Seat Belt Extender 0 77.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
If the webbing locks in the latch To unlatch the belt, push the button
plate before it reaches the on the buckle. The belt should
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to return to its stowed position.
unlock. Always stow the seat belt slowly.
If the seat belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
seat belt straight out firmly to unlock
the webbing, and then release it.
If the webbing is still locked in the
retractor, see your dealer.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt. Before a door is closed, be sure the
seat belt is out of the way. If a door
is slammed against a seat belt,
damage can occur to both the seat
belt and the vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Seat Belt Pretensioners Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides Seat Belt Use During
This vehicle has seat belt Rear seat belt comfort guides may Pregnancy
pretensioners for front outboard provide added seat belt comfort for
Seat belts work for everyone,
occupants. Although the seat belt older children who have outgrown
including pregnant women. Like all
pretensioners cannot be seen, they booster seats and for some adults.
occupants, they are more likely to
are part of the seat belt assembly. When installed on a shoulder belt,
be seriously injured if they do not
They can help tighten the seat belts the comfort guide positions the
wear seat belts.
during the early stages of a shoulder belt away from the neck
moderate to severe frontal, near and head.
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner Second Row Outboard Seating
activation are met. Seat belt Positions
pretensioners can also help tighten The vehicle may have comfort
the seat belts in a side crash or a guides for the second row outboard
rollover event. seating positions available in the
Pretensioners work only once. If the glove box or cargo area, or they are
available through your dealer.
pretensioners activate in a crash,
Instructions are included with the
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle’s seat belt guides.
system will need to be replaced. Third Row Seating Positions
See Replacing Seat Belt System
Comfort guides are available A pregnant woman should wear a
Parts after a Crash 0 78.
through your dealer for the third row lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt seating positions. Instructions are portion should be worn as low as
while entering or exiting the vehicle included with the guide. possible, below the rounding,
or at any time while sitting in the throughout the pregnancy.
seat. Sitting on the seat belt can
damage the webbing and hardware. The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a seat
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

that the fetus will not be hurt in a Safety System Check Seat Belt Care
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making seat Periodically check the seat belt Keep belts clean and dry.
belts effective is wearing them reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch Seat belts should be properly cared
properly. plates, retractors, shoulder belt for and maintained.
height adjusters (if equipped), and
seat belt anchorages to make sure Seat belt hardware should be kept
Seat Belt Extender they are all in working order. Look dry and free of dust or debris. As
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten for any other loose or damaged seat necessary, exterior hard surfaces
around you, you should use it. belt system parts that might keep a and seat belt webbing may be lightly
seat belt system from performing cleaned with mild soap and water.
But if a seat belt is not long enough,
properly. See your dealer to have it Ensure there is not excessive dust
your dealer will order you an
repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted or debris in the mechanism. If dust
extender. When you go in to order it,
seat belts may not protect you in a or debris exists in the system please
take the heaviest coat you will wear,
crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can see the dealer. Parts may need to
so the extender will be long enough
rip apart under impact forces. If a be replaced to ensure proper
for you. To help avoid personal
belt is torn or frayed, have it functionality of the system.
injury, do not let someone else use
it, and use it only for the seat it is replaced immediately. If a belt is
made to fit. The extender has been twisted, it may be possible to { Warning
designed for adults. Never use it for untwist by reversing the latch plate
securing child restraints. For more on the webbing. If the twist cannot Do not bleach or dye seat belt
information on the proper use and fit be corrected, ask your dealer to webbing. It may severely weaken
of seat belt extenders see the fix it. the webbing. In a crash, they
instruction sheet that comes with Make sure the seat belt reminder might not be able to provide
the extender. light is working. See Seat Belt adequate protection. Clean and
Reminders 0 134. rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water.
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Allow the webbing to dry.
Seat Belt Care 0 77.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Replacing Seat Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System
seat belts may not be necessary.
System Parts after a But the seat belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following
Crash were used during any crash may airbags:
have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver
{ Warning See your dealer to have the seat
belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the front
A crash can damage the seat belt replaced. outboard passenger
system in the vehicle. A damaged New parts and repairs may be . A knee airbag for the driver
seat belt system may not properly necessary even if the seat belt . A front center airbag for the
protect the person using it, system was not being used at the driver and front outboard
resulting in serious injury or even time of the crash. passenger
death in a crash. To help make
Have the seat belt pretensioners . A seat-mounted side impact
sure the seat belt systems are
checked if the vehicle has been in a airbag for the driver
working properly after a crash,
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
have them inspected and any stays on after you start the vehicle . A seat-mounted side impact
necessary replacements made as or while you are driving. See Airbag airbag for the front outboard
soon as possible. Readiness Light 0 135. passenger
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and for the second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the driver
. A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
second and third row
passengers seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

All vehicle airbags have the word Here are the most important things
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label to know about the airbag system: { Warning
near the deployment opening.
Because airbags inflate with great
For frontal airbags, the word { Warning force and faster than the blink of
AIRBAG is on the center of the an eye, anyone who is up
steering wheel for the driver and on You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any
the instrument panel for the front airbag when it inflates can be
outboard passenger. wearing your seat belt, even with
airbags. Airbags are designed to seriously injured or killed. Do not
For knee airbags, the word AIRBAG work with seat belts, not replace sit unnecessarily close to any
is on the lower part of the airbag, as you would be if sitting
them. Also, airbags are not
instrument panel. on the edge of the seat or leaning
designed to inflate in every crash.
For the front center airbag, the word In some crashes seat belts are forward. Seat belts help keep you
AIRBAG is on the inboard side of the only restraint. See When in position before and during a
the driver seatback. Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 82. crash. Always wear a seat belt,
even with airbags. The driver
For seat-mounted side impact Wearing your seat belt during a should sit as far back as possible
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the crash helps reduce your chance
side of the seat closest to the door. while still maintaining control of
of hitting things inside the vehicle the vehicle. The seat belts and
For roof-rail airbags, the word or being ejected from it. Airbags the front outboard passenger
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. are “supplemental restraints” to airbags are most effective when
Airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts. Everyone in the you are sitting well back and
the protection provided by seat vehicle should wear a seat belt upright in the seat with both feet
belts. Even though today's airbags properly, whether or not there is on the floor.
are also designed to help reduce an airbag for that person.
(Continued)
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Warning (Continued)
Where Are the Airbags?
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the front center
armrest or console in vehicles
with a front center airbag.
There is an airbag readiness light
Occupants should not lean on or on the instrument cluster, which
sleep against the door or side shows the airbag symbol.
windows in seating positions with The system checks the airbag
seat-mounted side impact airbags electrical system for malfunctions.
and/or roof-rail airbags. The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 135.
{ Warning The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
Children who are up against, The front outboard passenger
or very close to, any airbag when frontal airbag is in the passenger
it inflates can be seriously injured side instrument panel.
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 91 or
Infants and Young Children 0 93.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
The driver knee airbag is below the Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger
steering column. Side Similar Side Similar
The seat-mounted side impact The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
airbags for the driver and front front outboard passenger, and
outboard passenger are in the sides second and third row outboard
of the seatbacks closest to the door. passengers are in the ceiling above
the side windows.
{ Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
The front center airbag is in the (Continued)
inboard side of the driver seatback.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Warning (Continued)
When Should an Airbag It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down.
or even death. The path of an This vehicle is equipped with
inflating airbag must be kept Frontal airbags may inflate at
airbags. See Airbag System 0 78. different crash speeds depending on
clear. Do not put anything Airbags are designed to inflate if the
between an occupant and an whether the vehicle hits an object
impact exceeds the specific airbag straight on or at an angle, and
airbag, and do not attach or put system's deployment threshold.
anything on the steering wheel whether the object is fixed or
Deployment thresholds are used to moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
hub or on or near any other predict how severe a crash is likely or wide.
airbag covering. to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the Frontal airbags are not intended to
Do not use seat or console inflate during vehicle rollovers, in
accessories that block the occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the rear impacts, or in many side
inflation path of a seat-mounted impacts.
airbag system determine the
side impact airbag or the front
severity of the impact. Deployment In addition, the vehicle has
center airbag. thresholds can vary with specific advanced technology frontal
Never secure anything to the roof vehicle design. airbags. Advanced technology
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags Frontal airbags are designed to frontal airbags adjust the restraint
by routing a rope or tie-down inflate in moderate to severe frontal according to crash severity.
through any door or window or near frontal crashes to help Knee airbags are designed to inflate
opening. If you do, the path of an reduce the potential for severe in moderate to severe frontal or
inflating roof-rail airbag will be injuries, mainly to the driver's or near frontal impacts. Knee airbags
blocked. front outboard passenger's head are not designed to inflate during
and chest. vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,
Whether the frontal airbags will or or in many side impacts.
should inflate is not based primarily The front center airbag is designed
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. to inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending upon the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

location of the impact, when either rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags How Does an Airbag
side of the vehicle is struck. In will inflate when either side of the
addition, the front center airbag is vehicle is struck, if the sensing
Restrain?
designed to inflate when the system predicts that the vehicle is In moderate to severe frontal or
sensing system predicts that the about to roll over on its side, or in a near frontal collisions, even belted
vehicle is about to roll over on its severe frontal impact. occupants can contact the steering
side. The front center airbag is not In any particular crash, no one can wheel or the instrument panel. In
designed to inflate in frontal say whether an airbag should have moderate to severe side collisions,
impacts, near frontal impacts, inflated simply because of the even belted occupants can contact
or rear impacts. vehicle damage or repair costs. the inside of the vehicle.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags Airbags supplement the protection
are designed to inflate in moderate What Makes an Airbag provided by seat belts by
to severe side crashes depending distributing the force of the impact
on the location of the impact.
Inflate? more evenly over the
Seat-mounted side impact airbags In a deployment event, the sensing occupant's body.
are not designed to inflate in frontal system sends an electrical signal
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
impacts, near frontal impacts, triggering a release of gas from the
are designed to help contain the
rollovers, or rear impacts. inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
head and chest of occupants in the
A seat-mounted side impact airbag airbag causing the bag to break out
outboard seating positions in the
is designed to inflate on the side of of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
first, second, and third rows. The
the vehicle that is struck. and related hardware are all part of
rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
the airbag module.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to designed to help reduce the risk of
inflate in moderate to severe side For airbag locations, see Where Are full or partial ejection in rollover
crashes depending on the location the Airbags? 0 80. events, although no system can
of the impact. In addition, these prevent all such ejections.
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

But airbags would not help in many from the vents in the deflated warning flashers, and shut off the
types of collisions, primarily airbags. Airbag inflation does not fuel system after the airbags inflate.
because the occupant's motion is prevent the driver from seeing out of The feature may also activate,
not toward those airbags. See When the windshield or being able to steer without airbag inflation, after an
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 82. the vehicle, nor does it prevent event that exceeds a predetermined
Airbags should never be regarded people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. After turning the ignition
as anything more than a supplement off and then on again, the fuel
to seat belts. { Warning system will return to normal
operation; the doors can be locked,
When an airbag inflates, there the interior lamps can be turned off,
What Will You See after may be dust in the air. This dust and the hazard warning flashers can
an Airbag Inflates? could cause breathing problems be turned off using the controls for
After frontal, knee, and for people with a history of those features. If any of these
seat-mounted side impact airbags asthma or other breathing trouble. systems are damaged in the crash
inflate, they quickly deflate, so To avoid this, everyone in the they may not operate as normal.
quickly that some people may not vehicle should get out as soon as
even realize the airbags inflated. it is safe to do so. If you have { Warning
The front center airbag and roof-rail breathing problems but cannot
airbags may still be at least partially get out of the vehicle after an A crash severe enough to inflate
inflated for some time after they airbag inflates, then get fresh air the airbags may have also
inflate. Some components of the by opening a window or a door. damaged important functions in
airbag module may be hot for If you experience breathing the vehicle, such as the fuel
several minutes. For location of the problems following an airbag system, brake and steering
airbags, see Where Are the deployment, you should seek systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
Airbags? 0 80. appears to be drivable after a
medical attention.
The parts of the airbag that come moderate crash, there may be
into contact with you may be warm, (Continued)
The vehicle has a feature that may
but not too hot to touch. There may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
be some smoke and dust coming
on the interior lamps and hazard
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. The vehicle has a crash sensing
Warning (Continued) and diagnostic module which
records information after a
concealed damage that could crash.
make it difficult to safely operate See Vehicle Data Recording and
the vehicle. Privacy 0 402 and Event Data
Use caution if you should attempt Recorders 0 402. United States and Canada
to restart the engine after a crash . Let only qualified technicians
has occurred. work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
In many crashes severe enough to an airbag system will not work
inflate the airbag, windshields are properly. See your dealer for
broken by vehicle deformation. service.
Additional windshield breakage may
Passenger Sensing Mexico
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag. System The words ON and OFF, or the
. Airbags are designed to inflate symbols for on and off, will be
The vehicle has a passenger visible during the system check.
only once. After an airbag sensing system for the front When the system check is
inflates, you will need some new outboard passenger position. The complete, either the word ON or
parts for the airbag system. passenger airbag status indicator OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
If you do not get them, the will light on the overhead console be visible. See Passenger Airbag
airbag system will not be there when the vehicle is started. Status Indicator 0 135.
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include The passenger sensing system
airbag modules and possibly turns off the front outboard
other parts. The service manual passenger frontal airbag under
for the vehicle covers the need certain conditions. No other airbag
to replace other parts. is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
the front outboard passenger seat
and seat belt. The sensors are airbag inflates. This is because secure child restraints in the rear
designed to detect the presence of the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another
a properly seated occupant and restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child
determine if the front outboard the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available.
passenger frontal airbag should be forward-facing child restraint can
allowed to inflate or not. be seriously injured or killed if the The passenger sensing system is
passenger frontal airbag inflates designed to turn off the front
According to accident statistics,
and the passenger seat is in a outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct forward position.
. The front outboard passenger
child restraint for their weight Even if the passenger sensing seat is unoccupied.
and size. system has turned off the
. The system determines an infant
Whenever possible, children aged passenger frontal airbag, no
is present in a child restraint.
12 and under should be secured in system is fail-safe. No one can
a rear seating position. guarantee that an airbag will not . A front outboard passenger
deploy under some unusual takes his/her weight off of the
Never put a rear-facing child seat in seat for a period of time.
circumstance, even though the
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great, airbag is turned off. . There is a critical problem with
if the airbag inflates. Never put a rear-facing child the airbag system or the
restraint in the front seat, even if passenger sensing system.
{ Warning the airbag is off. If securing a When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
forward-facing child restraint in
A child in a rear-facing child the front outboard passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag,
restraint can be seriously injured seat, always move the seat as far the OFF indicator will light and stay
or killed if the passenger frontal back as it will go. It is better to lit as a reminder that the airbag is
(Continued) off. See Passenger Airbag Status
(Continued)
Indicator 0 135.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The passenger sensing system is 3. Remove any additional items
designed to turn on the front { Warning from the seat such as blankets,
outboard passenger frontal airbag cushions, seat covers, seat
anytime the system senses that a If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers.
person of adult size is sitting comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong 4. Reinstall the child restraint
properly in the front outboard following the directions
passenger seat. with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others, provided by the child restraint
When the passenger sensing have the vehicle serviced right manufacturer and refer to
system has allowed the airbag to be Securing Child Restraints (With
away. See Airbag Readiness
enabled, the ON indicator will light the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
Light 0 135 for more information,
and stay lit as a reminder that the 0 108 or Securing Child
airbag is active. including important safety Restraints (With the Seat Belt
information. in the Rear Seat) 0 106.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for Make sure the seat belt
very small adults, the passenger If the On Indicator Is Lit for a retractor is locked by pulling
sensing system may or may not turn Child Restraint the shoulder belt all the way
off the front outboard passenger The passenger sensing system is out of the retractor when
frontal airbag, depending upon the designed to turn off the front installing the child restraint,
person's seating posture and body outboard passenger frontal airbag if even if the child restraint is
build. Everyone in the vehicle who the system determines that an infant equipped with a seat belt lock
has outgrown child restraints should is present in a child restraint. If a off. When the retractor lock is
wear a seat belt properly — whether child restraint has been installed set, the belt can be tightened
or not there is an airbag for that and the ON indicator is lit: but not pulled out of the
person. retractor.
1. Turn the vehicle off.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
2. Remove the child restraint from restraint and restarting the
the vehicle. vehicle, the ON indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

seatback and adjust the seat If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an 2. Remove any additional material
cushion, if adjustable, to make Adult-Sized Occupant from the seat, such as
sure that the vehicle seatback blankets, cushions, seat
is not pushing the child covers, seat heaters, or seat
restraint into the seat cushion. massagers.
Also make sure the child 3. Place the seatback in the fully
restraint is not trapped under upright position.
the vehicle head restraint. 4. Have the person sit upright in
If this happens, adjust the head the seat, centered on the seat
restraint. See Head Restraints cushion, with legs comfortably
0 56. extended.
6. Restart the vehicle. 5. If the shoulder portion of the
The passenger sensing system may belt is pulled out all the way,
or may not turn off the airbag for a the child restraint locking
child in a child restraint depending feature will be engaged. This
If a person of adult size is sitting in
upon the child’s size. It is better to may unintentionally cause the
the front outboard passenger seat,
secure the child restraint in a rear passenger sensing system to
but the OFF indicator is lit, it could
seat. Never put a rear-facing child turn the airbag off for some
be because that person is not sitting
restraint in the front seat, even if the adult-sized occupants. If this
properly in the seat or that the child
ON indicator is not lit. happens, unbuckle the belt, let
restraint locking feature is engaged.
the belt go back all the way,
Use the following steps to allow the
and then buckle the belt again
system to detect that person and
without pulling the belt out all
enable the front outboard passenger
the way.
frontal airbag:
6. Restart the vehicle and have
1. Turn the vehicle off.
the person remain in this
position for two to three minutes
after the ON indicator is lit.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

A thick layer of additional material,
{ Warning such as a blanket or cushion, Warning (Continued)
or aftermarket equipment such as
If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat seatback may interfere with the
airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the proper operation of the passenger
adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system sensing system.
will not be able to inflate and help operates. We recommend that you
protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other
resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when
Servicing the
serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to Airbags affect how the vehicle
ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 90 should be serviced. There are parts
passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about of the airbag system in several
airbag OFF indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how places around the vehicle. Your
the system operates. dealer and the service manual have
Additional Factors Affecting The ON indicator may be lit if an information about servicing the
object, such as a briefcase, vehicle and the airbag system. To
System Operation purchase a service manual, see
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
Seat belts help keep the passenger or other electronic device, is put on Publication Ordering Information
in position on the seat during an unoccupied seat. If this is not 0 399.
vehicle maneuvers and braking, desired, remove the object from
which helps the passenger sensing
system maintain the passenger
the seat. { Warning
airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and
“Child Restraints” in the Index for
{ Warning For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
additional information about the Stowing articles under the battery is disconnected, an airbag
importance of proper restraint use. passenger seat or between the can still inflate during improper
passenger seat cushion and service. You can be injured if you
(Continued) (Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. Front seats, including stitching, of the seat fabric, could also
Warning (Continued) seams or zippers interfere with the operation of the
. Seat belts passenger sensing system. This
are close to an airbag when it could either prevent proper
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. . Steering wheel, instrument deployment of the passenger
They are probably part of the panel, overhead console, ceiling airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
airbag system. Be sure to follow trim, or pillar garnish trim sensing system from properly
proper service procedures, and . turning off the passenger airbag(s).
Inner door seals, including
make sure the person performing speakers See Passenger Sensing System
work for you is qualified to do so. 0 85.
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
Adding Equipment to the of the airbag modules and sensors, airbags, see Different Size Tires
sensing and diagnostic module, and and Wheels 0 337 for additional
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle important information.
airbag wiring along with the proper
Adding accessories that change the replacement procedures. If the vehicle must be modified
vehicle's frame, bumper system, because you have a disability and
height, front end, or side sheet In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the you have questions about whether
metal may keep the airbag system the modifications will affect the
from working properly. front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part vehicle's airbag system, or if you
The operation of the airbag system of the passenger's seat. The have questions about whether the
can also be affected by changing, passenger sensing system may not airbag system will be affected if the
including improperly repairing or operate properly if the original seat vehicle is modified for any other
replacing, any parts of the following: trim is replaced with non-GM reason, call Customer Assistance.
. Airbag system, including airbag covers, upholstery, or trim, or with See Customer Assistance Offices
GM covers, upholstery, or trim 0 392.
modules, front or side impact
sensors, sensing and diagnostic designed for a different vehicle. Any
module, airbag wiring, or front object, such as an aftermarket seat
center console heater or a comfort enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Airbag System Check Replacing Airbag System Child Restraints
The airbag system does not need Parts after a Crash
regularly scheduled maintenance or Older Children
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
{ Warning
Airbag Readiness Light 0 135. A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
Caution A damaged airbag system may
not properly protect you and your
If an airbag covering is damaged, passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
opened, or broken, the airbag in serious injury or even death. To
may not work properly. Do not help make sure the airbag
open or break the airbag systems are working properly
coverings. If there are any after a crash, have them
opened or broken airbag inspected and any necessary
coverings, have the airbag replacements made as soon as
covering and/or airbag module possible. Older children who have outgrown
replaced. For the location of the booster seats should wear the
airbags, see Where Are the vehicle’s seat belts.
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
Airbags? 0 80. See your dealer replace airbag system parts. See
for service. your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 135.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper seat belt fit be In a crash, children who are not
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the buckled up can strike other people
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, who are buckled up, or can be
booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. thrown out of the vehicle. Older
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to children need to use seat belts
passes the fit test below: wear seat belts? properly.
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
{ Warning
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. Never allow more than one child
belt can provide. The shoulder to wear the same seat belt. The
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or seat belt cannot properly spread
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit the impact forces. In a crash, they
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
can be crushed together and
If no, try using the rear seat belt touching the top of the thighs.
seriously injured. A seat belt must
comfort guide, if available. See This applies belt force to the
be used by only one person at
“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash.
under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 74. It should never be worn over the a time.
If a comfort guide is not abdomen, which could cause
available, or if the shoulder belt severe or even fatal internal
still does not rest on the injuries in a crash.
shoulder, then return to the Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort
booster seat. Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
. Does the lap belt fit low and 0 74.
snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics,
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children are safer when properly
return to the booster seat. restrained in a rear seating position.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

need, for everyone, to use safety
Warning (Continued) restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
That could cause serious or fatal every Canadian province says
injuries. The shoulder belt should children up to some age must be
go over the shoulder and across restrained while in a vehicle.
the chest.
{ Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
{ Warning cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
Never allow a child to wear the pulled all the way out of the
seat belt with the shoulder belt retractor. It unlocks when the
behind their back. A child can be shoulder belt is allowed to go all
seriously injured by not wearing the way back into the retractor,
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a but it cannot do this if it is
crash, the child would not be wrapped around a child’s neck.
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
Infants and Young If the shoulder belt is locked and
Children tightened around a child’s neck,
forward increasing the chance of the only way to loosen the belt is
head and neck injury. The child Everyone in a vehicle needs to cut it.
might also slide under the lap protection! This includes infants and
belt. The belt force would then be (Continued)
all other children. Neither the
applied right on the abdomen. distance traveled nor the age and
(Continued) size of the traveler changes the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Never leave children unattended infant will suddenly become a or killed. Never put a rear-facing
in a vehicle and never allow 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's child restraint in the front
children to play with the seat arms. An infant or child should be passenger seat. Secure a
belts. secured in an appropriate rear-facing child restraint in a
restraint. rear seat.
Every time infants and young It is also better to secure a
children ride in vehicles, they should forward-facing child restraint in a
have the protection provided by rear seat. If a forward-facing child
appropriate child restraints. Neither restraint must be secured in the
the vehicle’s seat belt system nor its front passenger seat, always
airbag system is designed for them. move the front passenger seat as
Children who are not restrained far back as it will go.
properly can strike other people, If a child restraint is installed in
or can be thrown out of the vehicle. the second row center seat, move
the second row seat to the
{ Warning rearward position, whenever
possible, to minimize contact with
Never hold an infant or a child
the front center airbag.
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child { Warning
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash. Children who are up against,
For example, in a crash at only or very close to, any airbag when
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) it inflates can be seriously injured
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

For each type of child restraint,
there are many different models { Warning
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be A young child's hip bones are still
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the so small that the vehicle's regular
restraint will have a label saying that seat belt may not remain low on
it meets federal motor vehicle safety the hip bones, as it should.
standards. The restraint Instead, it may settle up around
manufacturer's instructions that the child's abdomen. In a crash,
come with the restraint state the the belt would apply force on a
weight and height limitations for a body area that is unprotected by
particular child restraint. In addition, any bony structure. This alone
there are many kinds of restraints could cause serious or fatal
Child restraints are devices used to available for children with special injuries. To reduce the risk of
restrain, seat, or position children in needs.
the vehicle and are sometimes serious or fatal injuries during a
called child seats or car seats. crash, young children should
{ Warning always be secured in appropriate
There are three basic types of child restraints.
child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and
. Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
. Rear-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age
. Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
The proper child restraint for your
of their child restraint.
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Child Restraint Systems
Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A forward-facing child restraint A belt-positioning booster seat is
provides restraint for the child's used for children who have
A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness. outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint with the seating surface restraint. Boosters are designed to
against the back of the infant. improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
The harness system holds the infant belt system until the child is large
in place and, in a crash, acts to enough for the vehicle seat belts to
keep the infant positioned in the fit properly without a booster seat.
restraint. See the seat belt fit test in Older
Children 0 91.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with
Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial
that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office.
may be on the restraint itself or in a
{ Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual. Securing the Child Within the
The child restraint instructions are Child Restraint
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement { Warning
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child A child can be seriously injured or
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured
killed in a crash if the child is not
using the vehicle’s seat belt or child restraint can move around in a
properly secured in the child
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to restraint. Secure the child
instructions that came with that properly following the instructions
child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is that came with that child restraint.
in this manual.
in it.
To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States Where to Put the
the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child Restraint
in the vehicle. Child restraints must Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect According to accident statistics,
be secured in vehicle seats by lap children and infants are safer when
belts or the lap belt portion of a and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In properly restrained in an appropriate
lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH child restraint secured in a rear
system. See Lower Anchors and the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety seating position.
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 99 for more information. Administration (NHTSA) website to Whenever possible, children aged
Children can be endangered in a locate the nearest child safety seat 12 and under should be secured in
crash if the child restraint is not inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position.
properly secured in the vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The vehicle is equipped with a front When securing a child restraint with
center airbag in the inboard side of Warning (Continued) the seat belts in a rear seat position,
the driver seat. Even with a front study the instructions that came with
center airbag, a child restraint can Even if the passenger sensing the child restraint to make sure it is
be installed in any second row system has turned off the front compatible with this vehicle.
seating position. passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can Child restraints and booster seats
Never put a rear-facing child guarantee that an airbag will not vary considerably in size, and some
restraint in the front. This is because deploy under some unusual may fit in certain seating positions
the risk to the rear-facing child is so better than others.
circumstance, even though it is
great if the airbag deploys. Depending on where you place the
turned off.
child restraint and the size of the
{ Warning Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent seat belts or
A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a LATCH anchors for additional
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in passengers or child restraints.
or killed if the front passenger the front seat, always move the Adjacent seating positions should
airbag inflates. This is because front passenger seat as far back not be used if the child restraint
the back of the rear-facing child as it will go. It is better to secure prevents access to or interferes with
restraint would be very close to the child restraint in a rear seat. the routing of the seat belt.
the inflating airbag. A child in a See Passenger Sensing System Wherever a child restraint is
forward-facing child restraint can 0 85 for additional information. installed, be sure to follow the
be seriously injured or killed if the instructions that came with the child
front passenger airbag inflates If a child restraint is installed in a
restraint and secure the child
and the passenger seat is in a second row center seat, move the restraint properly.
forward position. second row seat to the rearward
position, whenever possible, to Keep in mind that an unsecured
(Continued) child restraint can move around in a
minimize contact with the front
center airbag. collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

properly secure any child restraint in Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat See Securing Child Restraints (With
the vehicle — even when no child is belts to secure the child and the the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
in it. booster seat. If the manufacturer 0 108 or Securing Child Restraints
recommends that the booster seat (With the Seat Belt in the Rear
Lower Anchors and be secured with the LATCH system, Seat) 0 106.
this can be done as long as the
Tethers for Children booster seat can be positioned
Child restraints built after March
(LATCH System) 2014 will be labeled with the
properly and there is no interference specific child weight up to which the
The LATCH system secures a child with the proper positioning of the LATCH system can be used to
restraint during driving or in a crash. lap-shoulder belt on the child. install the restraint.
LATCH attachments on the child Make sure to follow the instructions
restraint are used to attach the child The following explains how to attach
that came with the child restraint, a child restraint with these
restraint to the anchors in the and also the instructions in this
vehicle. The LATCH system is attachments in the vehicle.
manual.
designed to make installation of a Not all vehicle seating positions
child restraint easier. When installing a child restraint with have lower anchors. In this case,
a top tether, you must also use the seat belt must be used (with top
In order to use the LATCH system in either the lower anchors or the seat
your vehicle, you need a child tether where available) to secure
belts to properly secure the child the child restraint.
restraint that has LATCH restraint. A child restraint must
attachments. LATCH-compatible See Securing Child Restraints (With
never be installed using only the top the Seat Belt in the Front Seat)
rear-facing and forward-facing child tether and anchor.
seats can be properly installed 0 108 or Securing Child Restraints
using either the LATCH anchors or The LATCH anchorage system can (With the Seat Belt in the Rear
the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use be used until the combined weight Seat) 0 106.
both the seat belts and the LATCH of the child plus the child restraint is
anchorage system to secure a 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt
rear-facing or forward-facing alone instead of the LATCH
child seat. anchorage system once the
combined weight is more than
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure
built into the vehicle. There are two the top of the child restraint to the
lower anchors for each LATCH vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
seating position that will into the vehicle. The top tether
accommodate a child restraint with attachment hook (2) on the child
lower attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether
anchor in the vehicle in order to
reduce the forward movement and
rotation of the child restraint during
driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Second Row — Bucket
Either will have a single attachment
hook (2) to secure the top tether to I : Seating positions with top
the anchor. tether anchors.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.
To assist in locating the top tether

anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the anchor.
Third Row
I : Seating positions with top
Second Row — 60/40 Bench tether anchors.
I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.
H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.
Second Row — Bucket Shown,

To assist in locating the lower Bench Similar
anchors, each second row anchor The top tether anchors are at the
position has a label, near the crease bottom rear of the seatback for each
between the seatback and the seat seating position in the second row.
cushion.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Be sure to use an anchor on the the instructions that come with the
same side of the vehicle as the child restraint say that the top tether { Warning
seating position where the child must be attached.
restraint will be placed. To reduce the risk of serious or
According to accident statistics, fatal injuries during a crash, do
children and infants are safer when not attach more than one child
properly restrained in a child restraint to a single anchor.
restraint system or infant restraint Attaching more than one child
system secured in a rear seating restraint to a single anchor could
position. See Where to Put the
cause the anchor or attachment
Restraint 0 97 for additional
to come loose or even break
information.
during a crash. A child or others
Securing a Child Restraint could be injured.
Designed for the LATCH
System
{ Warning { Warning
Third Row
Children can be seriously injured
The top tether anchors are on the A child could be seriously injured
rear of the seatback for each or strangled if a shoulder belt is
or killed in a crash if the child wrapped around their neck. The
seating position in the third row. restraint is not properly attached shoulder belt can tighten but
Be sure to use an anchor on the to the vehicle using either the cannot be loosened if it is locked.
same side of the vehicle as the LATCH anchors or the vehicle The shoulder belt locks when it is
seating position where the child seat belt. Follow the instructions pulled all the way out of the
restraint will be placed. that came with the child restraint retractor. It unlocks when the
Do not secure a child restraint in a and the instructions in this shoulder belt is allowed to go all
position without a top tether anchor manual. the way back into the retractor,
if a national or local law requires (Continued)
that the top tether be attached, or if
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

does not have lower
Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
but it cannot do this if it is Do not fold the rear seatback lower anchors, secure the child
wrapped around a child’s neck. when the seat is occupied. Do not restraint with the top tether and
If the shoulder belt is locked and fold the empty rear seat with a the seat belts. Refer to the
tightened around a child’s neck, seat belt buckled. This could child restraint manufacturer
the only way to loosen the belt is damage the seat belt or the seat. instructions and the
to cut it. Unbuckle and return the seat belt instructions in this manual.
Buckle any unused seat belts to its stowed position, before
1.1. Find the lower anchors
behind the child restraint so folding the seat.
for the desired seating
children cannot reach them. Pull position.
the shoulder belt all the way out The vehicle is equipped with a front 1.2. To access the lower
of the retractor to set the lock, center airbag in the inboard side of anchors in the second
and tighten the belt behind the the driver seat. Even with a front row, it may help to recline
child restraint after the child center airbag, a child restraint can the seatback.
restraint has been installed. be installed in any second row
seating position. If a child restraint is Third row seatbacks must
installed in a second row center be upright before placing
seat, move the second row seat to the child restraint on
Caution the rearward position, whenever the seat.
possible, to minimize contact with 1.3. Put the child restraint on
Do not let the LATCH the front center airbag. the seat.
attachments rub against the
If you need to secure more than one 1.4. Attach and tighten the
vehicle’s seat belts. This may
child restraint in the rear seat, see lower attachments on the
damage these parts. If necessary,
Where to Put the Restraint 0 97. child restraint to the lower
move buckled seat belts to avoid
rubbing the LATCH attachments. 1. Attach and tighten the lower anchors.
attachments to the lower
(Continued)
anchors. If the child restraint
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

If necessary, adjust the and you are using a dual
angle of the second row tether, route the tether
seatback to achieve a over the seatback.
tight installation. Make
sure the second row
bench seatbacks are
aligned at the same
angle.
2. If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that If the position you are
the top tether be attached, using does not have a
attach and tighten the top headrest or head restraint
tether to the top tether anchor, and you are using a
if the vehicle has one. Refer to single tether, route the If the position you are
the child restraint instructions tether over the seatback. using has an adjustable
and the following steps: headrest or head restraint
and you are using a dual
2.1. Find the top tether tether, raise the headrest
anchor. or head restraint and
2.2. Route, attach, and tighten route the tether under the
the top tether according headrest or head restraint
to your child restraint and around the headrest
instructions and the or head restraint posts.
following instructions:
If the position you are

using does not have a
headrest or head restraint
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

and you are using a dual to move it side to side and
tether, route the tether back and forth. There should
around the headrest or be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
head restraint. movement, for proper
installation.
Replacing LATCH System

Parts After a Crash
If the position being used
has an adjustable { Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
and a single tether is
system in the vehicle. A damaged
being used, route the
tether between the LATCH system may not properly
headrest or head restraint secure the child restraint,
posts. resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
If the position you are sure the LATCH system is
using has a fixed working properly after a crash,
headrest or head restraint see your dealer to have the
and you are using a
system inspected and any
single tether, route the
necessary replacements made as
tether under the headrest
or head restraint. soon as possible.
3. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is If the vehicle has the LATCH system
securely held in place. To and it was being used during a
If the position you are crash, new LATCH system parts
using has a fixed check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt may be needed.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

New parts and repairs may be install the child restraint using 1. Put the child restraint on
necessary even if the LATCH LATCH. If a child restraint is the seat.
system was not being used at the secured in the vehicle using a seat 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
time of the crash. belt and it uses a top tether, see the lap and shoulder portions
Lower Anchors and Tethers for of the vehicle's seat belt
Securing Child Restraints Children (LATCH System) 0 99 for through or around the child
top tether anchor locations.
(With the Seat Belt in the restraint. The child restraint
Rear Seat) Do not secure a child seat in a instructions will show you how.
position without a top tether anchor
The vehicle is equipped with a front if a national or local law requires
center airbag in the inboard side of that the top tether be anchored, or if
the driver seat. Even with a front the instructions that come with the
center airbag, a child restraint can child restraint say that the top tether
be installed in any second row must be anchored.
seating position. If you install a child
restraint in a second row center In Canada, the law requires that
seat, move the second row seat to forward-facing child restraints have
the rearward position, whenever a top tether, and that the tether be
possible, to minimize contact with attached.
the front center airbag. If the child restraint or vehicle seat
When securing a child restraint with position does not have the LATCH
the seat belts in a rear seat position, system, you will be using the seat
belt to secure the child restraint. 3. Push the latch plate into the
study the instructions that came with buckle until it clicks.
the child restraint to make sure it is Be sure to follow the instructions
compatible with this vehicle. that came with the child restraint. Position the release button on
If more than one child restraint the buckle, away from the child
If the child restraint has the LATCH restraint, so that the seat belt
system, see Lower Anchors and needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put could be quickly unbuckled if
Tethers for Children (LATCH necessary.
System) 0 99 for how and where to the Restraint 0 97.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 99.
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the 5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
the retractor. back into the retractor. When movement.
installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint,
restraint, it may be helpful to unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position.
the child restraint as you If the top tether is attached to a top
tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
Front Seat) A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in

restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger
This vehicle has airbags. A rear or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
seat is a safer place to secure a passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to
forward-facing child restraint. See This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a
Where to Put the Restraint 0 97.
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat.
In addition, the vehicle has a be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System
passenger sensing system which is airbag. A child in a forward-facing
designed to turn off the front 0 85 for additional information.
child restraint can be seriously
outboard passenger frontal airbag injured or killed if the front
under certain conditions. outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top
See Passenger Sensing System inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and
0 85 and Passenger Airbag Status in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH
Indicator 0 135 for more information, System) 0 99 for top tether anchor
including important safety Even if the passenger sensing locations.
information. system has turned off the front
Do not secure a child seat in a
Never put a rear-facing child seat in outboard passenger frontal
position without a top tether anchor
the front. This is because the risk to airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
if a national or local law requires
the rear-facing child is so great, one can guarantee that an airbag that the top tether be anchored, or if
if the airbag deploys. will not deploy under some the instructions that come with the
unusual circumstance, even child restraint say that the top tether
though it is turned off. must be anchored.
Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that
in a rear seat, even if the airbag forward-facing child restraints have
is off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be
(Continued) attached.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

When using the lap-shoulder belt to 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
secure the child restraint in this the lap and shoulder portions
position, follow the instructions that of the vehicle's seat belt
came with the child restraint and the through or around the child
following instructions: restraint. The child restraint
1. Move the seat as far back as it instructions will show you how.
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint. 4. Push the latch plate into the
When the passenger sensing buckle until it clicks.
system has turned off the front Position the release button on
outboard passenger frontal the buckle, away from the child
airbag, the OFF indicator on restraint, so that the seat belt
the passenger airbag status could be quickly unbuckled if
indicator should light and stay necessary.
lit when you start the vehicle. Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
See Passenger Airbag Status belt if needed.
Indicator 0 135.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down in the passenger airbag status
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the indicator will come on and stay on
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to when the vehicle is started.
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the If a child restraint has been installed
tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt and the ON indicator is lit, see “If
the retractor. back into the retractor. When the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
installing a forward-facing child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
restraint, it may be helpful to System 0 85.
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint,
tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Storage 111
Storage Storage Sunglasses Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 111 { Warning
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Sunglasses Storage . . . . . . . . . . 111 Do not store heavy or sharp
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 objects in storage compartments.
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 In a crash, these objects may
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 112 cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Glove Box
Cargo Management
Lift up on the glove box lever to If equipped, sunglasses storage is
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
open it. on the overhead console. Press the
Roof Rack System fixed button on the cover and
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 release to access.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
112 Storage
Armrest Storage Rear Storage Center Console Storage
If equipped, the rear seat armrest There is storage in the floor of the The center console has storage
may have cupholders. Pull the rear cargo area. Lift the handle to under the armrest. Pull up the latch
armrest down to access the access the removable cargo and lift to open.
cupholders. management system. The center console also has the
following:
. A forward bin
. An open or covered storage bin
on the back of the console
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Storage 113
Additional Storage For vehicles with a cargo cover, it
can be used to cover items in the
Features rear of the vehicle. Unroll the cover
toward the rear of the vehicle. Insert
Cargo Cover the cover pins into the channels on
both sides. To store, carefully
remove the cover from the channels
{ Warning and let it roll back up. The cover
An unsecured cargo cover could should be stored securely when not
strike people in a sudden stop or in use.
turn, or in a crash. Store the
cargo cover securely or remove it Cargo Tie-Downs
The back center console has a from the vehicle.
storage bin. Pull the handle down to
access.
Two cargo tie-downs are located in

the rear compartment of the vehicle.
The tie-downs can be used to
secure small loads.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
114 Storage
Cargo Management
System
Tray Option
The cargo management system is 1. Turn the right side wing nut to
used to organize storage in the remove.
cargo area. 2. Remove the strap.
Cargo Management System Make sure the strap is secure
Tray Removal after service or reinstalling the
Lift the load floor to access the
To access the spare tire or the tire cargo management system.
cargo management system.
sealant and compressor kit, the
cargo management system tray
must be removed.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Storage 115
5. Unsnap the hinges on the load All Terrain
floor from the cargo
management system.
3. Turn the left side wing nut to

remove.
4. Remove the small storage bin. The rear trays do not need to be
removed to access the spare tire.
6. Pull up to remove the load
floor.
7. Lift up on both sides to remove
the cargo management system
to access the spare tire.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
116 Storage
Rail and Divider Option
Cargo Management System Cargo Management System Lock

Unlock 4. Turn both knobs to the lock
Cargo Management System position.
Installation Cargo Management System
1. Turn both knobs to the unlock Removal
position. 1. Turn both knobs to the unlock
2. Slide the divider along the rail position.
to the desired position until it 2. Press the buttons and pull up
clicks into place. to remove the divider.
3. Make sure the divider is locked 3. Store the divider outside of the
into place in the rail grooves. vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Storage 117
Roof Rack System Caution
rack will make the vehicle’s center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
{ Warning Loading cargo on the roof rack braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
that weighs more than 100 kg otherwise it may result in loss of
If something is carried on top of (220 lb) or hangs over the rear or control. If driving for a long distance,
the vehicle that is longer or wider sides of the vehicle may damage on rough roads, or at high speeds,
than the roof rack — like paneling, the vehicle. Load cargo so that it occasionally stop the vehicle to
plywood, or a mattress — the rests evenly between the make sure the cargo remains in its
wind can catch it while the vehicle crossrails, making sure to fasten place. Do not exceed the maximum
is being driven. The item being cargo securely. vehicle capacity when loading the
carried could be violently torn off, vehicle. For more information on
and this could cause a collision vehicle capacity and loading, see
and damage the vehicle. Never Vehicle Load Limits 0 217.
carry something longer or wider
than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
certified accessory carrier.
If equipped, the roof rack can be

used to load items. For roof racks
that do not have crossrails included,
GM certified crossrails can be
purchased as an accessory. See
your dealer.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo
when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
118 Instruments and Controls

Low Fuel Warning Light
Instruments and Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 135
Passenger Airbag Status (Midlevel and Uplevel) . . . . . . 143
Controls Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 136
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .
144
144
Malfunction Indicator Lamp Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 144
Controls (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 136 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 144
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 119 Brake System Warning Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 144
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 119 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 120 Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Information Displays
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 120 Service Electric Parking Brake
Light (Uplevel and Midlevel (Base and Midlevel) . . . . . . . . . 145
Rear Window Wiper/ Driver Information Center (DIC)
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Cluster Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Antilock Brake System (ABS) (Uplevel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Vehicle Messages
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 140 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 140 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 151
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 151
Indicators Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 140 Vehicle Personalization
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 141 Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 152
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 141 Universal Remote System
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Traction Control System (TCS)/ Universal Remote System . . . . 160
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Universal Remote System
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 142 Universal Remote System
Engine Coolant Temperature Low Fuel Warning Light (Base Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 134
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Instruments and Controls 119

Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel Steering Wheel Controls
while driving.
Steering Wheel Power Tilt and Telescoping
Adjustment Steering Wheel
If equipped, some audio controls

can be adjusted at the steering
wheel.
To adjust the steering wheel:
To adjust the power tilt and g : For vehicles with OnStar or a
telescoping steering wheel, Bluetooth system, press to interact
1. Pull the lever down. if equipped: with those systems. See OnStar
2. Move the steering wheel up Press the control to move the Overview 0 404 or “Bluetooth
or down. steering wheel up and down or (Overview)” in the infotainment
forward and rearward. manual.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you. Do not adjust the steering wheel i : Press to reject an incoming
while driving. call or end a current call. Press to
4. Pull the lever up to lock the mute or unmute the infotainment
wheel in place. system when not on a call.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

o or p : Press to go to the 2. Volume: Press to increase or outside. The heated steering wheel
previous or next menu option. decrease the volume. indicator light may not come on.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
w or x : Press to go to the next or Heated Steering Wheel Seats 0 64.
previous selection.
V : Press to select a highlighted Horn
menu option.
Press a on the steering wheel pad
to sound the horn.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
( : If equipped, press to turn it on or

off. An indicator light next to the
The favorite and volume switches button displays when the feature is
are on the back of the steering turned on. With the ignition on or in ACC/
wheel. ACCESSORY, move the windshield
The steering wheel takes about wiper lever to select the wiper
1. Favorite: When on a radio three minutes to start heating. speed.
source, press to select the next If equipped with a remote start
or previous favorite. When on a HI : Use for fast wipes.
heated steering wheel, the heated
media source, press to select steering wheel will turn on LO : Use for slow wipes.
the next or previous track. automatically in remote start along
with the heated seats when it is cold
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

activated. See Washer Fluid 0 301 If the windshield wiper lever is then
for information on filling the moved to OFF before the driver
windshield washer fluid reservoir. door is opened or within 10 minutes,
the wipers will restart and move to
{ Warning the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the
In freezing weather, do not use wipers are performing wipes due to
the washer until the windshield is windshield washing, the wipers
warmed. Otherwise the washer continue to run until they reach the
fluid can form ice on the base of the windshield.
INT : Move the windshield wiper windshield, blocking your vision.
lever to INT. Turn the band up for
more frequent wipes or down for Rear Window Wiper/
less frequent wipes. Clear snow and ice from the wiper Washer
blades and windshield before using
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
them. If frozen to the windshield,
1X : For a single wipe, briefly move carefully loosen or thaw them.
the wiper lever down. For several Damaged blades should be
wipes, hold the wiper lever down. replaced. See Wiper Blade
f : Pull the windshield wiper Replacement 0 306.
lever toward you to spray windshield Heavy snow or ice can overload the
washer fluid and activate the wiper motor. See Electrical System
windshield wipers. The wipers will Overload 0 310.
continue until the lever is released
or the maximum wash time is Wiper Parking The rear window wiper/washer
reached. When the windshield wiper If the ignition is turned off while the controls are on the end of the
lever is released, additional wipes wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they windshield wiper lever.
may occur depending on how long will immediately stop. Turn the controls to adjust the
the windshield washer had been setting.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

OFF : Turns the wiper off. The wiper operations return to Compass
INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a normal when the transmission is no
longer in N (Neutral) or the vehicle The vehicle may have a compass
delay between wipes. display on the Driver Information
speed has increased.
ON : Turns on the rear wiper. Center (DIC). The compass receives
Reverse Gear Wipes its heading and other information
1 : Push the windshield wiper from the Global Positioning
lever forward to spray washer fluid If the rear wiper control is off, the
rear wiper will automatically operate System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/
on the rear window. The wipers will Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
clear the rear window and either continuously when the vehicle is in
R (Reverse) and the front and vehicle speed information.
stop or return to your preset speed.
For more washer cycles, press and windshield wiper is performing low The compass system is designed to
hold the lever. or high speed wipes. If the rear operate for a certain number of
wiper control is off, the vehicle is in miles or degrees of turn before
The rear window wiper/washer will R (Reverse), and the front needing a signal from the GPS
not operate if the liftgate is open or windshield wiper is performing satellites. When the compass
ajar. If the liftgate is opened while interval wipes, then the rear wiper display shows CAL, drive the
the rear wiper is on, the wiper automatically performs interval vehicle for a short distance in an
returns to the parked position and wipes. open area where it can receive a
stops.
This feature can be turned on or off. GPS signal. The compass system
Rear Wiper Arm Assembly See Vehicle Personalization 0 152. will automatically determine when a
Protection GPS signal is restored and provide
The windshield washer reservoir is a heading again.
When using an automatic car wash, used for the windshield and the rear
move the rear wiper control to OFF window. Check the fluid level in the
to disable the rear wiper. In some reservoir if either washer is not
vehicles, if the transmission is in working. See Washer Fluid 0 301.
N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is
very slow, the rear wiper will
automatically park.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Clock 2. Touch Time and Date, then Uplevel Radio Using Center
Auto Set. Stack Controls
Base Radio 3. Select from the available The infotainment system controls
The infotainment system controls selections. are used to access the time and
are used to access the time and date settings through the menu
date settings through the menu 4. Touch 0. system. See “Using the System”
system. See Operation 0 176 on Setting the 12/24 Hour Format under “Introduction” in the
how to use the menu system. infotainment manual.
1. Press {, then touch
Setting the Time and Date To set the time or date:
SETTINGS.
When Auto Set is enabled the time
2. Touch Time and Date, then 1. Press {, then select
cannot be manually set. SETTINGS.
select 12h or 24h format.
1. Press {, then touch 2. Select Time and Date, then the
SETTINGS.
3. Touch 0. desired function.
2. Touch Time and Date, then Set Setting the Month and Day 3. Turn the MENU knob to
Time or Set Date. Format increase or decrease the value.
3. Touch + or − to adjust the 1. Press {, then touch 4. Press the MENU knob to go to
value. SETTINGS. the next value. After the last
value is selected, the system
4. Touch R or Q to adjust AM or 2. Touch Time and Date, then Set will update and return to the
PM for 12 hour format. Date Format.
Settings menu. Press o BACK
5. Touch 0. 3. Select DD/MM/YYYY (day/ to go to the last menu and
month/year), MM/DD/YYYY save the changes.
Using Auto Set (month/day/year), or YYYY/
MM/DD (year/month/day) Auto Set requires an active OnStar
1. Press {, then touch format. or connected service plan.
SETTINGS.
4. Touch 0.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

If auto timing is set, the time 2. Touch Set Time and touch « To set the clock display:
displayed on the clock may not
or ª to increase or decrease 1. Touch SETTINGS and touch
update immediately when driving Time and Date.
into a new time zone. hours, minutes, and AM or PM.
Touch 12–24 Hr for 12 or 2. Touch Clock Display and touch
To set the clock display: 24 hour clock. OFF or ON to turn the clock
1. Select SETTINGS from the 3. Touch } to go back to the display off or on.
Home Page, then select Time
and Date.
previous menu. 3. Touch } to go back to the
Auto Set requires an active OnStar previous menu.
2. Select Clock Display.
or connected service plan. The clock settings can also be
3. Turn the MENU knob to Off accessed by touching the time
If auto timing is set, the time
or On. display, then touching Set.
displayed on the clock may not
4. Press the MENU knob to update immediately when driving
select. into a new time zone. Power Outlets
Press o BACK to go to the last To set the date: Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct
menu and save the changes. 1. Touch SETTINGS from the Current
Home Page, then touch Time The vehicle has two 12-volt outlets
Uplevel Radio Using
and Date. that can be used to plug in electrical
Infotainment Display Controls
equipment, such as a cell phone or
To set the time: 2. Touch Set Date and touch «
MP3 player.
or ª to increase or decrease
1. Touch SETTINGS from the The power outlets are located:
Home Page, then touch Time month, day, or year.
. On the center stack below the
and Date. 3. Touch } to go back to the climate controls.
previous menu.
. In the rear cargo area.
Lift the cover to access the outlet
and replace when not in use.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

When adding electrical equipment,
{ Warning be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
Power is always supplied to the the equipment. See Add-On
rear cargo power outlet. Do not Electrical Equipment 0 283.
leave electrical equipment
plugged in when the vehicle is not
Caution
in use because the vehicle could
catch fire and cause injury or Hanging heavy equipment from
death. the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
Caution outlets are designed for The power outlet is on the rear of
accessory power plugs only, such the center console.
Leaving electrical equipment as cell phone charge cords.
An indicator light on the outlet turns
plugged in for an extended period
on to show it is in use. The light
of time while the ignition is off will Power Outlet 110V/120V comes on when the ignition is on,
drain the battery. Always unplug Alternating Current equipment requiring less than 150
electrical equipment when not in watts is plugged into the outlet, and
use and do not plug in equipment If equipped with this power outlet it
no system fault is detected.
that exceeds the maximum can be used to plug in electrical
15 amp rating. equipment that uses a maximum The indicator light does not come on
limit of 150 watts. when the ignition is off or if the
equipment is not fully seated into
Certain accessory plugs may not be the outlet.
compatible with the accessory
If equipment is connected using
power outlet and could overload
more than 150 watts or a system
vehicle and adapter fuses. If a
fault is detected, a protection circuit
problem is experienced, see your
shuts off the power supply and the
dealer.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

indicator light turns off. To reset the Warning Lights,
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
back in or turn the Retained Gauges, and
Accessory Power (RAP) off and
then back on. See Retained
Indicators
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 226. The Warning lights and gauges can
power restarts when equipment signal that something is wrong
using 150 watts or less is plugged before it becomes serious enough
into the outlet and a system fault is to cause an expensive repair or
not detected. replacement. Paying attention to the
The power outlet is not designed for warning lights and gauges could
and may not work properly, if the prevent injury.
following are plugged in: Some warning lights come on briefly
. Equipment with high initial peak when the engine is started to
wattage, such as indicate they are working. When
compressor-driven refrigerators one of the warning lights comes on
and electric power tools and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
. Other equipment requiring an be a problem, check the section that
extremely stable power supply, explains what to do. Waiting to do
such as repairs can be costly and even
microcomputer-controlled dangerous.
electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps
. Medical equipment
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Instrument Cluster
Base Level English, Metric Similar

Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Midlevel English, Metric Similar

Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Uplevel English Standard Theme, Metric Similar

Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Cluster Menu . Info App. This is where the calls, or scroll through contacts.
selected Driver Information If there is an active call, mute the
There is an interactive display area
Center (DIC) displays can be phone or switch to handset
in the center of the instrument
viewed. operation.
cluster.
See Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base and Midlevel) 0 145 Navigation
or Driver Information Center Press V to select the Navigation
(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148.
app, then press p to enter the
. Audio Navigation menu. If there is no
. Phone active route, you can resume the
last route and turn the voice
. Navigation prompts on/off. If there is an active
. Options route, press V to cancel or resume
Audio route guidance or turn the voice
prompts on or off.
Press V to select the Audio app,
Options
then press p to enter the Audio
Use the right steering wheel control menu. In the Audio menu browse for Press V to select the Options app,
to open and scroll through the music, select from the favorites, then press p to enter the Options
different items and displays. or change the audio source. Use w menu. Use w or x to scroll
Press o to access the cluster or x to change the station or go to through items in the Options menu.
applications. Use w or x to scroll the next or previous track.
Units : Press p while Units is
through the list of available Phone displayed to enter the Units menu.
applications. Not all applications will Choose English, Imperial, or metric
be available on all vehicles. Press V to select the Phone app,
units by pressing V while the
then press p to enter the Phone
menu. In the Phone menu, if there is
no active phone call, view recent
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

desired item is highlighted. For the Uplevel Cluster, scroll to set Trip Odometer
A checkmark will be displayed next speed and press p. Press w or x
to the selected item. The trip odometer shows how far
to adjust the value. Press V to set the vehicle has been driven since
Display Themes (Uplevel) : There the speed. the trip odometer was last reset.
are two instrument cluster display
configurations to choose from: Sport Once the speed is set, this feature The trip odometer is accessed and
and Touring. can be turned off by pressing V reset through the Driver Information
while viewing this page. If the Center (DIC).
Info Pages : Press p while Info selected speed limit is exceeded, a See Driver Information Center (DIC)
Pages is displayed to enter the Info pop-up warning is displayed with a (Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver
Pages menu and select the items to chime. Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
be displayed in the Info app. 0 148.
See Driver Information Center (DIC) Software Information : Displays
open source software information.
(Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver Tachometer
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 148. Speedometer The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
Speed Warning : The Speed The speedometer shows the minute (rpm).
Warning display allows the driver to vehicle's speed in either kilometers
set a speed that they do not want to per hour (km/h) or miles per For vehicles with the Stop/Start
exceed. To set the Speed Warning hour (mph). system, when the ignition is on, the
tachometer indicates the vehicle
press p when Speed Warning is status. When pointing to AUTO
displayed. Odometer
STOP, the engine is off but the
For the Base and Midlevel Cluster, The odometer shows how far the vehicle is on and can move. The
vehicle has been driven, in either engine could auto start at any time.
press w or x to adjust the value.
kilometers or miles. When the indicator points to OFF,
Press V to set the speed. the vehicle is off.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

When the engine is on, the
tachometer will indicate the engine’s
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
tachometer may vary by several
hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop
mode, when the engine is shutting
off and restarting.
Fuel Gauge
English Base Level Shown, English Uplevel

Midlevel Similar When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
Metric Base Level Shown, Midlevel low fuel light comes on. There is a
Similar small amount of fuel left, but the fuel
tank should be filled soon.
Metric Uplevel
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Here are things that some owners Engine Coolant
ask about. None of these show a
problem with the fuel gauge:
Temperature Gauge
. At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge indicated the tank was
half full, but it actually took a
little more or less than half the
English Base Level Shown,
tank's capacity to fill the tank.
Midlevel Similar
. The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up. Metric Base Level Shown, Midlevel
. The gauge takes a few seconds Similar
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.
Metric Uplevel
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Seat Belt Reminders Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
Light
Driver Seat Belt Reminder
Light There is a passenger seat belt
reminder light near the passenger
There is a driver seat belt reminder airbag status indicator. See
light on the instrument cluster. Passenger Sensing System 0 85.
English Uplevel
This gauge shows the engine When the vehicle is started, this When the vehicle is started, this
coolant temperature. light flashes and a chime may come light flashes and a chime may come
If the pointer moves toward the on to remind the driver to fasten on to remind passengers to fasten
warning area at the high end of the their seat belt. Then the light stays their seat belt. Then the light stays
gauge, the engine is too hot. on solid until the belt is buckled. on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several This cycle continues several times if
If the engine coolant has times if the driver remains or the passenger remains or becomes
overheated and the vehicle has becomes unbuckled while the unbuckled while the vehicle is
been operating under normal driving vehicle is moving. moving.
conditions, pull off the road, stop the
vehicle, and turn off the engine as If the driver seat belt is buckled, If the passenger seat belt is
soon as possible. See Engine neither the light nor the chime buckled, neither the chime nor the
Overheating 0 300. comes on. light comes on.
The front passenger seat belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

such as a briefcase, handbag, The airbag readiness light comes on safety information. The overhead
grocery bag, laptop, or other for several seconds when the console has a passenger airbag
electronic device. To turn off the vehicle is started. If the light does status indicator.
reminder light and/or chime, remove not come on then, have it fixed
the object from the seat or buckle immediately.
the seat belt.
{ Warning
Airbag Readiness Light
If the airbag readiness light stays
This light shows if there is an
on after the vehicle is started or
electrical problem with the airbag United States and Canada
system. The system check includes comes on while driving, it means
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger the airbag system might not be
sensing system, the pretensioners, working properly. The airbags in
the airbag modules, the wiring, and the vehicle might not inflate in a
the crash sensing and diagnostic crash, or they could even inflate
module. For more information on the without a crash. To help avoid
airbag system, see Airbag System injury, have the vehicle serviced
0 78. right away. Mexico
When the vehicle is started, the
If there is a problem with the airbag passenger airbag status indicator
system, a Driver Information Center will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
(DIC) message may also come on. for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
Passenger Airbag Status several more seconds, the status
Indicator indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol, to let
The vehicle has a passenger you know the status of the front
sensing system. See Passenger outboard passenger frontal airbag.
Sensing System 0 85 for important
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

If the word ON or the on symbol is When this light comes on, the Driver
lit on the passenger airbag status Warning (Continued) Information Center (DIC) also
indicator, it means that the front displays a message.
outboard passenger frontal airbag is Light 0 135 for more information,
including important safety If a short distance must be driven
allowed to inflate. with the light on, be sure to turn off
information.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is all accessories, such as the radio
lit on the passenger airbag status and air conditioner.
indicator, it means that the Charging System Light
passenger sensing system has Malfunction Indicator
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag.
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there This light is part of the vehicle’s
are no lights at all, there may be a emission control on-board
problem with the lights or the diagnostic system. If this light is on
passenger sensing system. See The charging system light comes on while the engine is running, a
your dealer for service. briefly when the ignition is turned malfunction has been detected and
on, but the engine is not running, as the vehicle may require service. The
{ Warning a check to show the light is working.
The light turns off when the engine
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is in
If the airbag readiness light ever is started. If it does not, have the Service Mode. See Ignition
comes on and stays on, it means vehicle serviced by your dealer. Positions 0 221.
that something may be wrong If the light stays on, or comes on
with the airbag system. To help while driving, there may be a
avoid injury to yourself or others, problem with the electrical charging
have the vehicle serviced right system. Have it checked by your
away. See Airbag Readiness dealer. Driving while this light is on
(Continued) could drain the battery.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Malfunctions are often indicated by previous guidelines and see your
the system before any problem is Caution (Continued) dealer for service as soon as
noticeable. Being aware of the light possible.
and seeking service promptly when costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also If the light is on steady : A
it comes on may prevent damage. malfunction has been detected.
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/ Diagnosis and service may be
Caution required.
Maintenance test. See
If the vehicle is driven continually Accessories and Modifications Check the following:
with this light on, the emission 0 286. . If fuel has been added to the
control system may not work as vehicle using the capless fuel
well, the fuel economy may be If the light is flashing : A funnel adapter, make sure that it
lower, and the vehicle may not malfunction has been detected that has been removed. See “Filling
run smoothly. This could lead to could damage the emission control the Tank with a Portable Gas
costly repairs that might not be system and increase vehicle Can” under Filling the Tank
covered by the vehicle warranty. emissions. Diagnosis and service 0 269. The diagnostic system
may be required. can detect if the adapter has
been left installed in the vehicle,
To help prevent damage, reduce allowing fuel to evaporate into
Caution vehicle speed and avoid hard the atmosphere. A few driving
accelerations and uphill grades. trips with the adapter removed
Modifications to the engine, If towing a trailer, reduce the may turn off the light.
transmission, exhaust, intake, amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible. . Poor fuel quality can cause
or fuel system, or the use of
inefficient engine operation and
replacement tires that do not If the light continues to flash, find a poor driveability, which may go
meet the original tire safe place to park. Turn the vehicle away once the engine is warmed
specifications, can cause this light off and wait at least 10 seconds up. If this occurs, change the
to come on. This could lead to before restarting the engine. If the fuel brand. It may require at
(Continued) light is still flashing, follow the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

least one full tank of the proper The vehicle may not pass Brake System Warning
fuel to turn the light off. See inspection if:
Recommended Fuel 0 268.
Light
. The light is on when the engine
If the light remains on, see your is running. The vehicle brake system consists
dealer. of two hydraulic circuits. If one
. The light does not come on circuit is not working, the remaining
Emissions Inspection and when the ignition is in circuit can still work to stop the
Maintenance Programs Service Mode. vehicle. For normal braking
. Critical emission control systems performance, both circuits need to
If the vehicle requires an Emissions be working.
Inspection/Maintenance test, the have not been completely
test equipment will likely connect to diagnosed. If this happens, the If the warning light comes on, there
the vehicle's Data Link vehicle would not be ready for is a brake problem. Have the brake
Connector (DLC). inspection and might require system inspected right away.
several days of routine driving
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced. Metric English
See your dealer if the vehicle will
The DLC is under the instrument not pass or cannot be made ready This light should come on briefly
panel to the left of the steering for the test. when the engine is started. If it does
wheel. Connecting devices that are not come on then, have it fixed so it
not used to perform an Emissions will be ready to warn you if there is
Inspection/Maintenance test or to a problem.
service the vehicle may affect
If the light comes on and stays on,
vehicle operation. See Add-On
there is a brake problem.
Electrical Equipment 0 283. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Parking Brake system. A message Brake 0 234. A message may also
{ Warning may also display in the Driver display in the Driver Information
Information Center (DIC). Center (DIC).
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake If the light does not come on,
system warning light is on. or remains flashing, see your dealer. Antilock Brake System
Driving with the brake system (ABS) Warning Light
warning light on can lead to a Service Electric Parking
crash. If the light is still on after Brake Light (Uplevel and
the vehicle has been pulled off Midlevel Cluster Only)
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
This light comes on briefly when the

Electric Parking Brake engine is started.
Light If the light does not come on, have it
On some vehicles the service fixed so it will be ready to warn if
electric parking brake light should there is a problem.
come on briefly when the vehicle is If the light comes on while driving,
started. If it does not come on, have stop as soon as it is safely possible
it fixed so it will be ready to warn if and turn off the vehicle. Then start
there is a problem. For vehicles with the engine again to reset the
Metric English the reconfigurable cluster, this light system. If the ABS light stays on,
This light comes on when the may not come on when the vehicle or comes on again while driving, the
parking brake is applied. If the light is started. vehicle needs service. A chime may
continues flashing after the parking If this light stays on, the vehicle also sound when the light comes on
brake is released, or while driving, should be taken to a dealer as soon steady.
there is a problem with the Electric as possible. See Electric Parking
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

If the ABS light is the only light on, Hill Descent Control Light LKA may assist by gently turning
the vehicle has regular brakes, but the steering wheel if the vehicle
the antilock brakes are not approaches a detected lane marking
functioning. without using the turn signal in that
If both the ABS and the brake direction. The LKA light will turn
system warning light are on, the amber.
vehicle's antilock brakes are not This light is amber and flashes as a
functioning and there is a problem Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
with the regular brakes. See your If equipped, the Hill Descent Control alert, to indicate that the lane
dealer for service. light comes on when the system is marking has been crossed.
See Brake System Warning Light ready for use. When the light See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 266.
0 138. flashes, the system is active.
See Hill Descent Control (HDC) Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 238.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

Light
If equipped, this indicator will

For vehicles with the Tow/Haul display green when a vehicle is
Mode feature, this light comes on detected ahead and amber when
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been you are following a vehicle ahead
activated. much too closely.
This light is green if LKA is available
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 232. to assist. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 257.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Pedestrian Ahead dealer. If the system is working StabiliTrak OFF Light
normally, the indicator light then
Indicator turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
button. This light comes on briefly while
If equipped, this indicator will This light and the StabiliTrak OFF starting the engine. If it does not,
display amber when a nearby light come on when StabiliTrak/ESC have the vehicle serviced by your
pedestrian is detected directly in is turned off. dealer.
front of the vehicle. If the TCS is off, wheel speed will This light comes on when the
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) be limited when necessary to StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
System 0 261. protect the driveline from damage. Control (ESC) system is turned off.
Adjust driving accordingly. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction
Control System (TCS) is also off.
Traction Off Light See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 236. If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off,
the system does not assist in
controlling the vehicle. Turn on the
TCS and the StabiliTrak/ESC
systems, and the warning light
turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
This light comes on briefly while Stability Control 0 236.
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic When the Light Flashes First and
Stability Control 0 236. Then Is On Steady
(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light
If the light flashes for about a minute
Tire Pressure Light and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 329.
This light comes on briefly when the
engine is started. Engine Oil Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
If the light does not come on, have Oil pressure can vary with engine
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
the vehicle serviced by your dealer. speed, outside temperature, and oil
comes on briefly when the engine is
If the system is working normally, viscosity.
started. It provides information
the indicator light turns off. about tire pressures and the TPMS. On some models, the oil pump will
If the light is on and not flashing, the vary engine oil pressure according
When the Light Is On Steady to engine needs. Oil pressure may
TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/
ESC system have been disabled. This indicates that one or more of change quickly as the engine speed
A Driver Information Center (DIC) the tires are significantly or load varies. This is normal. If the
message may display. Check the underinflated. oil pressure warning light or Driver
DIC messages to determine which Information Center (DIC) message
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
feature(s) is no longer functioning indicates oil pressure outside the
tire pressure message may also
and whether the vehicle requires normal operating range, check the
display. Stop as soon as possible,
service. vehicle's oil as soon as possible.
and inflate the tires to the pressure
If the light is on and flashing, the value shown on the Tire and
TCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC Loading Information label. See Tire
system is actively working. Pressure 0 326.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

If the light comes on and stays on, it The low fuel warning light comes on
Caution means that oil is not flowing through and a chime sounds when the
the engine properly. The vehicle vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns
Lack of proper engine oil could be low on oil and might have off when fuel is added to the
maintenance can damage the some other system problem. See fuel tank.
engine. Driving with the engine oil your dealer.
low can also damage the engine. Low Fuel Warning Light
The repairs would not be covered Low Fuel Warning Light
by the vehicle warranty. Check (Midlevel and Uplevel)
the oil level as soon as possible. (Base Level)
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
This light is near the fuel gauge and
comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
Metric Shown, English Similar when fuel is added. If it does not,
This light comes on for a few have the vehicle serviced.
This light should come on briefly as seconds when the ignition is turned
the engine is started. If it does not on as a check to indicate it is
come on, have the vehicle serviced working. If it does not come on,
by your dealer. have it fixed.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Security Light This light comes on when the The light goes out when the fog
high-beam headlamps are in use. lamps are turned off. See Fog
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Lamps 0 168 for more information.
Changer 0 166.
IntelliBeam Light
Lamps On Reminder
The security light should come on

briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the This light comes on when the This light comes on when the
indicator light turns off. IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is exterior lamps are in use. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 164.
If the light stays on and the engine enabled. See Exterior Lamp
does not start, there could be a Controls 0 164.
problem with the theft-deterrent Cruise Control Light
system. See Immobilizer Operation Front Fog Lamp Light
0 48.
High-Beam On Light
The cruise control light is white

The fog lamp light comes on when when the cruise control is on and
the fog lamps are in use. ready, and turns green when the
cruise control is set and active.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

See Cruise Control 0 240. Information Displays o or p : Press to move between
Adaptive Cruise Control Light the interactive display zones in the
Driver Information Center cluster.
(DIC) (Base and Midlevel) V : Press to open a menu or select
a menu item. Press and hold to
The DIC displays are shown in the reset values on certain screens.
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster DIC Info Page Options
0 127. The displays show the status The info pages on the DIC can be
of many vehicle systems. The turned on or off through the
This light is white when the Adaptive controls for the DIC are on the right
Cruise Control (ACC, if equipped) is Options menu.
steering wheel control.
on and ready, and turns green when 1. Press o to access the cluster
the ACC is set and active. See applications.
Adaptive Cruise Control 0 243.
2. Press w or x to scroll to the
Door Ajar Light Options application.
3. Press V to enter the
Options menu.
4. Scroll to Info Pages and
press p.
5. Press w or x to move
This light comes on when a door is through the list of possible
open or not securely latched. Before information displays.
driving, check that all doors are w or x : Press to move up or
properly closed. down in a list.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

6. Press V while an item is last time this menu item was reset. When the remaining oil life is low,
highlighted to select or This number reflects only the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
deselect that item. When an approximate average fuel economy message will appear on the display.
item is selected, a checkmark that the vehicle has right now, and The oil should be changed as soon
will appear next to it. will change as driving conditions as possible. See Engine Oil 0 291.
change. In addition to the engine oil life
DIC Info Pages system monitoring the oil life,
Press and hold V while this display additional maintenance is
The following is the list of all is active to reset the trip odometer
possible DIC info page displays. recommended in the Maintenance
and the average fuel economy. Trip Schedule. See Maintenance
Some may not be available for your A and Trip B can also be reset by
particular vehicle. Some items may Schedule 0 375.
not be turned on by default but can pressing p and choosing reset.
The Oil Life display must be reset
be turned on through the Options Fuel Range : Shows the after each oil change. It will not
app. See “DIC Info Page Options” approximate distance the vehicle reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil
earlier in this section. can be driven without refueling. Life display at any time other than
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in LOW will be displayed when the when the oil has just been changed.
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel It cannot be reset accurately until
miles per hour (mph). range estimate is based on an the next oil change. To reset the
average of the vehicle's fuel engine oil life system, press and
Trip A or Trip B : Shows the economy over recent driving history hold V for several seconds while
current distance traveled, in either and the amount of fuel remaining in the Oil Life display is active. See
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the fuel tank. Engine Oil Life System 0 293.
the trip odometer was last reset.
Remaining Oil Life : Shows an Tire Pressure : Shows the
This also shows the approximate estimate of the oil's remaining useful approximate pressures of all four
average liters per 100 kilometers life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
(L/100 km) or miles per displayed, that means 99% of the either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
gallon (mpg). This number is current oil life remains. per square inch (psi). If the pressure
calculated based on the number of
is low, the value for that tire is
L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the
shown in amber.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

See Tire Pressure Monitor System distance. Displayed below the bar recent distance on the right side.
0 328 and Tire Pressure Monitor graph is the best average fuel Press and hold V to clear the graph
Operation 0 329. economy that has been achieved for
or press p to reset through
Instantaneous Fuel Economy the selected distance. The selected
distance is displayed at the top of the menu.
(Mid-Level) : Displays the current
fuel economy in liters per the page as “last xxx mi/km.” ECO Index : Provides feedback on
100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles the efficiency of current driving
Press p to select the distance or behavior. The bar graph shows a
per gallon (mpg). This number
reset best value. Use w and x to value that is based on current fuel
reflects only the approximate fuel
economy that the vehicle has right choose the distance and press V. consumption compared to what is
expected from the vehicle with good
now and changes frequently as Press w and x to select “Reset
driving conditions change. This and bad driving habits.
Best Score.” Press V to reset the
display cannot be reset. Timer : This display can be used as
best average fuel economy. After
Average Vehicle Speed : Displays reset, the best value displays “-,-” a timer. To start the timer, press V
the average vehicle speed of the until the selected distance has been while this display is active. The
vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) traveled. display will show the amount of time
or miles per hour (mph). This that has passed since the timer was
The display provides information on
average is based on the various
how current driving behavior affects last reset. To stop the timer, press V
vehicle speeds recorded since the briefly while this display is active
the running average and how well
last reset. Reset the average speed and the timer is running. To reset
recent driving compares to the best
by pressing V when it is displayed. that has been achieved for the the timer to zero, press and hold V
Fuel Economy : The center selected distance. while this display is active, or press
displays the approximate Economy Trend : Shows history of p and select reset.
instantaneous fuel economy as a the Average Fuel Economy from the Speed Limit (Mid-Level) : Shows
number and bar graph. Displayed last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar sign information, which comes from
above the bar graph is a running represents about 5 km (3 mi) of a roadway database in the onboard
average of fuel economy for the driving. During driving the bars will navigation, if equipped.
most recently traveled selected shift to always reflect the most
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Battery Voltage : Displays the 2. Press w or x to scroll to the
current battery voltage, if equipped. Options application.
Battery voltage changes are normal
while driving. See Charging System 3. Press V to enter the
Light 0 136. If there is a problem Options menu.
with the battery charging system,
4. Scroll to Info Pages and
the DIC will display a message.
press p.
Transmission Fluid
Temperature : Shows the 5. Press w or x to move
temperature of the automatic through the list of possible
transmission fluid in either degrees information displays.
Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F). 6. Press V while an item is
Blank Page : Shows no
w or x : Press to move up or highlighted to select or
down in a list. deselect that item. When an
information. item is selected, a checkmark
o or p : Press to move between will appear next to it.
Driver Information Center the interactive display zones in the
cluster. DIC Info Pages
(DIC) (Uplevel)
V : Press to open a menu or select The following is the list of all
The DIC displays are shown in the a menu item. Press and hold to possible DIC info page displays.
center of the instrument cluster in reset values on certain screens. Some may not be available for your
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
particular vehicle. Some items may
0 127. The displays show the status DIC Info Page Options
not be turned on by default but can
of many vehicle systems. The The info pages on the DIC can be be turned on through the Options
controls for the DIC are on the right turned on or off through the app. See “DIC Info Page Options”
steering wheel control. Options menu. earlier in this section.
1. Press o to access the cluster
applications.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in calculated based on the various Timer and Fuel Used : Can be
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or vehicle speeds recorded since the used as a timer. To start the timer,
miles per hour (mph). The vehicle last reset of this value. press V while this display is active.
odometer is also shown on The display will show the amount of
this page. Press and hold V while this display
is active to reset the trip odometer, time that has passed since the timer
Trip A or Trip B, Average Fuel the average fuel economy, and the was last reset. To stop the timer,
Economy, and Average Speed :
average speed. Or press p and press V briefly while this display is
Shows the current distance traveled, active and the timer is running. To
in either kilometers (km) or select reset in the menu.
reset the timer to zero, press and
miles (mi), since the trip odometer Fuel Range and Instantaneous hold V while this display is active.
was last reset. Fuel Economy : Shows the
approximate distance the vehicle This also shows the number of
The Average Fuel Economy display
can be driven without refueling. liters (L) or gallons (gal) of fuel used
shows the approximate average
LOW will be displayed when the since the last reset of this
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel menu item.
or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number is calculated based on the range estimate is based on an Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded average of the vehicle's fuel oil's remaining useful life.
since the last time this menu item economy over recent driving history If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
was reset. This number reflects only and the amount of fuel remaining in displayed, that means 99% of the
the approximate average fuel the fuel tank. current oil life remains.
economy that the vehicle has right The Instantaneous Fuel Economy When the remaining oil life is low,
now, and will change as driving display shows the current fuel the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
conditions change. economy in either liters per message will appear on the display.
The Average Speed display shows 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles The oil should be changed as soon
the average speed of the vehicle in per gallon (mpg). This number as possible. See Engine Oil 0 291.
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles reflects only the approximate fuel In addition to the engine oil life
per hour (mph). This average is economy that the vehicle has right system monitoring the oil life,
now and changes frequently as additional maintenance is
driving conditions change.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

recommended in the Maintenance Best Fuel Economy : Displays ECO Index : Provides feedback on
Schedule. See Maintenance average fuel economy, the best fuel the efficiency of current driving
Schedule 0 375. economy over the selected behavior. The bar graph shows a
The Oil Life display must be reset distance, and a bar graph showing value that is based on current fuel
after each oil change. It will not instantaneous fuel economy. consumption compared to what is
reset itself. Do not to reset the Oil expected from the vehicle with good
Press p to change the selected and bad driving habits.
Life display at any time other than
distance. Press and hold V while
when the oil has just been changed. Speed Signs : Shows sign
It cannot be reset accurately until this display is active to reset the information, which comes from a
the next oil change. To reset the best fuel economy and average fuel roadway database in the onboard
engine oil life system, press and economy. This display can also be navigation.
reset by selecting reset in the menu.
hold V for several seconds while Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch
the Oil Life display is active. See Top Consumers : Shows a list of and roll information, road wheel
Engine Oil Life System 0 293. the features that are currently angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD)
impacting the fuel economy, in order status.
Tire Pressure : Shows the from highest to lowest. If a feature is
approximate pressures of all four turned off, it will be removed from Following Distance : The following
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in the list. distance to a moving vehicle ahead
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds in your path is indicated in following
per square inch (psi). If the pressure Economy Trend : Shows history of time in seconds. See Forward
is low, the value for that tire is the Average Fuel Economy from the Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 257.
shown in amber. last 50 km (30 mi). Each bar
represents about 5 km (3 mi) of Blank Page : Shows no
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 328 and Tire Pressure Monitor driving. During driving the bars will information.
Operation 0 329. shift to always reflect the most Transmission Fluid Temperature
recent distance on the right side. Gauge : Shows the temperature of
Press and hold V to clear the graph the automatic transmission fluid in
or press p to reset through either degrees Celsius (°C) or
the menu. degrees Fahrenheit (°F).
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

.
Vehicle Messages Brakes be reduced the next time the vehicle
is driven. The vehicle may be driven
. Steering
Messages displayed on the DIC while this message is on, but
indicate the status of the vehicle or . Ride Control Systems maximum acceleration and speed
some action that may be needed to . Driver Assistance Systems may be reduced. Anytime this
correct a condition. Multiple message stays on, or displays
messages may appear one after . Cruise Control repeatedly, the vehicle should be
another. . Lighting and Bulb Replacement taken to your dealer for service as
The messages that do not require soon as possible.
. Wiper/Washer Systems
immediate action can be
. Doors and Windows Vehicle Speed Messages
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing V. The messages that . Seat Belts SPEED LIMITED TO
require immediate action cannot be . Airbag Systems XXX KM/H (MPH)
cleared until that action is
. Engine and Transmission This message shows that the
performed.
. Tire Pressure vehicle speed has been limited to
All messages should be taken the speed displayed. The limited
seriously; clearing the message . Battery speed is a protection for various
does not correct the problem. propulsion and vehicle systems,
If a SERVICE message appears, Engine Power Messages such as lubrication, thermal,
see your dealer. suspension, Teen Driver if
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED equipped, or tires.
Follow the instructions given in the
This message displays when the
messages. The system displays
vehicle's propulsion power is
messages regarding the following
reduced. Reduced propulsion power
topics:
can affect the vehicle's ability to
. Service Messages accelerate. If this message is on,
. Fluid Levels but there is no observed reduction
in performance, proceed to your
. Vehicle Security destination. The performance may
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

3. Press o BACK on the center .
Vehicle Wi-Fi
Personalization stack or touch 0 to return to Each menu is detailed in the

the previous menu or exit. following information.
Use the audio system controls to
access the personalization menus Personalization Menus Time and Date
for customizing vehicle features. The following list of menu items may Manually set the time and date. See
The following are all possible be available: Clock 0 123.
personalization features. Depending . Time and Date Rear Seat Reminder
on the vehicle, some may not be
. Rear Seat Reminder This allows for a chime and a
available.
. Language message when the rear door has
Base Radio Audio System been opened before or during
Controls . Valet Mode operation of the vehicle.
{ : Press to access the . Teen Driver Select Off or On.
Home Page. . Radio
Language
Q or R : Touch to scroll through the . Vehicle
menus or setup items. Select Language, then select from
. Bluetooth the available language(s).
0 : Touch to exit or return to the
previous screen or menu. . Apple CarPlay The selected language will display
. Android Auto on the system, and voice
Uplevel Radio Audio System recognition will reflect the selected
Controls . USB Auto Launch language.
1. Touch the desired feature to . Voice
Valet Mode
display a list of available . Display
options. This will lock the infotainment
. Rear Camera system and steering wheel controls.
2. Select the desired feature
. Return to Factory Settings It may also limit access to vehicle
setting.
storage locations, if equipped.
. Software Information
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

To enable valet mode: Manage Favorites Tone Settings
1. Enter a four-digit code on the This allows favorites to be edited. Select to adjust the radio tone. See
keypad. See “Manage Favorites” in Operation 0 176 or “Tone Settings”
2. Select Enter to go to the “Settings” under “Radio” in the under “AM-FM Radio” in the
confirmation screen. infotainment manual. infotainment manual.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code. Number of Favorites Shown Auto Volume

Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or Touch to set the number of favorites This feature adjusts the volume
unlock the system. Touch Back to to display. based on vehicle speed and
go back to the previous menu. Select the desired number or select ambient noise.
Auto and the infotainment system Select Off, Low, Medium-Low,
Teen Driver will automatically adjust the number Medium, Medium-High, or High.
See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” of favorites shown.
in the infotainment manual. Bose Audio Pilot
Audible Touch Feedback This feature adjusts the volume
Radio This allows Audible Touch based on the noise in the vehicle.
Touch and the following may Feedback to be turned on or off. See “Bose AudioPilot Noise
display: Select Off or On. Compensation Technology” under
. Manage Favorites “Infotainment System Settings” in
Text Scroll the infotainment manual.
. Number of Favorites Shown
Select to see text scroll on the Select Off or On.
. Audible Touch Feedback screen.
Maximum Startup Volume
. Text Scroll Select Off or On.
This feature sets the maximum
. Tone Settings startup volume. If the vehicle is
. Auto Volume started and the volume is greater
than this level, the volume is
. Bose Audio Pilot adjusted to this level.
. Maximum Startup Volume
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

To set the maximum startup volume, Auto Fan Speed Auto Defog
touch + or − to increase or This feature will set the maximum When set to On, the front defog will
decrease. auto fan speed. automatically react to temperature
Vehicle Select Low, Medium, or High. and humidity conditions that may
cause fogging.
Select and the following may Auto Cooled Seats
display: Select Off or On.
This setting automatically turns on
. Climate and Air Quality and regulates the ventilated seats Auto Rear Defog
. Collision/Detection Systems when the cabin temperature is If equipped, this allows the Auto
. warm. See Heated and Ventilated Rear Defog to be turned on or off.
Comfort and Convenience
Front Seats 0 64. This feature will automatically turn
. Lighting on the rear window defogger when it
Select Off or On.
. Power Door Locks is cold outside.
Auto Heated Seats Select Off or On.
. Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
This setting automatically turns on
Climate and Air Quality and regulates the heated seats Collision/Detection Systems
when the cabin temperature is cool. Select the Collision/Detection
Select and the following may
The auto heated seats can be Systems menu and the following
display:
turned off by using the heated seat may be displayed if equipped:
. Auto Fan Speed buttons on the center stack. See . Alert Type
. Auto Cooled Seats Heated and Ventilated Front Seats
0 64. . Forward Collision System
. Auto Heated Seats
If equipped with Auto Heated . Front Pedestrian Detection
. Auto Defog Steering Wheel, this feature will turn . Rear Cross Traffic Alert
. Auto Rear Defog on when the Auto Heated Seats
turn on. . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
Select Off or On. . Lane Change Alert
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Alert Type See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) . Easy Exit Options
This feature will set crash alerts to System 0 261. . Chime Volume
beeps or seat vibrations. This Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. . Hands Free Liftgate Control
setting affects all crash alerts
including Forward Collision, Lane Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Reverse Tilt Mirror
Departure Warning, Adaptive Cruise This allows the Rear Cross Traffic . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear
Control, Park Assist, and Backing Alert feature to be turned on or off.
Warning alerts. . Extended Hill Start Assist
Select Off or On.
Select Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. Auto Memory Recall
Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
Forward Collision System This feature automatically recalls
This feature will give a reminder that the current driver’s previously stored
This feature will turn on or off the Adaptive Cruise Control provides 1 or 2 button positions when the
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and when it has brought the vehicle to a ignition is changed from off to on or
Forward Automatic Braking (FAB). complete stop behind another ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory
The Off setting disables all FCA and stopping vehicle, and then that Seats 0 61.
FAB functions. With the Alert and vehicle drives on.
Brake setting, both FCA and FAB Select Off or On.
Select Off or On.
are available. The Alert setting Easy Exit Options
disables FAB. See Forward Lane Change Alert
Automatic Braking (FAB) 0 259. This feature automatically recalls
This allows the feature to be turned the previously stored Exit button
Select Off, Alert and Brake, or Alert. on or off. See Lane Change Alert position when exiting the vehicle.
(LCA) 0 264. See Memory Seats 0 61.
Front Pedestrian Detection
Select Off or On. Select Off or On.
This feature may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by Comfort and Convenience Chime Volume
front-end crashes with nearby
Select and the following may This allows the selection of the
pedestrians.
display: chime volume level.
. Auto Memory Recall Touch + or − to adjust the volume.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Hands Free Liftgate Control Select Off or On. Exit Lighting
The liftgate may be operated with a Extended Hill Start Assist This allows the selection of how
kicking motion under the left corner long the exterior lamps stay on
of the rear bumper. See Liftgate This allows the duration of the Hill when leaving the vehicle when it is
0 41. Start Assist to be changed. See Hill dark outside.
Start Assist (HSA) 0 235.
Select Off, On-Open and Close, Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
or On-Open Only. Select Extended Hold or or 120 Seconds.
Standard Hold.
Reverse Tilt Mirror Power Door Locks
Lighting
When on, both the driver and Select and the following may
passenger, driver, or passenger Select and the following may display:
outside mirrors will tilt downward display:
. Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
when the vehicle is shifted to . Vehicle Locator Lights
R (Reverse) to improve visibility of . Auto Door Unlock
. Exit Lighting
the ground near the rear wheels. . Delayed Door Lock
They will return to their previous Vehicle Locator Lights
driving position when the vehicle is Unlocked Door Anti-Lockout
This feature will flash the exterior
shifted out of R (Reverse) or the When on, this feature will keep the
lamps and allows some of the
engine is turned off. See Reverse driver door from locking when the
exterior lamps and most of the
Tilt Mirrors 0 50. door is open. If Off is selected, the
interior lamps to turn on briefly
Select Off, On - Driver and when K on the Remote Keyless Delayed Door Lock menu will be
Passenger, On - Driver, or On - Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed available.
Passenger. to locate the vehicle. Select Off or On.
Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Select Off or On. Auto Door Unlock
When on and the front wiper is on, This allows selection of which of the
the rear wiper will automatically doors will automatically unlock when
activate when the vehicle is shifted the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).
to R (Reverse).
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Select Off or Flash Lights. If equipped with Auto Heated
Steering Wheel, this feature will turn
Delayed Door Lock Remote Lock Feedback on when the Remote Start Auto
When on, this feature will delay the This allows selection of what type of Heated Seats turn on.
locking of the doors. To override the feedback is given when locking the Select Off or On.
delay, press the power door lock vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
switch on the door. Select Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Remote Window Operation
Select Off or On. Only, or Horn Only. If equipped, this feature enables the
remote operation of all windows
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start Remote Door Unlock from the RKE transmitter. See
Select and the following may This allows selection of which doors “Remote Window Operation” in
display: will unlock when pressing K on the Power Windows 0 51.
. Remote Unlock Light Feedback RKE transmitter. Select Off or On.
. Remote Lock Feedback Select All Doors or Driver Door. Passive Door Unlock
. Remote Door Unlock Remote Start Auto Cool Seats This allows the selection of what
. Remote Start Auto Cool Seats If equipped and turned on, this doors will unlock when using the
feature will turn the ventilated seats button on the driver door to unlock
. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats the vehicle.
on when using remote start on
. Remote Window Operation warm days. Select All Doors or Driver Door.
. Passive Door Unlock Select Off or On. Passive Door Lock
. Passive Door Lock Remote Start Auto Heat Seats This allows passive locking to be
. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert If equipped and turned on, this turned on or off and selects
feature will turn the heated seats on feedback. See Remote Keyless
Remote Unlock Light Feedback Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 29.
when using remote start on
When on, the exterior lamps will cold days. Select Off, On with Horn
flash when unlocking the vehicle Chirp, or On.
with the RKE transmitter.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Remote Left in Vehicle Alert Pair New Device Voice Mail Numbers
This feature sounds an alert when Select to pair a new device. See This feature displays the voice mail
the RKE transmitter is left in the “Pairing” in “Infotainment Controls” number for all connected phones.
vehicle. This menu also enables under “Bluetooth” in the infotainment To change the voice mail number,
Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert. manual. select EDIT. Type a new number,
Select Off or On. then select SAVE.
Device Management
Select to connect to a different Text Message Alerts
Bluetooth
phone source, disconnect a phone, This allows the feature to be turned
Select and the following may
or delete a phone. on or off.
display:
. Device Information Change Pairing PIN Select Off or On.
. Pair New Device Select to change the PIN of a Apple CarPlay

device.
. Device Management Select and the following may
Ringtones display:
. Change Pairing PIN
Select to change the ring tone for . Apple CarPlay
. Ringtones the specific phone. The phone does . Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
. Sort Order not need to be connected to change
the ring tone. Apple CarPlay
. Voice Mail Numbers
Sort Order This feature allows Apple devices to
. Text Message Alerts be connected to the infotainment
Select to change the order of the system through a USB port.
Device Information contacts list.
See information about the device Select Off or On.
Select First/Last or Last/First.
name, address, and PIN code. Manage Apple CarPlay Devices
Select to manage Apple devices.
Apple CarPlay must be on for this
feature to be accessed.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Android Auto Voice Display “What Can I Say?” Tips
Select and the following may Select and the following may This feature gives voice
display: display: command tips.
. Android Auto . Confidence Threshold Select Off or On.
. Manage Android Auto Devices . Prompt Length Display
Android Auto . Audio Feedback Speed Select and the following may
This feature allows Android devices . Display “What Can I Say?” Tips display:
to be connected to the infotainment . Mode
Confidence Threshold
system through a USB port. . Calibrate Touchscreen
This feature allows the adjustment
Select Off or On. of the sensitivity of the speech . Turn Display Off
Manage Android Auto Devices recognition system.
Mode
Select to manage Android devices. Select Confirm More or
Confirm Less. Select to change the display screen
Android Auto must be on for this for day or night driving.
feature to be accessed. Prompt Length Select Auto, Day, or Night.
USB Auto Launch This feature adjusts the voice
prompt length. Calibrate Touchscreen
This allows Android and Apple
CarPlay devices to automatically Select Short or Long. Select to calibrate the touchscreen,
connect when plugged into the then follow the prompts.
USB port. Audio Feedback Speed
Turn Display Off
Select Off or On. This feature adjusts the audio
feedback speed. Select to turn the display off. Touch
anywhere on the infotainment
Select Slow, Medium, or Fast. display or press any infotainment
controls on the center stack to turn
the display on.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Rear Camera Restore Radio Settings Universal Remote
This allows for Rear Park Assist This allows selection to restore
Symbols and Guidance Lines to be radio settings.
System
turned off or on. Select Restore or Cancel. See Radio Frequency Statement
0 400.
Select Off or On for the desired
feature.
Software Information
Touch to view the version of the Universal Remote System
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 253. infotainment system software. Programming
Return to Factory Settings Wi-Fi
Select and the following may Select and the following may
display: display:
. Restore Vehicle Settings . Wi-Fi
. . Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Clear All Private Data
. Restore Radio Settings Wi-Fi
Restore Vehicle Settings This feature allows Wi-Fi networks

to be turned off or on.
This allows selection of restoring
vehicle settings. Select Off or On.
Select Restore or Cancel. Manage Wi-Fi Networks

If equipped, these buttons are in the
Clear All Private Data Select to manage Wi-Fi networks. overhead console.
Wi-Fi must be on for this feature to
This allows selection to clear all be accessed. This system can replace up to three
private information from the vehicle. remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
Select Delete or Cancel.
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

instructions refer to a garage door Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and
opener, but can be used for other has a new battery for quicker and hold both the hand-held
devices. more accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of
Do not use the Universal Remote radio-frequency signal. the three Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener system buttons to be used to
Programming the Universal operate the garage door. Do
that does not have the stop and Remote System
reverse feature. This includes any not release either button until
garage door opener model For questions or programming help, the indicator light changes from
manufactured before April 1, 1982. see www.homelink.com/gm or call a slow to a rapid flash. Then
1-800-355-3515. For calls placed release both buttons.
Read these instructions completely outside the U.S.A, Canada,
before programming the Universal Some garage door openers
or Puerto Rico, international rates may require substitution of
Remote system. It may help to have will apply and may differ based on
another person assist with the Step 2 with the procedure
landline or mobile phone. under “Radio Signals for Some
programming process.
Programming involves Gate Operators” later in this
Keep the original hand-held time-sensitive actions, and may time section.
transmitter for use in other vehicles out causing the procedure to be
as well as for future programming. 3. Press and hold the newly
repeated. programmed Universal Remote
Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated. To program up to three devices: system button for five seconds
See “Erasing Universal Remote while watching the indicator
1. Hold the end of the hand-held light and garage door
System Buttons” later in this transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
section. activation.
to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system . If the indicator light stays on
To program a garage door opener,
park outside directly in line with and buttons with the indicator light continuously or the garage
facing the garage door opener in view. The hand-held door moves when the
receiver. Clear all people and transmitter was supplied by the button is pressed, then
objects near the garage door. manufacturer of the garage programming is complete.
door opener receiver. There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. If the indicator light does and hold the same button a
not come on or the garage second time for two seconds,
door does not move, a then release it. Again, if the
second button press may door does not move or the
be required. For a second garage door lamp does not
time, press and hold the flash, press and hold the same
newly programmed button button a third time for
for five seconds. If the light two seconds, then release it.
stays on or the garage door The Universal Remote system
moves, programming is Learn or Smart Button
should now activate the
complete. 4. After completing Steps 1–3, garage door.
. If the indicator light blinks locate the Learn or Smart
Repeat the process for
rapidly for two seconds, button inside the garage on the
programming the two remaining
then changes to a solid light garage door opener receiver.
buttons.
and the garage door does The name and color of the
not move, continue with button may vary by Radio Signals for Some Gate
programming Steps 4–6. manufacturer. Operators
5. Press and release the Learn or For questions or programming help,
Smart button. Step 6 must be see www.homelink.com/gm or call
completed within 30 seconds of 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed
pressing this button. outside the U.S.A, Canada,
6. Inside the vehicle, press and or Puerto Rico, international rates
hold the newly programmed will apply and may differ based on
Universal Remote system landline or mobile phone.
button for two seconds, then Some radio-frequency laws and
release it. If the garage door gate operators require transmitter
does not move or the lamp on signals to time out or quit after
the garage door opener several seconds of transmission.
receiver does not flash, press
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

This may not be long enough for the Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote system to pick up Universal Remote System
the signal during programming.
Operation
Button
If the programming did not work, Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
replace Step 2 under “Programming System buttons:
the Universal Remote System” with Press and hold the appropriate
the following: 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
Press and hold the Universal at least one-half second. The button.
Remote system button while indicator light will come on while the
pressing and releasing the signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
hand-held transmitter button every flash after 20 seconds. Without
two seconds until the signal has Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
been successfully accepted by the System Buttons with Step 1 under
Universal Remote system. The Erase all programmed buttons when “Programming the Universal
Universal Remote system indicator vehicle ownership is terminated. Remote System.”
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under To erase:
“Programming the Universal Remote 1. Press and hold the two outside
System” to complete. buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
164 Lighting
Lighting Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Exterior Lighting
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Battery Load Management . . . 171 Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 171
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 164
Exterior Lighting Battery
Exterior Lamps Off
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 The exterior lamp control is on the
Automatic Headlamp turn signal lever.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Turn the control to the following
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 168 positions:
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 O : Turns the exterior lamps off and
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 deactivates the AUTO mode. Turn
to O again to reactivate the
Interior Lighting
AUTO mode.
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 In Canada, the headlamps will
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 automatically reactivate when the
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 AUTO : Automatically turns the
exterior lamps on and off,
depending on outside lighting.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Lighting 165
; : Turns on the parking lamps Turning On and Enabling The high-beam headlamps remain
including all lamps, except the IntelliBeam on, under the automatic control,
headlamps. until one of the following situations
occurs:
2 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps and . The system detects an
instrument panel lights. approaching vehicle's
headlamps.
IntelliBeam® System . The system detects a preceding
If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's taillamps.
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on To enable the IntelliBeam system,
press the button on the end of the . The outside light is bright
and off according to surrounding
turn signal lever when the exterior enough that high-beam
traffic conditions.
headlamps are not required.
The system turns the high-beam lamp control is in the AUTO or 2
position. The blue high-beam on . The vehicle's speed drops below
headlamps on when it is dark
light appears on the instrument 20 km/h (12 mph).
enough and there is no other traffic
present. cluster when the high beams are on. . The IntelliBeam system is
Driving with IntelliBeam disabled by the button on the
This light b comes on in the turn signal lever. If this happens,
instrument cluster when the The system only activates the high press the button on the end of
IntelliBeam system is enabled. beams when driving over 40 km/h the turn signal lever when the
(25 mph). exterior lamp control is in the
There is a sensor near the top AUTO or 2 position. The
center of the windshield that instrument cluster light will come
automatically controls the system. on to indicate the IntelliBeam is
Keep this area of the windshield reactivated.
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
166 Lighting
The high beams may not turn off The automatic high-beam Flash-to-Pass
automatically if the system cannot headlamps may need to be disabled
detect another vehicle's lamps if any of the above conditions exist. This feature is used to signal to the
because of any of the following: vehicle ahead that you want
Exterior Lamps Off to pass.
. The other vehicle's lamps are
missing, damaged, obstructed Reminder If the headlamps are off or in the
from view, or otherwise low-beam position, pull the turn
A warning chime sounds if the driver signal lever toward you to
undetected.
door is opened while the ignition is momentarily switch to high beams.
. The other vehicle's lamps are off and the exterior lamps are on.
covered with dirt, snow, and/or Release the lever to turn the
road spray. high-beam headlamps off.
Headlamp High/
. The other vehicle's lamps cannot Low-Beam Changer
be detected due to dense
Daytime Running
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road 3 : Push the turn signal lever away Lamps (DRL)
spray, mist, or other airborne from you and release, to turn the
high beams on. To return to low DRL can make it easier for others to
obstructions. see the front of your vehicle during
beams, push the lever again or pull
. The vehicle's windshield is dirty, it toward you and release. the day. Fully functional DRL are
cracked, or obstructed by required on all vehicles first sold in
something that blocks the view Canada.
of the light sensor. If equipped, the DRL will come on
. The vehicle is loaded such that when all of the following conditions
the front end points upward, are met:
causing the light sensor to aim . The ignition is on.
high and not detect headlamps
and taillamps. . The exterior lamp control is
This indicator light turns on in the
in AUTO.
. Driving on winding or hilly roads. instrument cluster when the
high-beam headlamps are on. . The light sensor determines it is
daytime.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Lighting 167
. The parking brake is released or panel brightness control is in the full
the vehicle is not in P (Park). bright position. See Instrument
When the DRL are on, the taillamps Panel Illumination Control 0 169.
and other lamps will not be on. When it is bright enough outside,
The DRL turn off when the the headlamps will turn off or may
change to DRL.
headlamps are turned to O or the
ignition is off. For vehicles first sold The automatic headlamp system
in Canada, the DRL can only be turns off when the exterior lamp
turned off when the vehicle is control is turned to O or the ignition
parked. is off.
For vehicles sold in Canada, this
Automatic Headlamp There is a light sensor on top of the control only works when the
System instrument panel. Do not cover the transmission is in P (Park).
sensor.
When the exterior lamp control is Lights On with Wipers
set to AUTO and it is dark enough The system may also turn on the
outside, the headlamps come on headlamps when driving through a If the windshield wipers are
automatically. parking garage or tunnel. activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
If the vehicle is started in a dark in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
garage, the automatic headlamp lamps, and other exterior lamps
system comes on immediately. If it come on. The transition time for the
is light outside when the vehicle lamps coming on varies based on
leaves the garage, there is a slight wiper speed. When the wipers are
delay before the automatic not operating, these lamps turn off.
headlamp system changes to the Move the exterior lamp control to O
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).
During that delay, the instrument or ; to disable this feature.
cluster may not be as bright as
usual. Make sure the instrument
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
168 Lighting
Hazard Warning Flashers Turn and Lane-Change If after signaling a turn or lane
change, the arrow flashes rapidly or
Signals does not come on, a signal bulb
may be burned out.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 310.
Fog Lamps
Move the lever all the way up or
down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
| : Press this button to make the Raise or lower the lever until the
front and rear turn signal lamps
arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
flash on and off. This warns others
change. Hold it there until the lane Use the fog lamps for better vision
that you are having trouble. Press
change is completed. If the lever is in foggy or misty conditions.
again to turn the flashers off.
briefly pressed and released, the
The turn signals do not work while turn signal flashes three times. # : Turn the band down and
the hazard warning flashers are on. release to turn the fog lamps on or
The turn and lane-change signal off. A light comes on in the
can be turned off manually by instrument cluster when the fog
moving the lever back to its original lamps are in use. The ignition must
position. be on for the fog lamps to work.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Lighting 169
When the headlamps are changed Interior Lighting Dome Lamps
to high beam, the fog lamps turn off.
The fog lamps come back on again
when the high-beam headlamps are Instrument Panel
turned off. Illumination Control
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on
along with the fog lamps.
The brightness of the instrument The dome lamp is in the overhead

panel lighting and steering wheel console.
controls can be adjusted. To operate, press the following
D : Move the thumbwheel up or buttons:
down to brighten or dim the lights. j OFF : Press to turn off the
dome lamps when a door is open.
Courtesy Lamps An indicator light on the button will
turn on when the dome lamp
The courtesy lamps come on when
any door is opened unless the dome override is activated. Press j
lamp override is activated. To OFF again to deactivate this feature
deactivate the dome lamp override, and the indicator light will turn off.
The dome lamps will come on when
press j OFF and the indicator
the doors are opened.
light on the button will turn off.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
170 Lighting
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome Lighting Features
lamps on manually.
Reading Lamps Entry Lighting

Some exterior lamps and most of
There are front and rear reading
the interior lights turn on briefly at
lamps on the overhead console and
night, or in areas of limited lighting
in the headliner. These lamps come
on when any door is opened. when K is pressed on the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter.
Rear Reading Lamps
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Press the buttons to turn the rear System Operation 0 29. When the
passenger reading lamps on or off. driver door is opened, all control
lights, Driver Information Center
(DIC) lights, and door pocket lights
turn on. After about 30 seconds the
exterior lamps turn off, then the
remaining interior lights dim to off.
Entry lighting can be disabled
manually by turning the ignition on
or to ACC/ACCESSORY, or by
pressing Q on the RKE transmitter.
Front Reading Lamps
This feature can be changed. See
Press the lamp lenses to turn the “Vehicle Locator Lights” under
front reading lamps on or off. Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Lighting 171
Exit Lighting When the state of charge is high, It can increase engine idle speed to
the voltage is lowered slightly to generate more power whenever
Some exterior lamps and interior prevent overcharging. If the vehicle needed. It can temporarily reduce
lights come on at night, or in areas has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage the power demands of some
with limited lighting, when the driver display on the Driver Information accessories.
door is opened after the ignition is Center (DIC), you may see the
turned off. The dome lamp comes Normally, these actions occur in
voltage move up or down. This is steps or levels, without being
on after the ignition is turned off. normal. If there is a problem, an
The exterior lamps and dome lamp noticeable. In rare cases at the
alert will be displayed. highest levels of corrective action,
remain on for a set amount of time,
then automatically turn off. The battery can be discharged at this action may be noticeable to the
idle if the electrical loads are very driver. If so, a DIC battery voltage
The exterior lamps turn off high. This is true for all vehicles. and charging message displays. It is
immediately by turning the exterior This is because the generator recommended that the driver reduce
lamp control off. (alternator) may not be spinning fast the electrical loads as much as
This feature can be changed. See enough at idle to produce all of the possible.
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. power needed for very high See Driver Information Center (DIC)
electrical loads. (Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver
Battery Load A high electrical load occurs when Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
0 148.
Management several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, rear
The vehicle has Electric Power window defogger, climate control fan Battery Power Protection
Management (EPM) that estimates at high speed, heated seats, engine The battery saver feature is
the battery's temperature and state cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads designed to protect the vehicle's
of charge. It then adjusts the voltage plugged into accessory power battery.
for best performance and extended outlets.
life of the battery.
EPM works to prevent excessive
When the battery's state of charge discharge of the battery. It does this
is low, the voltage is raised slightly by balancing the generator's output
to quickly bring the charge back up. and the vehicle's electrical needs.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
172 Lighting
If some interior lamps are left on
and the ignition is turned off, the
battery rundown protection system
automatically turns the lamp off after
some time.
Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the off position and then back to
the parking lamp or headlamp
position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Infotainment System 173

Infotainment Phone
Bluetooth (Overview) . . . . . . . . . 188
Introduction
System Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Infotainment
Apple CarPlay and Base radio information is included in
Introduction Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 194 manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 174 available infotainment systems.
Trademarks and License
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Read the following pages to
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Agreements
Trademarks and License become familiar with the features.
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
{ Warning
Radio
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Taking your eyes off the road for
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 too long or too often while using
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 any infotainment feature can
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 181 cause a crash. You or others
could be injured or killed. Do not
Audio Players give extended attention to
USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
infotainment tasks while driving.
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Limit your glances at the vehicle
displays and focus your attention
on driving. Use voice commands
whenever possible.
The infotainment system has built-in

features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
174 Infotainment System

functions when driving. These Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) Theft-Deterrent Feature
functions may gray out when they If equipped, ANC reduces engine
are unavailable. Many infotainment The infotainment system has an
noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC electronic security system installed
features are also available through requires the factory-installed audio
the instrument cluster and steering to prevent theft.
system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if
wheel controls. equipped), induction system, and The infotainment system only works
Before driving: exhaust system to work properly. in the vehicle in which it was first
Deactivation is required by your installed, and cannot be used in
. Become familiar with the another vehicle.
operation, center stack controls, dealer if related aftermarket
and infotainment display equipment is installed.
controls.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
control or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 207.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 226.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Overview 1. {
. Press to go to the Home
Page. See “Home Page”
later in this section.
2. 7
. Radio: Press and release to
go to the previous station or
channel. Press and hold to
fast seek the next strongest
previous station or channel.
. USB/BT Music/Pictures:
Press and hold to go to the
previous content. Press and
hold to fast rewind.
3. O
. Press to turn the power on.
. Press and hold to turn the
power off.
. Press to mute/unmute the
system when on.
. Turn to decrease or
increase the volume.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

4. 6 Home Page Features Settings : Touch to access the
Personalization menu. See Vehicle
. Radio: Press and release to Personalization 0 152.
go to the next station or
channel. Press and hold to OnStar : If equipped, touch to
fast seek the next strongest access the OnStar menu. See
station or channel. OnStar Overview 0 404.
. USB/BT Music/Pictures:
Press and hold to go to the
Operation
next content. Press and Radio Controls
hold to fast forward.
The infotainment system is operated
5. v Press { to go to the Home Page. by using the center stack controls,
Audio : Touch to select AM, FM, menus shown on the display, and
. Press and release to
SiriusXM (if equipped), USB/iPod/ steering wheel controls.
access the phone screen,
answer an incoming call, Bluetooth Audio, or AUX. Turning the System On or Off
or access the device home Gallery : Touch to view a picture. O : Press to turn the radio on.
screen. Press and hold to turn the radio off.
Phone : Touch to activate the
phone features (if equipped).
Home Page See Bluetooth (Infotainment
Automatic Switch-Off
Controls) 0 189 or Bluetooth If the infotainment system has been
Infotainment Display Buttons
(Overview) 0 188. turned on after the ignition is off, the
Infotainment display buttons show system will turn off automatically
on the screen when available. When Projection : Touch to access after 10 minutes.
a function is unavailable, the button supported (Android Auto/CarPlay)
may gray out. When a function is devices when connected. See USB Volume Control
selected, the button may highlight. Port 0 181. O : Turn to increase or decrease.
Press when the system is on to
mute and unmute the system.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

System Settings 2. Select Radio. Update. Follow the on-screen
3. Select Tone Settings. prompts. Steps for downloading and
Auto Volume installing updates may vary by
This feature automatically adjusts . Bass, Midrange, or Treble: vehicle.
the radio volume to compensate for Touch − or +.
Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle
road and wind noise. . Fader or Balance: Adjust software updates requires Internet
The level of volume compensation the front/rear or left/right connectivity, which can be accessed
can be selected, or the feature can speakers by dragging the through the vehicle’s built-in OnStar
be turned off. dot in the vehicle image on 4G LTE connection, if equipped and
the display. active. If required, data plans are
Auto Volume Settings provided by a third party. Optionally,
4. Touch Back on the infotainment
1. Touch SETTINGS on the display to go back to the a secure Wi-Fi hotspot such as a
Home Page. source screen. compatible mobile device hotspot,
home hotspot or public hotspot can
2. Select Radio.
Software Updates be used. Applicable data rates may
3. Select Auto Volume and apply.
choose between selections. Over-the-Air Software Updates To connect the infotainment system
4. Touch Back on the infotainment If equipped, the infotainment system to a secured mobile device hotspot,
display to go back to the can download and install select home hotspot, or a public hotspot,
source screen. software updates over a wireless touch SETTINGS on the Home
connection. The system will prompt Page, followed by Wi-Fi, and then
Tone Settings
for certain updates to be Manage Wi-Fi Networks. Select the
The tone settings can be set for downloaded and installed. There is appropriate Wi-Fi network, and
each radio band and each audio also an option to check for updates follow the on-screen prompts.
player source. manually. Download speeds may vary.
Custom Tone Settings To manually check for updates,
1. Touch SETTINGS on the touch SETTINGS on the Home
Home Page. Page, followed by Software
Information, and then System
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

On most compatible mobile devices, Radio Direct Tune
activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in From the AM or FM menu:
the Settings menu under Mobile
Network Sharing, Personal Hotspot, AM-FM Radio 1. Touch Tune.
Mobile Hotspot or similar. Playing the Radio 2. Enter the station number.
Availability of Over-the-Air vehicle 3. Touch Go.
Audio Source Menu
software updates varies by vehicle
and country. For more information { : Press to go to the Home Page. Favorites
on this feature, see my.gmc.com/ O : Press to turn on, mute, 1. Touch S or T to scroll through
learn. or unmute the system. Press and the favorite pages.
hold to turn off the system.
2. Touch the station to select it.
Selecting a Band
Update Station List
1. Press {. . From the AM or FM menu, touch
2. Touch AUDIO. Menu, then touch Update Station
List. The broadcasting list
3. Touch Source. updating will begin.
4. Select AM or FM. . During the AM or FM
The last station that was playing broadcasting list update, touch
starts playing again. Cancel to stop the updates.
Selecting a Station Station List
Seek Tuning 1. From the AM or FM menu,
touch Menu.
If the radio station is not known:
2. Select Station List.
Press 7 or 6 to automatically
search for available radio stations.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

3. Touch Q or R to scroll through To change a preset, tune to the new For more information, contact
the list. Touch the station to desired radio station and touch and SiriusXM at www.siriusxm.com or
select it. hold the preset. 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.), and
www.siriusxm.ca or 1-877-438-9677
Menu Satellite Radio (Canada).
Touch to choose between available If equipped, vehicles with a Listening to SiriusXM Radio
menus for the current source. SiriusXM Satellite Radio tuner and a
valid SiriusXM Satellite Radio 1. Press {.
Storing a Station as a Favorite
subscription can receive SiriusXM 2. Touch AUDIO.
Stations from all bands can be programming.
stored in any order in the favorite 3. Touch Source.
pages. SiriusXM Satellite Radio 4. Touch SXM and the most
Service recent listened to SiriusXM
Up to 25 stations can be stored.
SiriusXM is a satellite radio service channel will display.
Storing Stations based in the 48 contiguous United
Selecting a Category
To store the station to a position in States and 10 Canadian provinces.
the list, touch the corresponding SiriusXM Satellite Radio has a wide From Menu, touch Categories, then
preset 1−5 until a beep is heard. variety of programming and touch the desired category or from
1. Select the desired station.
commercial-free music, coast to Categories, touch Q or R to find the
coast, and in digital-quality sound. desired channel. Touch the channel
2. Touch S or T to select the During your trial or when you to select it.
desired page of saved subscribe, you will get unlimited
favorites. access to SiriusXM Radio Online for Selecting a Channel
when you are not in the vehicle.
3. Touch and hold any of the A service fee is required to receive Press 7 or 6 to seek the previous
presets to save the current the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM or next channel.
radio station to that location of service needs to be reactivated, the
the selected favorites page. radio will display "No Subscription
Please Renew" on channel SXM1.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Using the Presets Channel List Explicit Content Filter
Up to five favorites pages can be 1. Touch Channel List from the When on, only a filtered list of
saved, and each page can store up SXM menu. The channel list is channels will be received. When off,
to five channels. displayed. all regular SXM programming
subscribed to will be received.
To change a preset, tune to the new 2. Touch Q or R to find the
desired channel then touch and hold desired channel. Touch the 1. Touch SXM Explicit Filter.
the preset. channel to select it. 2. Select to enable or disable.
Listening to Preset Channels Tone Settings
Radio Reception
1. Touch S or T repeatedly to 1. Touch Tone Settings. See
select the desired “Tone Settings” under Frequency interference and static
favorites page. Operation 0 176. can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as mobile
2. Touch the preset to listen to the 2. Touch Back on the infotainment phone chargers, vehicle
channel. display. convenience accessories, and
Using the SiriusXM Menu Auto Volume external electronic devices are
plugged into the accessory power
Operation 1. Touch Auto Volume. See “Auto outlet. If there is interference or
Volume” under Operation static, unplug the item from the
1. Touch MENU on the SXM radio 0 176.
screen. accessory power outlet.
2. Touch Back on the infotainment
2. Touch the menu to select the display. FM
desired item or to display the FM signals only reach about 16 to
detail menu item. Categories
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the
3. Touch Back on the infotainment 1. Touch Categories. radio has a built-in electronic circuit
display to return to the that automatically works to reduce
2. Touch Q or R to find the interference, some static can occur,
previous menu.
desired category. Touch the
category to select it.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

especially around tall buildings or Cell Phone Usage Audio Players
hills, causing the sound to fade in
Cell phone usage, such as making
and out.
or receiving phone calls, charging, USB Port
AM or just having the phone on may
cause static interference in the Using the USB Port
The range for most AM stations is radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
greater than for FM, especially at The infotainment system can play
if this happens. music by connecting an auxiliary
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with device to the USB port.
each other. Static can occur when Multi-Band Antenna
USB Support
things like storms and power lines The multi-band antenna is on the
interfere with radio reception. When roof of the vehicle. The antenna is If equipped, the USB ports are in
this happens, try reducing the treble used for the AM-FM radio, OnStar, the center stack, and use the
on the radio. the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service USB 2.0 standard.
System, and GPS (Global USB Supported Devices
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Positioning System), if the vehicle
Service . USB Flash Drives
has these features. Keep the
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service antenna clear of obstructions for . Portable USB Hard Drives
gives digital radio reception from clear reception.
Not all iPods and USB drives are
coast to coast in the 48 contiguous If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it is compatible with the USB port.
United States, and in Canada. Just open, reception can also be
as with FM, tall buildings or hills can Make sure the iPod has the latest
affected.
interfere with satellite radio signals, firmware from Apple for proper
causing the sound to fade in and operation. iPod firmware can be
out. In addition, traveling or standing updated using the latest iTunes®
under heavy foliage, bridges, application. See www.apple.com/
garages, or tunnels may cause loss itunes.
of the SiriusXM signal for a period For help with identifying your iPod,
of time. see www.apple.com/support.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The USB port can play both lower To connect an iPod/iPhone, connect . MP3 files that can be played: Bit
and upper case .mp3, .wma, .ogg, one end of the device’s cable to the rate: 8 kbps to 320 kbps.
and .wav files stored on a USB iPod/iPhone and the other end to Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
storage device. the USB port. 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz, 24 kHz, 22.05
The iPod/iPhone charges while it is kHz, and 16 kHz.
Supported Apple Devices
connected to the vehicle if the . Files with a bit rate above
To view supported devices in the ignition is on or in ACC/ 128 kbps will result in higher
U.S., see my.gmc.com/learn. ACCESSORY. See Ignition quality sound.
To view supported devices in Positions 0 221. When the vehicle is . ID3 Tag information for MP3
Canada, see gmcowner.ca. turned off, the iPod/iPhone files, such as the album name
To view supported devices in automatically powers off and will not and the artist, can be played.
Mexico, see gmc.com.mx/ charge or draw power from the
vehicle's battery. . To display album title, track title,
gmcintellilink.html. and artist information, the file
For more information on USB should be compatible with the
USB Supported File and Folder
usage, see “Audio System ID3 Tag V1 and V2 formats.
Structure
Information” following.
The infotainment system supports: Using USB Storage Devices and
Audio System Information iPod/iPhone
. FAT16
The infotainment system can play . Use a USB or flash memory type
. FAT32 the music files contained in the USB storage device. Do not connect
. exFAT storage device or iPod/iPhone using a USB adaptor.
products.
Connecting a USB Storage . Do not connect and reconnect
Using MP3/WMA/OGG/WAV Files the USB device repeatedly in a
Device or iPod/iPhone
. Music files with .mp3, .wma, short time, as this may cause
To connect a USB storage device, static electricity and problems
.ogg, and .wav file name
connect the device to the USB port. using the device.
extensions can be played.
. Use a USB device with a metal
connecting terminal.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. Connection with i-Stick Type . Do not disconnect the USB structure. Normal usage cannot
USB storage devices may be storage device while it is playing. be guaranteed for a storage
faulty due to vehicle vibration. This may cause damage to the device that exceeds this limit.
. Do not touch the USB product or affect the The iPod/iPhone can play all
connecting terminal. performance of the USB device. music files that are supported.
. Disconnect the USB storage The music file lists will only
. Only USB storage devices display up to 5,000 files on the
formatted in FAT16/32 or exFAT device when the ignition is
turned off. If the ignition is turned screen. These files are sorted in
file systems are recognized. alphabetical order.
NTFS and other file systems are on while the USB device is
connected, the USB device may . Some iPod/iPhone product
not recognized.
be damaged or may not operate models may not support the
. The time it takes to process files normally. connectivity or functionality of
will depend on the USB storage this product.
. USB storage devices can only
device type and capacity, and
be connected for playing music, . Only connect the iPod/iPhone
the type of files stored.
viewing photo files, with connection cables
. Some USB storage device files or upgrading. supported by iPod/iPhone
may not be compatible. products. Other connection
. Do not use the USB terminal to
. Up to two USB devices and one charge USB accessory cables cannot be used.
iPod can be played through a equipment. The heat generated . The iPod/iPhone may be
USB hub. All devices may not be may cause performance issues damaged if it is connected to the
supported, depending on the or damage. vehicle with the ignition on.
performance of the USB hub. When not in use, disconnect the
. Music files to which Digital Right
If there is not enough power iPod/iPhone.
supply, it may not operate Management (DRM) is applied
cannot be played. . When the iPod/iPhone is
normally.
. USB storage devices can have a connected to the USB port by
capacity with a limit of 5,000 using the iPod/iPhone cable, the
files, such as music, photo, Bluetooth music is not
video, 15 stages of folder supported.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. The iPod/iPhone playback . If a non-readable USB device is . Touch g within five seconds of
functions and the information connected, an error message the playback time to play the
displayed may be different when displays and the system will previous file.
played on the infotainment switch to the previous audio
system. function. Returning to the Beginning of the
Current File
If the USB device is already
connected: Touch g after five seconds of the
playback time.
1. Press {.
Scanning Forward or Backward
2. Touch AUDIO.
Touch and hold g or l during
3. Touch Source.
playback to rewind or fast forward.
4. Touch USB. Release the button to resume
To stop the USB device and select playback at normal speed.
. Refer to the table for the another media source, touch Playing a File Randomly
classification items related to the Source, then select the other
search function provided by the source. Touch Z during playback.
iPod/iPhone. To remove the USB device, select . ON: Plays all files randomly.
USB Player another function, then remove the . OFF: Returns to normal
USB device. playback.
Playing Music from a USB Device
Pause Using the USB Music Menu
. Connect the USB device to the
USB port. . Touch j to pause. . Touch Menu during playback.
. Play will start automatically after . Touch r to resume.
the system has finished reading
the USB device. Changing to Next/Previous Files
. Touch l to change to the
next file.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

MTP (Media Transfer Protocol) . If a non-readable USB device is
. Connect an MTP supported connected, an error message
device. displays and the system will
switch to the previous audio
. Play will start automatically after function.
the system has finished reading
the MTP device. If the iPod/iPhone is already
connected:
. If a non-readable MTP device is
connected, an error message 1. Press {.
. Touch the desired menu. displays and the system will 2. Touch AUDIO.
Browse Music switch to the previous audio
function. 3. Touch Source.
1. Touch Browse Music. 4. Touch iPod.
iPod/iPhone Player
2. Touch the desired music. To stop the device and select
This feature is limited to models
Tone Settings supporting the iPod/iPhone another media source, touch
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone connection. Source, then select the other
Settings menu is displayed. See source.
Playing Music Files
“Tone Settings” under “Radio To remove the device, select
Controls” in Operation 0 176. . Connect the iPod/iPhone to the another function, then remove the
USB port. device.
Auto Volume
. Play will start from the previously Pause
. Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
played point after the system
Volume menu is displayed. See has finished reading the USB . Touch j to pause.
“Auto Volume” under “Radio device.
Controls” in Operation 0 176. . Touch r to resume.
Traffic Program (If Equipped)
. Touch On or Off.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Changing to the Next/ . Touch the appropriate . Some files may not operate due
Previous Song play mode. to a different recording format or
Browse Music the condition of the file.
. Touch l to change to the
next song. 1. Touch Browse Music. Viewing Pictures
. Touch g within two seconds of 2. Touch the desired music. 1. Connect the USB device to the
USB port.
the playback time to play the Tone Settings
previous file. 2. Touch the screen to open to full
. Touch Tone Settings. The Tone screen. Touch the screen again
Returning to the Beginning of the Settings menu is displayed. See to return to the previous
Current File “Tone Settings” under “Radio screen.
Touch g after two seconds of the Controls” in Operation 0 176.
If the USB device is already
playback time. Auto Volume connected:
Scanning Forward or Backward . Touch Auto Volume. The Auto
Volume menu is displayed. See
1. Press {.
Touch and hold g or l during “Auto Volume” under “Radio 2. Touch GALLERY.
playback to rewind or fast forward. Controls” in Operation 0 176.
Release the button to resume Some features are disabled while
playback at normal speed. Picture System Information the vehicle is in motion.
Playing a File Randomly The infotainment system can view Viewing a Slide Show
picture files stored on a USB
Touch Z during playback. storage device and devices that 1. Touch z from the picture
support Media Transfer screen.
. ON: Plays all files randomly.
Protocol (MTP). 2. Touch the screen to cancel the
. OFF: Returns to normal
. Supported file extensions: .jpg, slide show during the slide
playback. show playback.
.bmp, .png, .gif.
Using the iPod Menu
. Animated GIF files are not
. Touch Menu during playback. supported.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Viewing a Previous or Next Auxiliary Devices 3. Touch Source.
Picture 4. Touch AUX.
Using the Auxiliary Input Jack
Touch S or T from the picture To adjust the tone settings, see
screen. Settings menus and functions may
“Tone Settings” in Operation 0 176.
vary depending on vehicle options.
Rotating a Picture
The auxiliary input jack can be used
Touch w from the picture screen. to connect external audio devices
such as an iPod®, iPhone®, MP3
Enlarging a Picture player, CD player, and other
Touch x from the picture screen. supported devices for use as
another source for audio listening.
Using the USB Picture Menu This input jack is not an audio
1. Touch MENU from the picture output; do not plug headphones into
screen. the front auxiliary input jack.
2. Touch the appropriate menu: The auxiliary input jack is in the

center stack. The infotainment
. Slide Show Time: Allows system can play music connected
selection of the slide show by the auxiliary device.
interval.
Play will begin when the system has
. Clock, Temp. Display: finished reading the information on
Allows selection of On or the device.
Off to show the clock and
temperature on the full Playing Music
screen. To play music from the device, if the
. Display Settings: Adjusts device is already connected:
for Brightness and Contrast. 1. Press {.
3. Touch Back on the infotainment 2. Touch AUDIO.
display to exit.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

.
Phone Review the controls and
operation of the infotainment
support all functions and not all
phones work with the Bluetooth
system. system. In the U.S. and Canada,
Bluetooth (Overview) see www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
. Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
If equipped with Bluetooth capability, The system may not work with information about compatible
the system can interact with many all cell phones. See “Pairing” phones.
Bluetooth phones, PDAs, or other under “Bluetooth (Infotainment The Bluetooth system range can be
devices to: Controls)” later in this section. up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
. Place and receive hands-free There may be restrictions on using
calls. { Warning Bluetooth wireless technology in
. Transmit hands-free data. some locations.
When using a cell phone, it can
. Play audio streaming files. be distracting to look too long or Due to the variety of Bluetooth
too often at the screen of the devices and their firmware versions,
The device must be paired first. See the device may respond differently
“Pairing” under “Bluetooth phone or the infotainment system.
Taking your eyes off the road too when performing over Bluetooth.
(Infotainment Controls)” later in this
section. long or too often could cause a On a current phone call, an image
crash resulting in injury or death. of the current contact from the
To minimize driver distraction, phone's contact list may be
before driving, and with the vehicle Focus your attention on driving.
displayed. Not all phones are
parked: compatible with this feature.
. Become familiar with the Vehicles with a Bluetooth system
can use a Bluetooth-capable cell Refer to the cell phone
features of the cell phone. manufacturer’s user guide for
Organize the phone book and phone with a Hands-Free Profile to
make and receive phone calls. The questions about the phone's
contact lists clearly and delete Bluetooth functionality.
duplicate or rarely used entries. infotainment system is used to
If possible, program speed dial control the system. The system can
or other shortcuts. be used while the ignition is on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY. See Ignition
Positions 0 221. Not all phones
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Bluetooth Controls Pairing Information paired. If the automatic download
. A Bluetooth phone with MP3 does not occur, proceed with the
If equipped with Bluetooth capability,
capability cannot be paired to phone book download on the
use the infotainment controls on the
the vehicle as a phone and an phone.
center stack and the steering wheel
to operate the system. MP3 player at the same time. Pairing a Phone – SSP and No
. Up to 10 cell phones can be Paired Device
Steering Wheel Controls
paired to the Bluetooth system. When there is no paired device on
See Steering Wheel Controls 0 119.
. The pairing process is disabled the infotainment system and Simple
when the vehicle is moving. Secure Pairing (SSP) is supported:
Bluetooth (Infotainment
Controls) . Pairing only needs to be 1. Press {.
completed once, unless the
To use infotainment controls to pairing information on the cell 2. Touch PHONE, or press g on
access the menu system, see phone changes or the cell phone the steering wheel without
Overview 0 175. is deleted from the system. OnStar.
Pairing . Only one paired cell phone can 3. Touch Search Device.
A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone be connected to the Bluetooth 4. Touch the desired device to
must be paired to the Bluetooth system at a time. pair on the searched list
system and then connected to the . If multiple paired cell phones are screen.
vehicle before it can be used. See within range of the system, the 5. Touch Yes on the pop-up
your cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first screen of the Bluetooth device
guide for Bluetooth functions before available paired cell phone in the and infotainment system.
pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth order that they were first paired.
phone is not connected, calls will be 6. When the Bluetooth device and
When the Bluetooth device and infotainment system are
made using OnStar Hands-Free infotainment system are
Calling, if available. See OnStar successfully paired, the phone
successfully paired, the phone book screen is displayed on the
Overview 0 404. is downloaded automatically. This is infotainment system.
dependent on the type of phone
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Pairing a Phone – SSP and Paired . The connected phone is 5. Input the Personal
Device highlighted by 5. Identification Number (PIN)
When a paired device is on the code (default: 1234) to the
infotainment system and SSP is
. Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Bluetooth device. When the
supported: and phone music functions are Bluetooth device and
enabled. infotainment system are
1. Press {. successfully paired, the
. 5 indicates only the hands-free PHONE screen is displayed on
2. Touch SETTINGS. function is enabled. the infotainment system.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . Z indicates only Bluetooth When the connection fails, a failure
Management. message is displayed on the
music is enabled.
4. Touch the desired device to infotainment system.
pair. When the Bluetooth Pairing a Phone – No SSP and No
Paired Device If a Bluetooth device was previously
device and infotainment system connected, the infotainment system
are successfully paired, Z / 5 When there is no paired device on executes the auto connection.
is displayed on the pair device the infotainment system and SSP is However, if the Bluetooth setting on
screen. If no desired device is not supported: the Bluetooth device is turned off, a
available go to Step 5. 1. Press {. failure message is displayed on the
5. Touch Search Device to search infotainment system.
for the desired device. 2. Touch PHONE, or press g on
Pairing a Phone – No SSP and
the steering wheel without
6. Touch the desired device to Paired Device
OnStar.
pair on the searched list When a paired device is on the
screen. 3. Touch Search Device.
infotainment system and SSP is not
7. Touch Yes on the pop-up 4. Touch the desired device to supported:
screen of the Bluetooth device pair on the searched list
and infotainment system. screen. 1. Press {.
2. Touch SETTINGS.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device . Z / 5 indicates the hands-free Disconnecting a Bluetooth Device
Management. and phone music functions are 1. Press {.
4. Touch the desired device to enabled.
pair. When the Bluetooth 2. Touch SETTINGS.
device and infotainment system
. 5 indicates only the hands-free
function is enabled. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
are successfully paired, Z / 5 Management.
is displayed on the pair device . Z indicates only Bluetooth 4. Touch the name of the device
screen. If no desired device is music is enabled. to be disconnected.
available go to Step 5.
Connecting a Paired Bluetooth 5. Touch Disconnect.
5. Touch Search Device to search Device
for the desired device. Deleting a Bluetooth Device
1. Press {.
6. Touch the desired device to 1. Press {.
pair on the searched list 2. Touch SETTINGS.
screen. 2. Touch SETTINGS.
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
7. Input the Personal Management. 3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device
Identification Number (PIN) Management.
4. Touch the device to be
code (default: 1234) to the connected. 4. Touch the device to delete.
Bluetooth device. When the
Bluetooth device and Checking the Bluetooth 5. Touch Y.
infotainment system are Connection 6. Touch Delete.
successfully paired, Z / 5 is 1. Press {. Bluetooth Music
displayed on the pair device
screen. 2. Touch SETTINGS. Before playing Bluetooth music,
3. Touch Bluetooth, then Device read the following information:
. The connected phone is
Management. . A cell phone or Bluetooth device
highlighted by 5.
4. The paired device will show. that supports Advanced Audio
Distribution Profile (A2DP)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

versions over 1.2 must be music function. For example, Returning to the Beginning of the
registered and connected to the if you convert to Bluetooth Current Song
product. hands-free while playing Phone
music, the music is Touch g after two seconds of
. From the cell phone or Bluetooth playback time.
device, find the Bluetooth device discontinued. Playing music from
type to set/connect the item as a the car is not possible when Search
stereo headset. there are no music files stored in
the cell phone. Touch and hold g or l to rewind
. e will appear on the screen if Playing Bluetooth Music
or fast forward.
the stereo headset is Playing Music Randomly
successfully connected. 1. Press {.
. The sound played by the Touch Z during playback. Touch
2. Touch AUDIO.
Bluetooth device is delivered again to return to normal play.
through the infotainment system. 3. Touch Source.
This function may not be supported
. Bluetooth music can be played 4. Touch Bluetooth. depending on the Bluetooth device.
only when a Bluetooth device Pause Do not change the track too quickly
has been connected. To play when playing Bluetooth music.
Bluetooth music, connect the Touch j to pause.
Bluetooth phone to the Conditions that may occur when
Touch r to resume. playing Bluetooth music:
infotainment system.
. Playing the Next Song . It takes time to transmit data
If the Bluetooth device is
disconnected while playing from the Bluetooth device to the
Touch l. infotainment system.
phone music, the music is
discontinued. The audio Playing the Previous Song . If the cell phone or Bluetooth
streaming function may not be device is not in the waiting
supported in some Bluetooth Touch g within two seconds of screen mode, it may not
phones. Only one function can playback time to play the automatically play.
be used at a time between the previous song.
Bluetooth hands-free or Phone
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. The infotainment system PROJECTION will appear on the . Select Disable to remove
transmits the order to play from Home Page of the infotainment Apple CarPlay and Android
the Bluetooth device in the display. Auto capability from the
Bluetooth music play mode. To use Android Auto or Apple vehicle Settings menu.
If this is done in a different CarPlay: Other functions may
mode, then the device transmits still work.
the order to stop. Depending on 1. Download the Android Auto
app to your phone from the PROJECTION on the Home Page
the Bluetooth device options, will change to Android Auto or Apple
this order to play/stop may take Google Play store. No app is
required for Apple CarPlay. CarPlay depending on the phone.
time to activate. Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay
. If the Bluetooth music playback 2. Connect an Android phone or may automatically launch upon USB
is not functioning, then check to iPhone by using the compatible connection. If not, touch the
see if the Bluetooth device is in phone USB cable and plugging ANDROID AUTO and/or APPLE
the waiting screen mode. into a USB data port. For best CARPLAY icon on the Home Page
performance, use the device’s to launch.
. Sounds may be cut off during factory-provided USB cable.
the Bluetooth music playback. Aftermarket or third-party Press { on the center stack to
. The infotainment system outputs cables may not work. return to the Home Page.
the audio from the cell phone or 3. When the phone is first For further information on how to set
Bluetooth device as it is connected to activate Apple up Android Auto and Apple CarPlay
transmitted. CarPlay or Android Auto, the in the vehicle, see my.gmc.com or
message “Device Projection see Customer Assistance Offices
Apple CarPlay and Privacy Consent” will appear. 0 392.
Android Auto . Select Continue to launch Android Auto is provided by Google
If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay or and is subject to Google’s terms
Apple CarPlay capability may be Android Auto. and privacy policy. Apple CarPlay is
available through a compatible provided by Apple and is subject to
smartphone. If available, Apple’s terms and privacy policy.
Data plan rates apply. For Android
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Auto support see https:// Steering Wheel Controls Switching a Call to the Cell Phone
support.google.com/androidauto. Steering wheel controls can be (Private Mode)
For Apple CarPlay support see used to: To switch the call from the cell
www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple phone to hands-free:
or Google may change or suspend . Answer incoming calls.
availability at any time. Android . Confirm system information. 1. Touch 0.
Auto, Android, Google, Google Play,
and other marks are trademarks of . End a call. 2. Touch 0 again to switch back
Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a . Decline a call. to hands-free.
trademark of Apple Inc. Turning the Microphone On
. Cancel an operation.
and Off
Hands-Free Phone . Make outgoing calls using the
call list. Touch 3 to turn the microphone on
General Information or off.
g : Press to answer incoming calls.
Vehicles with a Hands-Free Phone
system can use a Bluetooth-capable
i : Press to end a call, decline a Calling by Redial
call, or cancel an operation. To call by using redial:
cell phone with a hands-free profile
to make and receive phone calls. Making a Call by Entering a Phone . Press i on the steering wheel
The infotainment system and voice Number
controls to display the redial
control are used to operate the
system. Not all phones support all . Press {, then touch PHONE on guidance screen.
functions and not all phones work the screen. . Touch 5 on the screen.
with the Hands-Free Phone system. . Press g on the steering wheel. Redialing is not possible when there
Hands-Free Phone Controls If a wrong number is entered, touch is no call history.
Use the buttons on the infotainment } to delete the number one digit at
system and the steering wheel to a time, or touch and hold } to
operate the Hands-Free Phone delete all digits of the number.
system.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Taking Calls Searching for Contacts Entries Searching for a Name
When a phone call comes through 1. Touch contacts on the phone Select characters by using the
the connected Bluetooth cell phone, screen. keypad on the phone book screen.
the audio system will be muted or As characters are selected, the
paused and the phone will ring with 2. Touch 9 on the contacts names that include those characters
the relevant information displayed. screen. will display on the phone book
3. Use the keypad to input the screen. As more characters of the
Press i on the steering wheel name are entered, the list of
name to search. For details,
controls, or touch 5 on the screen. see “Searching for a Name” possible names is shortened.
following. To search for the name Alex:
To decline the call, press i on the
steering wheel controls or touch 4. Touch the phone book entry 1. Touch (abc) to select the first
Reject on the screen. to call. character.
Using the Contacts Menu 5. If there is more than one 2. Touch (jkl) three times to select
number associated with the the second character.
1. Touch contacts on the phone name, touch the number
screen. to dial. 3. Touch (def) two times to select
the third character.
2. Touch Q or R to scroll through When the Bluetooth device and
the list. infotainment system are 4. Touch (wxy) two times to select
successfully paired, the phone book the fourth character.
3. Touch the phone book entry
will download. Some phones may Making a Call from Call History
to call.
not download automatically. If this
4. If there is more than one happens, connect it again or 1. Touch Call History on the
number associated with the proceed with the phone book phone screen.
name, touch the number download on the phone. 2. Touch one of the following for:
to dial.
. W All calls history.
. [ Dialed calls.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. Y Missed calls. Trademarks and iPod and iPhone are trademarks of
Apple Computer, Inc., registered in
. X Received calls. License Agreements the U.S. and other countries.
3. Select the contact entry to call. FCC Information
Making a Call with Speed Dial See Radio Frequency Statement
Numbers 0 400.
Touch and hold the speed dial Bluetooth
number using the keypad on the
phone screen. The Bluetooth word mark and logos
are owned by the Bluetooth SIG,
Only speed dial numbers already Inc. and any use of such marks by Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,
stored on the cell phone can be General Motors is under license. taxes, one time activation fee, and
used for speed dial calls. Up to Other trademarks and trade names other fees may apply. Subscription
two-digit speed dial numbers are are those of their respective owners. fee is consumer only. All fees and
supported. programming subject to change.
Subscriptions subject to Customer
For two-digit speed dial numbers, Agreement available at
touch and hold the second digit to www.siriusxm.com or
make a call to the speed dial www.siriusxm.ca. SiriusXM service
number. only available in the 48 contiguous
United States and Canada.
In Canada: Some deterioration of
“Made for iPod” and “Made for service may occur in extreme
iPhone” mean that an electronic northern latitudes. This is beyond
accessory has been designed to the control of SiriusXM Satellite
connect specifically to iPod or Radio.
iPhone and has been certified by
the developer to meet Apple
performance standards.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

It is prohibited to copy, decompile, is required with Canadian
disassemble, reverse engineer, Satellite Radio Inc. (operating
hack, manipulate, or otherwise as SiriusXM Canada).
make available any technology or FreeType 2
software incorporated in receivers
compatible with the SiriusXM Portions of this software are
Satellite Radio System or that copyright 2007-2012 The FreeType
support the SiriusXM website, the Project (www.freetype.org). All rights
Online Service or any of its content. reserved.
Furthermore, the AMBER voice Libjpeg
compression software included in
this product is protected by The navigation software is based in
intellectual property rights including part on the work of the independent
patent rights, copyrights, and trade JPEG Group.
secrets of Digital Voice
Systems, Inc.
General Requirements:
1. A License Agreement from
SiriusXM is required for any
product that incorporates
SiriusXM Technology and/or for
use of any of the SiriusXM
marks to be manufactured,
distributed, or marketed in the
SiriusXM Service Area.
2. For products to be distributed,
marketed, and/or sold in
Canada, a separate agreement
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
198 Climate Controls

Climate Controls Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System

Dual Automatic Climate With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 controlled.
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
1. Driver Temperature Control 7. SYNC (Synchronized

2. A/C (Air Conditioning) Temperature)
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 8. Rear Window Defogger
4. Fan Control 9. Power Button
5. Defrost 10. Air Recirculation
6. Passenger Temperature 11. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

Control
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Climate Controls 199

Automatic Operation To find your comfort setting, or knob is turned, the climate control
The system automatically controls start with 22 °C (72 °F) and system will turn on and deliver
the following four functions to heat allow the system time to airflow per the current setting.
or cool the vehicle to the desired stabilize. Then adjust the 9 : Turn clockwise or
temperature: temperature as needed for best counterclockwise to increase or
comfort. decrease the fan speed. Press the
. Fan Speed
To improve fuel efficiency and to knob to turn the fan off.
. Air Delivery Mode cool the vehicle faster, recirculation Press AUTO to return to automatic
. Air Conditioning may be automatically selected in operation.
warm weather.
. Recirculation Driver and Passenger
The recirculation light will not come Temperature Control : The
When the AUTO indicator light is lit, on when automatically controlled.
all four functions are operating temperature can be adjusted
Press @ to manually select separately for the driver and
automatically. Each function can be
manually set and the selected recirculation; press it again to select passenger.
setting will be shown. This cancels outside air.
Turn the knob clockwise or
full automatic operation and the Do not cover the solar sensor on the counterclockwise to increase or
AUTO indicator light turns off. top of the instrument panel near the decrease the driver or passenger
Functions that are not manually set windshield. This sensor regulates temperature setting.
will continue to be automatically air temperature based on sun load.
controlled, although the AUTO See “Sensors” later in this section. SYNC : Press to link the passenger
indicator light will not be lit. and rear climate temperature
Manual Operation settings, if equipped, to the driver
To place the system in setting. The SYNC indicator light will
automatic mode: O : Press to turn the climate control turn on. When the passenger or rear
system on or off. When the system
1. Press AUTO. climate temperature settings are
is off, outside air will be prevented
adjusted, the SYNC indicator light
2. Set the driver and passenger from entering the vehicle. When the
is off.
temperature. system is on, a button is pressed,
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The driver side or passenger side side window vents. The system used to help reduce outside air and
temperature display shows the automatically forces outside air into odors that enter the vehicle. The air
temperature setting increasing or the vehicle and the air conditioning conditioning compressor also comes
decreasing. compressor will run, unless the on when this mode is activated.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press outside temperature is close to
freezing. Rear Window Defogger
Y, \, [ , or - to change the
direction of the airflow. An indicator 0 : Press to clear the windshield The rear window defogger uses a
light comes on in the selected mode of fog or frost more quickly. Air is warming grid to remove fog from the
button. directed to the windshield and the rear window.
Changing the mode cancels the side window vents. The air K : Press to turn the rear window
automatic operation and the system conditioning compressor also comes defogger on or off. An indicator light
goes into manual mode. Press on, unless the outside temperature on the button comes on to show that
AUTO to return to automatic is below freezing. the rear window defogger is on.
operation. Do not drive the vehicle until all The rear window defogger only
Y : Air is directed to the instrument windows are clear. works when the ignition is on. The
panel outlets. See Air Vents 0 203. defogger turns off if the ignition is
turned to off or ACC/ACCESSORY.
\ : Air is divided between the A/C : Press to turn the air
instrument panel and floor outlets. conditioning system on or off. An
Some air is directed toward the indicator light comes on to show
Caution
windshield and side window outlets. that the air conditioning is enabled. Using a razor blade or sharp
[ : Air is directed to the floor If the fan is turned off, the air object to clear the inside rear
outlets, with some to the windshield, conditioner will not run. The A/C window can damage the rear
side window outlets, and second light will stay on even if the outside
window defogger. Repairs would
row floor outlets. temperatures are below freezing.
not be covered by the vehicle
- : This mode clears the windows @ : Press to turn on recirculation. warranty. Do not clear the inside
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to An indicator light comes on. Air is rear window with sharp objects.
the windshield, floor outlets, and recirculated to quickly cool the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Heated Mirror : If equipped with Sensors The climate control system uses the
heated outside mirrors, the mirrors information from these sensors to
heat to help clear fog or frost from maintain comfort settings by
the surface of the mirror when the adjusting the outlet temperature, fan
rear window defog button is speed, and air delivery mode. The
pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 49. system may also supply cooler air to
Remote Start Climate Control the side of the vehicle facing the
Operation : If equipped with remote sun. The recirculation mode will also
start, the climate control system be used as needed to maintain cool
may run when the vehicle is started outlet temperatures.
remotely. The rear defog may come
on during remote start based on Rear Climate Control
cold ambient conditions. The rear System
defog indicator light does not come
If equipped, the rear climate control
on during a remote start. The solar sensor, located in the system is on the rear of the center
If equipped, the heated seats will defrost grille in the middle of the console storage. The rear climate
turn on if it is cold outside or the instrument panel, monitors the solar settings can be adjusted with this
ventilated seats will turn on if it is heat. Do not cover the solar sensor system.
hot outside. The heated and or the system will not work properly.
ventilated seat indicator lights may There is also an exterior
not come on during a remote start. temperature sensor behind the front
If equipped, the heated steering grille. This sensor reads the outside
wheel will come on in a remote start air temperature and helps maintain
if it is cold outside. The heated the temperature inside the vehicle.
steering wheel indicator light may Any cover on the front of the
not come on. vehicle, could cause a false reading
in the displayed temperature.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

REAR O : Touch REAR O to turn
the rear climate control on or off.
SYNC : Touch SYNC on the display
to match the rear climate control
temperature to the front climate
control driver temperature. The
SYNC button will be lit. Adjust the
rear climate control temperature to
change the linked temperature. The
SYNC button turns off.
Rear Control Lockout : Touch
1. Fan Control Rear Climate Control Display Rear Control Lockout on the display
to lock or unlock control of the rear
2. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 1. Outside Temperature Display climate control system from the front
3. MODE (Air Delivery Mode 2. Rear Climate Temperature seat. When locked the rear climate
Control) Control control cannot be adjusted from the
4. TEMP (Temperature Control) rear climate controls.
3. Fan Control
5. Heated Rear Seats (If 4. SYNC (Synchronized Automatic Operation
Equipped) Temperatures) AUTO : Touch AUTO or Rear Auto
on the display to automatically
5. REAR O (On/Off) control air delivery and fan speed. A
6. Rear Auto (Automatic is indicated in the display when
Operation) automatic operation is active. If any
7. Rear Control Lockout of the climate control settings are
manually adjusted, this cancels full
8. Air Delivery Mode Control automatic operation.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The display only indicates climate .
control functions when the system is
Air Vents Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
in rear independent mode. When To adjust the center and side air the performance of the system.
SYNC is active the display is not outlets on the instrument panel, use . Keep the path under all seats
shown. the slider switch in the center of the
clear of objects to help circulate
outlet to change the direction of the
Manual Operation the air inside the vehicle more
airflow and also to shut off the
effectively.
9 : Turn the knob clockwise or airflow.
counterclockwise, or touch and hold There may be outlets overhead in . If fogging reoccurs while in Y or
the fan control on the display to the rear passenger area; adjust as \ modes with mild temperature
increase or decrease the fan speed. needed. throughout the vehicle, turn on
TEMP : Turn the knob clockwise or the air conditioner to reduce
Keep all outlets open whenever windshield fogging.
counterclockwise, or touch and hold possible for best system
the temperature controls on the performance.
display to adjust the rear passenger
temperature. If SYNC is lit, the rear Operation Tips
climate temperature is linked to the . Clear away any ice, snow,
driver temperature setting. or leaves from the air inlets at
Y/\/Y or MODE : Touch the the base of the windshield that
desired mode button on the display can block the flow of air into the
or press MODE on the rear climate vehicle.
controls to change the direction of . Clear snow off the hood to
the airflow in the rear seating area. improve visibility and help
Repeatedly touch MODE until the decrease moisture drawn into
desired mode appears on the the vehicle.
display.
M or L : If equipped, press M or L
to heat the left or right outboard
seat. See Heated Rear Seats 0 69.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Maintenance conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
Passenger Compartment It should only be replaced by a new
Air Filter evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
The passenger compartment air
filter reduces dust, pollen, and other During service, all refrigerants
airborne irritants from outside air should be reclaimed with proper
that is pulled into the vehicle. The equipment. Venting refrigerants
filter will need to be replaced directly to the atmosphere is harmful
periodically. See Maintenance to the environment and may also
Schedule 0 375. create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
Using the climate control system
or other health-based concerns.
without an air filter installed is not
recommended. Water or other The air conditioning system requires
debris could enter the system and periodic maintenance. See
result in leaks or noises. Always Maintenance Schedule 0 375.
install a new filter when removing
the old filter.
For more information on filter
replacement, see your dealer.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Driving and Operating 205

Driving and Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Parking over Things
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Operating That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . 243
Driver Assistance Systems
Engine Exhaust Driver Assistance Systems . . . 251
Driving Information Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Assistance Systems for
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Running the Vehicle While Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 253
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Assistance Systems for
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Automatic Transmission Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 229 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Forward Automatic
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Braking (FAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Front Pedestrian Braking
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Drive Systems
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 (FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 214 Side Blind Zone
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 215 Brakes Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Antilock Brake Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 264
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 217 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Lane Departure
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 234 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Starting and Operating Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 266
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 221 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 235
Fuel
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Ride Control Systems Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Traction Control/Electronic Recommended Fuel . . . . . . . . . . 268
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 238 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 269
Retained Accessory Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 239 Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
206 Driving and Operating

Filling a Portable Fuel . Designate a front seat
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Driving Information passenger to handle potential
distractions.
Trailer Towing Distracted Driving
General Towing . Become familiar with vehicle
Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
and can take your focus from the programming favorite radio
Driving Characteristics and
task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
judgment and do not let other control and seat settings.
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 278 activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 281 from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to
governments have enacted laws driving.
Conversions and Add-Ons regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 your area. to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend
hands on the steering wheel, and to children.
focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate
. Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint.
demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations
Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a
place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone.
phone calls.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. Focus on the task of driving. Braking
{ Warning
Drunk Driving Braking action involves perception
Taking your eyes off the road too time and reaction time. Deciding to
long or too often could cause a Death and injury associated with push the brake pedal is perception
crash resulting in injury or death. drinking and driving is a global time. Actually doing it is
Focus your attention on driving. tragedy. reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
Refer to the infotainment section for { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In
more information on using that that time, a vehicle moving at
Drinking and then driving is very 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
system and the navigation system,
dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone. perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency.
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
Defensive Driving can have a serious — or even include:
Defensive driving means “always fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between
expect the unexpected.” The first drinking. you and the vehicle in front
step in driving defensively is to wear of you.
the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 71. Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking.
. Assume that other road users Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic.
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and with a group, designate a driver
other drivers) are going to be If the engine ever stops while the
who will not drink.
careless and make mistakes. vehicle is being driven, brake
Anticipate what they might do normally but do not pump the
and be ready. Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the
. Allow enough following distance pedal harder to push down. If the
Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some
between you and the driver in are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be
front of you. control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Once the power assist is used up, it See your dealer if there is a Off-Road Recovery
can take longer to stop and the problem.
brake pedal will be harder to push.
Curve Tips
Steering . Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
Electric Power Steering
. Reduce speed before entering a
The vehicle has electric power curve.
steering. It does not have power
. Maintain a reasonable steady
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required. speed through the curve.
If power steering assist is lost due . Wait until the vehicle is out of
to a system malfunction, the vehicle the curve before accelerating
can be steered, but may require gently into the straightaway.
increased effort. Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop
If the steering assist is used for an off the edge of a road onto the
. There are some situations when
extended period of time while the shoulder while driving. Follow
steering around a problem may
vehicle is not moving, power assist these tips:
be more effective than braking.
may be reduced. 1. Ease off the accelerator and
. Holding both sides of the
If the steering wheel is turned until it then, if there is nothing in the
steering wheel allows you to turn
reaches the end of its travel and is way, steer the vehicle so that it
180 degrees without removing
held against that position for an straddles the edge of the
a hand. pavement.
extended period of time, power
steering assist may be reduced. . The Antilock Brake System
2. Turn the steering wheel about
(ABS) allows steering while
Normal use of the power steering one-eighth of a turn, until the
braking.
assist should return when the right front tire contacts the
system cools down. pavement edge.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

3. Turn the steering wheel to go If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help
straight down the roadway. these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid.
. Ease your foot off the
Loss of Control accelerator pedal and steer the Off-Road Driving
Skidding way you want the vehicle to go. All-wheel-drive vehicles can be
The vehicle may straighten out. used for off-road driving. Vehicles
There are three types of skids that Be ready for a second skid if it without all-wheel drive and vehicles
correspond to the vehicle's three occurs. not equipped with All Terrain (AT) or
control systems: On-Off Road (OOR) tires must not
. Slow down and adjust your
. Braking Skid — wheels are not driving according to weather be driven off-road except on a level,
rolling. conditions. Stopping distance solid surface. To contact the tire
. Steering or Cornering Skid — can be longer and vehicle manufacturer for more information
control can be affected when about the original equipment tires,
too much speed or steering in a
traction is reduced by water, see the warranty manual.
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force. snow, ice, gravel, or other Controlling the vehicle is the key to
material on the road. Learn to successful off-road driving. One of
. Acceleration Skid — too much recognize warning clues — such the best ways to control the vehicle
throttle causes the driving as enough water, ice, or packed is to control the speed.
wheels to spin. snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to down when you have any doubt.
{ Warning
existing conditions, and by not . Try to avoid sudden steering, When driving off-road, bouncing
overdriving those conditions. But acceleration, or braking, and quick changes in direction
skids are always possible. including reducing vehicle speed can easily throw you out of
by shifting to a lower gear. Any position. This could cause you to
sudden changes could cause lose control and crash. You and
the tires to slide. your passengers should always
wear seat belts.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Before Driving Off-Road
Caution Warning (Continued)
. Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed. Operating the vehicle for heaviest things should be
. Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, extended periods without the front on the floor, forward of the
and check inflation pressure in fascia lower air dam installed can rear axle.
all tires, including the spare, cause improper airflow to the . Heavy loads on the roof
if equipped. engine. Reattach the front fascia raise the vehicle's center of
. air dam after off-road driving. gravity, making it more likely
Read all the information about
all-wheel-drive vehicles in this to roll over. You can be
manual. Loading the Vehicle for seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
. Make sure all underbody Off-Road Driving heavy loads inside the
shields, if equipped, are properly cargo area, not on the roof.
attached. { Warning
. Know the local laws that apply to . For more information about loading
Unsecured cargo on the
off-road driving. load floor can be tossed the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits
To gain more ground clearance if about when driving over 0 217.
needed, it may be necessary to rough terrain. You or your
passengers can be struck
Environmental Concerns
remove the front fascia lower air
dam. However, driving without the by flying objects. Secure the . Always use established trails,
air dam reduces fuel economy. cargo properly. roads, and areas that have been
. set aside for public off-road
Keep cargo in the cargo
recreational driving and obey all
area as far forward and as
posted regulations.
low as possible. The
(Continued) . Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. Do not park over things that When driving on hills: . When driving down a hill, keep
burn. See Parking over Things . Use a low gear and keep a firm the vehicle headed straight
That Burn 0 228. grip on the steering wheel. down. Use a low gear because
the engine will work with the
Driving on Hills . Maintain a slow speed. brakes to slow the vehicle and
Driving safely on hills requires good . When possible, drive straight up help keep the vehicle under
judgment and an understanding of or down the hill. control.
what the vehicle can and cannot do.
. Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill. { Warning
{ Warning . Use headlamps even during the Heavy braking when going down
Many hills are simply too steep day to make the vehicle more a hill can cause your brakes to
for any vehicle. Driving up hills visible. overheat and fade. This could
can cause the vehicle to stall. cause loss of control and you or
Driving down hills can cause loss { Warning others could be injured or killed.
of control. Driving across hills can Apply the brakes lightly when
cause a rollover. You could be Driving to the top of a hill at high descending a hill and use a low
injured or killed. Do not drive on speed can cause a crash. There gear to keep vehicle speed under
steep hills. could be a drop-off, embankment, control.
cliff, or even another vehicle. You
could be seriously injured or
Before driving on a hill, assess the If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
killed. As you near the top of a
steepness, traction, and 1. Apply the brakes to stop the
hill, slow down and stay alert.
obstructions. If the terrain ahead vehicle, and then apply the
cannot be seen, get out of the parking brake.
vehicle and walk the hill before . Never go downhill forward or
driving further. backward with the transmission
in N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose
control.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

2. Shift into P (Park) and then 3. If the vehicle cannot be . Hidden obstacles can make the
restart the engine. restarted after stalling, set the steepness of the incline more
. If driving uphill when the parking brake, shift into severe. If a rock is driven across
vehicle stalls, shift to P (Park), and turn the with the uphill wheels, or if the
R (Reverse), release the vehicle off. downhill wheels drop into a rut
parking brake, and back 3.1. Leave the vehicle and or depression, the vehicle can tilt
straight down. seek help. even more.
. Never try to turn the vehicle . If an incline must be driven
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
around. If the hill is steep vehicle would take if it across, and the vehicle starts to
enough to stall the vehicle, rolled downhill. slide, turn downhill. This should
it is steep enough to cause help straighten out the vehicle
. Avoid turns that take the vehicle and prevent the side slipping.
it to roll over. across the incline of the hill.
. If you cannot make it up the
hill, back straight down
A hill that can be driven straight
up or down might be too steep to
{ Warning
the hill. drive across. Driving across an Getting out of the vehicle on the
. Never back down a hill in incline puts more weight on the downhill side when stopped
N (Neutral) using only the downhill wheels which could across an incline is dangerous.
brake. cause a downhill slide or a If the vehicle rolls over, you could
rollover. be crushed or killed. Always get
. The vehicle can roll
. Surface conditions can be a out on the uphill side of the
backward quickly and you
could lose control. problem. Loose gravel, muddy vehicle and stay well clear of the
spots, or even wet grass can rollover path.
. If driving downhill when the cause the tires to slip sideways,
vehicle stalls, shift to a downhill. If the vehicle slips
lower gear, release the sideways, it can hit something
parking brake, and drive that will trip it – a rock, a rut, etc.
straight down the hill. – and roll over.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
or Ice Warning (Continued) Caution
Use a low gear when driving in you and your passengers could Do not drive through standing
mud – the deeper the mud, the drown. Drive your vehicle on safe water if it is deep enough to cover
lower the gear. Keep the vehicle surfaces only. the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
moving to avoid getting stuck. pipe. Deep water can damage the
Traction changes when driving on axle and other vehicle parts.
Driving in Water
sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
tend to sink into the sand. This { Warning If the standing water is not too deep,
drive through it slowly. At faster
affects steering, accelerating, and Driving through rushing water can speeds, water can get into the
braking. Drive at a reduced speed be dangerous. Deep water can engine and cause it to stall. Stalling
and avoid sharp turns or abrupt sweep your vehicle downstream can occur if the exhaust pipe is
maneuvers. under water. Do not turn off the
and you and your passengers
Traction is reduced on hard packed could drown. If it is only shallow ignition when driving through water.
snow and ice and it is easy to lose water, it can still wash away the If the exhaust pipe is under water,
control. Reduce vehicle speed when ground from under your tires. the engine will not start. When going
driving on hard packed snow through water, the brakes get wet,
Traction could be lost, and the
and ice. and it might take longer to stop. See
vehicle could roll over. Do not
Driving on Wet Roads 0 214.
drive through rushing water.
{ Warning After Off-Road Driving
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, Remove any brush or debris that
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice has collected on the underbody or
conditions vary greatly and the chassis, or under the hood. These
vehicle could fall through the ice; accumulations can be a fire hazard.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

After operation in mud or sand, wet enough and you are going fast
have the brake linings cleaned and { Warning enough. When the vehicle is
checked. These substances can hydroplaning, it has little or no
cause glazing and uneven braking. Wet brakes can cause crashes. contact with the road.
Check the body structure, steering, They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause There is no hard and fast rule about
suspension, wheels, tires, and hydroplaning. The best advice is to
exhaust system for damage and pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle. slow down when the road is wet.
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage. After driving through a large Other Rainy Weather Tips
More frequent maintenance service puddle of water or a car/vehicle Besides slowing down, other wet
is required. See Maintenance wash, lightly apply the brake weather driving tips include:
Schedule 0 375. pedal until the brakes work . Allow extra following distance.
normally.
Driving on Wet Roads . Pass with caution.
Flowing or rushing water creates
Rain and wet roads can reduce strong forces. Driving through . Keep windshield wiping
vehicle traction and affect your flowing water could cause the equipment in good shape.
ability to stop and accelerate. vehicle to be carried away. If this . Keep the windshield washer fluid
Always drive slower in these types happens, you and other vehicle reservoir filled.
of driving conditions and avoid occupants could drown. Do not . Have good tires with proper
driving through large puddles and ignore police warnings and be
deep-standing or flowing water. tread depth. See Tires 0 319.
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water. . Turn off cruise control.
. Activate All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
Hydroplaning mode. See Driver Mode Control
0 239.
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Hill and Mountain Roads Winter Driving
{ Warning
Driving on steep hills or through Driving on Snow or Ice
mountains is different than driving Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: or with the ignition off is Snow or ice between the tires and
dangerous. This can cause the road creates less traction or
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
good shape. overheating of the brakes and
loss of steering assist. Always occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
have the engine running and the
tires, cooling system, and driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
vehicle in gear.
transmission. until roads can be treated.
. Shift to a lower gear when going . For Slippery Road Driving:
Drive at speeds that keep the
down steep or long hills. vehicle in its own lane. Do not . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
swing wide or cross the too quickly causes the wheels to
{ Warning center line. spin and makes the surface
. Be alert on top of hills; under the tires slick.
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope something could be in your lane . Turn on Traction Control. See
can cause brake overheating, can (e.g., stalled car, crash). Traction Control/Electronic
reduce brake performance, and . Pay attention to special road Stability Control 0 236.
could result in a loss of braking. signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . The Antilock Brake System
Shift the transmission to a lower winding roads, long grades, (ABS) improves vehicle stability
gear to let the engine assist the passing or no-passing zones) during hard stops, but the
brakes on a steep downhill slope. and take appropriate action. brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 233.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. Allow greater following distance . Tie a red cloth to an outside
and watch for slippery spots. Icy mirror. Warning (Continued)
patches can occur on otherwise
. Adjust the climate control
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
{ Warning system to circulate the air
overpass can remain icy when inside the vehicle and set
Snow can trap engine exhaust
the surrounding roads are clear. the fan speed to the highest
under the vehicle. This may setting. See “Climate
Avoid sudden steering cause exhaust gases to get
maneuvers and braking while Control Systems.”
inside. Engine exhaust contains
on ice. carbon monoxide (CO), which For more information about CO,
. Turn off cruise control. cannot be seen or smelled. It can see Engine Exhaust 0 228.
. cause unconsciousness and even
Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
Mode for vehicles equipped with death. To save fuel, run the engine for
AWD. Select Snow/Ice Mode for If the vehicle is stuck in snow: short periods to warm the vehicle
FWD only vehicles. and then shut the engine off and
. Clear snow from the base of partially close the window. Moving
See Driver Mode Control 0 239
the vehicle, especially any about to keep warm also helps.
and All-Wheel Drive 0 233.
blocking the exhaust pipe.
If it takes time for help to arrive,
Blizzard Conditions . Open a window about 5 cm when running the engine, push the
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and (2 in) on the vehicle side accelerator pedal slightly so the
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle that is away from the wind, engine runs faster than the idle
unless there is help nearby. to bring in fresh air. speed. This keeps the battery
If possible, use Roadside . Fully open the air outlets on charged to restart the vehicle and to
Assistance. See Roadside or under the instrument signal for help with the headlamps.
Assistance Program 0 394. To get panel. Do this as little as possible, to
help and keep everyone in the save fuel.
vehicle safe: (Continued)
. Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

If the Vehicle Is Stuck Rocking the Vehicle to Get vehicle capacity weight and
it Out includes the weight of all
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when Turn the steering wheel left and occupants, cargo, and all
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. right to clear the area around the nonfactory-installed options.
front wheels. Turn off any traction Two labels on the vehicle may
If stuck too severely for the traction show how much weight it may
system. Shift back and forth
system to free the vehicle, turn the
traction system off and use the
between R (Reverse) and a low properly carry, the Tire and
forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and
rocking method. See Traction
as little as possible. To prevent the Certification/Tire label.
Control/Electronic Stability Control
transmission wear, wait until the
0 236.
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator { Warning
{ Warning pedal while shifting, and press Do not load the vehicle any
lightly on the accelerator pedal
If the vehicle's tires spin at high when the transmission is in gear.
heavier than the Gross
speed, they can explode, and you Slowly spinning the wheels in the Vehicle Weight Rating
or others could be injured. The forward and reverse directions (GVWR), or either the
vehicle can overheat, causing an causes a rocking motion that could maximum front or rear Gross
engine compartment fire or other free the vehicle. If that does not get Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
damage. Spin the wheels as little the vehicle out after a few tries, it This can cause systems to
as possible and avoid going might need to be towed out. If the break and change the way the
above 56 km/h (35 mph). vehicle does need to be towed out, vehicle handles. This could
see Towing the Vehicle 0 359. cause loss of control and a
Select All-Wheel Drive (AWD) crash. Overloading can also
Mode. Vehicle Load Limits reduce stopping distance,
See Driver Mode Control 0 239 and It is very important to know how damage the tires, and shorten
All-Wheel Drive 0 233. much weight the vehicle can the life of the vehicle.
carry. This weight is called the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended 3. Subtract the combined
Label cold tire inflation pressures (4). weight of the driver and
For more information on tires passengers from XXX kg or
and inflation see Tires 0 319 XXX lbs.
and Tire Pressure 0 326. 4. The resulting figure equals
There is also important loading the available amount of
information on the vehicle cargo and luggage load
Certification/Tire label. It may capacity. For example, if the
show the Gross Vehicle Weight "XXX" amount equals
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross 1400 lbs. and there will be
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for five 150 lb passengers in
the front and rear axle. See your vehicle, the amount of
“Certification/Tire Label” later in available cargo and luggage
Example Label this section. load capacity is 650 lbs.
A vehicle-specific Tire and “Steps for Determining Correct (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
Loading Information label is Load Limit– 650 lbs.)
attached to the center pillar 1. Locate the statement "The 5. Determine the combined
(B-pillar). The tire and loading combined weight of weight of luggage and cargo
information label shows the occupants and cargo should being loaded on the vehicle.
number of occupant seating never exceed XXX kg or That weight may not safely
positions (1), and the maximum XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s exceed the available cargo
vehicle capacity weight (2) in placard. and luggage load capacity
kilograms and pounds. calculated in Step 4.
2. Determine the combined
The Tire and Loading 6. If your vehicle will be towing
weight of the driver and
Information label also shows the a trailer, load from your
passengers that will be
size of the original equipment trailer will be transferred to
riding in your vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

your vehicle. Consult this 2. Subtract Occupant
manual to determine how Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
this reduces the available × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).
cargo and luggage load 3. Available Occupant and
capacity of your vehicle.” Cargo Weight = 317 kg
See Trailer Towing 0 275 for (700 lbs).
important information on towing
a trailer, towing safety rules and
trailering tips.
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 91 kg
Example 2
(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight (1,000 lbs).
for Example 2 = 453 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight
Example 1 = 0 kg (0 lbs).
(1,000 lbs).
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 2. Subtract Occupant Refer to the vehicle's tire and
for Example 1 = 453 kg Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) loading information label for
(1,000 lbs). × 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs). specific information about the
3. Available Cargo Weight vehicle's capacity weight and
= 113 kg (250 lbs). seating positions. The combined
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

weight of the driver, passengers, Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).
and cargo should never exceed The GVWR includes the weight { Warning
the vehicle's capacity weight. of the vehicle, all occupants, Things inside the vehicle can
Certification/Tire Label
fuel, and cargo. strike and injure people in a
The Certification/Tire label may sudden stop or turn, or in a
also show the maximum weights crash.
for the front and rear axles, . Put things in the cargo
called the Gross Axle Weight area of the vehicle. In the
Rating (GAWR). To find out the cargo area, put them as
actual loads on the front and far forward as possible.
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at Try to spread the weight
a weigh station. Your dealer can evenly.
help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of . Never stack heavier
the centerline. things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
Label Example some of them are above
Caution
A vehicle-specific Certification/ the tops of the seats.
Tire label is attached to the Overloading the vehicle may (Continued)
center pillar (B-pillar). cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
The label may show the size of warranty. Do not overload the
the vehicle's original tires and vehicle.
the inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
of the vehicle. The label shows
the gross weight capacity of the
vehicle. This is called the Gross
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Warning (Continued) Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating breaking-in guideline every
. Do not leave an
time you get new brake
unsecured child restraint New Vehicle Break-In linings.
in the vehicle.
Following break-in, engine speed
. Secure loose items in the Caution
and load can be gradually
vehicle. The vehicle does not need an increased.
. Do not leave a seat elaborate break-in. But it will
folded down unless perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions
needed. you follow these guidelines:
. Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 800 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
. Avoid making hard stops for
the first 300 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
premature wear and earlier The vehicle has an electronic
replacement. Follow this keyless ignition with pushbutton
(Continued) start.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) When the vehicle is shifted into
transmitter must be in the vehicle for P (Park), the ignition system will { Warning
the system to operate. If the turn off.
pushbutton start is not working, the Turning off the vehicle while
Do not turn the engine off when the moving may cause loss of power
vehicle may be near a strong radio vehicle is moving. This will cause a
antenna signal causing interference assist in the brake and steering
loss of power assist in the brake systems and disable the airbags.
to the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) and steering systems and disable
system. See Remote Keyless Entry While driving, only shut the
the airbags. vehicle off in an emergency.
(RKE) System Operation 0 29.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
To shift out of P (Park), the vehicle emergency:
must be on and the brake pedal If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
must be applied. 1. Brake using a firm and steady and must be shut off while driving,
pressure. Do not pump the press and hold ENGINE START/
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ brakes repeatedly. This may STOP for longer than two seconds,
OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When deplete power assist, requiring or press twice in five seconds.
the vehicle is stopped, press increased brake pedal force.
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
the engine off. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). Indicator Light) : This mode allows
This can be done while the some electrical accessories to be
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the vehicle is moving. After shifting used when the engine is off.
ignition will turn off, and Retained to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain With the ignition off, pressing the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
active. See Retained Accessory button one time without the brake
a safe location.
Power (RAP) 0 226. pedal applied will place the ignition
3. Come to a complete stop, shift system in ACC/ACCESSORY.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the to P (Park), and turn the
ignition will return to ACC/ The ignition will switch from ACC/
ignition off.
ACCESSORY and display the ACCESSORY to off after
message SHIFT TO PARK in the 4. Set the parking brake. See five minutes to prevent battery
Driver Information Center (DIC). Electric Parking Brake 0 234. rundown.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Starting the Engine Starting Procedure
Light) : This mode is for driving and
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or 1. With the Keyless Access
starting. With the ignition off, and
N (Neutral). The engine will not start system, the RKE transmitter
the brake pedal applied, pressing
in any other position. To restart the must be in the vehicle. Press
the button once will place the
engine when the vehicle is already ENGINE START/STOP with the
ignition system in ON/RUN/START.
moving, use N (Neutral) only. brake pedal applied. When the
Once engine cranking begins,
engine begins cranking, let go
release the button. Engine cranking
of the button.
will continue until the engine starts. Caution
See Starting the Engine 0 223. The The idle speed will go down as
ignition will then remain in ON/RUN. Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the the engine gets warm. Do not
vehicle is moving. If you do, you race the engine immediately
Service Mode could damage the transmission. after starting it.
This power mode is available for Shift to P (Park) only when the If the RKE transmitter is not in
service and diagnostics, and to vehicle is stopped. the vehicle, if there is
verify the proper operation of the interference, or if the RKE
malfunction indicator lamp as may battery is low, the Driver
be required for emission inspection Information Center (DIC) will
purposes. With the vehicle off, and Caution
display a message.
the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the button for If you add electrical parts or
more than five seconds will place accessories, you could change Caution
the vehicle in Service Mode. The the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be Cranking the engine for long
instruments and audio systems will
covered by the vehicle warranty. periods of time, by returning the
operate as they do in ON/RUN, but
the vehicle will not be able to be See Add-On Electrical Equipment ignition to the START position
driven. The engine will not start in 0 283. immediately after cranking has
Service Mode. Press the button ended, can overheat and damage
again to turn the vehicle off. the cranking motor, and drain the
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

and transmission gently until AUTO STOP. See Tachometer
Caution (Continued) the oil warms up and lubricates 0 131. When the brake pedal is
all moving parts. released or the accelerator pedal is
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds pressed, the engine will restart.
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
Stop/Start System To maintain vehicle performance,
If equipped, the Stop/Start system other conditions may cause the
will shut off the engine to help engine to automatically restart
2. If the engine does not start conserve fuel. It has components before the brake pedal is released.
after five to 10 seconds, designed for the increased number
especially in very cold weather Auto Stops may not occur and/or
of starts. auto restarts may occur because:
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much . The climate control settings
gasoline. Try pushing the { Warning require the engine to be running
accelerator pedal all the way to to cool or heat the vehicle
The automatic engine Stop/Start
the floor and holding it there as interior.
you press ENGINE START/ feature causes the engine to shut
off while the vehicle is still on. Do . The vehicle battery charge
STOP, for up to a maximum of
not exit the vehicle before shifting is low.
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try, to P (Park). The vehicle may . The vehicle battery has recently
to allow the cranking motor to restart and move unexpectedly. been disconnected.
cool down. When the engine Always shift to P (Park), and then . Minimum vehicle speed has not
starts, let go of the button and turn the ignition off before exiting
been reached since the last
the accelerator. If the vehicle the vehicle. Auto Stop
starts briefly but then stops
again, do the same thing. This . The accelerator pedal is
Auto Engine Stop/Start pressed.
clears the extra gasoline from
the engine. Do not race the When the brakes are applied and . The engine or transmission is
engine immediately after the vehicle is at a complete stop, not at the required operating
starting it. Operate the engine the engine may turn off. When temperature.
stopped, the tachometer displays
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. The outside temperature is not 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
in the required operating range. { Warning electrical cord. The bundled
. The vehicle is in any gear other cord is on the driver side of the
Do not plug in the engine block engine compartment, in front of
than D (Drive). heater while the vehicle is parked the battery. See Engine
. Tow/Haul Mode or other driver in a garage or under a carport. Compartment Overview 0 288.
modes have been selected. Property damage or personal
injury may result. Always park the Check the heater cord for
. The vehicle is on a steep hill or damage. If it is damaged, do
grade. vehicle in a clear open area away
not use it. See your dealer for
from buildings or structures.
. The driver door has been a replacement. Inspect the
opened or driver seat belt has cord for damage yearly.
been unbuckled. To Use the Engine Heater 3. Plug the cord into a normal,
. The hood has been opened. 1. Turn off the engine. grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
. The Auto Stop has reached the
maximum allowed time. { Warning
Improper use of the heater cord
Engine Heater or an extension cord can damage
The engine heater can provide the cord and may result in
easier starting and better fuel overheating and fire.
economy during engine warm-up in . Plug the cord into a
cold weather conditions at or below three-prong electrical utility
0 °F (−18 °C). Vehicles with an receptacle that is protected
engine heater should be plugged in by a ground fault detection
at least four hours before starting.
Some models may have an internal (Continued)
thermostat in the cord which will
prevent engine heater operation at
temperatures above 0 °F (−18 °C).
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
function. An ungrounded vehicle. Possible heater
Some vehicle accessories may be
outlet could cause an cord and thermostat
used after the ignition is turned off.
electric shock. damage could occur.
. . The power windows and sunroof,
Use a weatherproof, While in use, do not let the
if equipped, will continue to work for
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated heater cord touch vehicle
up to 10 minutes or until any door is
extension cord if needed. parts or sharp edges. Never
opened.
Failure to use the close the hood on the
recommended extension heater cord. The infotainment system will
cord in good operating . continue to work for 10 minutes,
Before starting the vehicle,
condition, or using a until the driver door is opened,
unplug the cord, reattach
damaged heater or or until the ignition is turned on or
the cover to the plug, and
extension cord, could make placed in ACC/ACCESSORY.
securely fasten the cord.
it overheat and cause a fire, Keep the cord away from
property damage, electric any moving parts. Shifting Into Park
shock, and injury.
1. Hold the brake pedal down and
. Do not operate the vehicle set the parking brake. See
4. Before starting the engine, be
with the heater cord Electric Parking Brake 0 234.
sure to unplug and store the
permanently attached to the
cord as it was before to keep it 2. Move the shift lever into
(Continued) away from moving engine P (Park) by holding in the
parts. If you do not, it could be button on the shift lever and
damaged. pushing the shift lever all the
The length of time the heater should way toward the front of the
remain plugged in depends on vehicle.
several factors. Ask a dealer in the 3. Turn the ignition off.
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Leaving the Vehicle with the If you have to leave the vehicle with If torque lock does occur, your
Engine Running the engine running, be sure the vehicle may need to be pushed
vehicle is in P (Park) and the uphill by another vehicle to relieve
parking brake is firmly set before the parking pawl pressure, so you
{ Warning you leave it. After you have moved can shift out of P (Park).
It can be dangerous to leave the the shift lever into P (Park), hold the
vehicle with the engine running. regular brake pedal down. Then, Shifting out of Park
It could overheat and catch fire. see if you can move the shift lever
away from P (Park) without first The vehicle is equipped with an
It is dangerous to get out of the pressing the button. electronic shift lock release system.
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully The shift lock release is designed to
If you can, it means that the shift prevent movement of the shift lever
in P (Park) with the parking brake
lever was not fully locked in out of P (Park), unless the ignition is
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. P (Park). on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, and the
Do not leave the vehicle when the regular brake pedal is applied.
engine is running. If you have left
Torque Lock
Torque lock is when the weight of The shift lock release is always
the engine running, the vehicle
the vehicle puts too much force on functional except in the case of an
can move suddenly. You or others uncharged or low voltage (less than
could be injured. To be sure the the parking pawl in the
9-volt) battery.
vehicle will not move, even when transmission. This happens when
you are on fairly level ground, parking on a hill and shifting the If the vehicle has an uncharged
always set the parking brake and transmission into P (Park) is not battery or a battery with low voltage,
move the shift lever to P (Park). done properly and then it is difficult try charging or jump starting the
to shift out of P (Park). To prevent battery. See Jump Starting - North
See Shifting Into Park 0 226.
torque lock, set the parking brake America 0 356 for more information.
If you are towing a trailer, see
and then shift into P (Park). To find To shift out of P (Park):
Driving Characteristics and
out how, see “Shifting Into Park”
Towing Tips 0 271. listed previously. 1. Turn the ignition on.
2. Apply the brake pedal.
3. Press the shift lever button.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

4. Move the shift lever to the Extended Parking Engine Exhaust
desired position.
It is best not to park with the vehicle
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park):
running. If the vehicle is left running, { Warning
be sure it will not move and there is
1. Fully release the shift lever adequate ventilation. Engine exhaust contains carbon
button. monoxide (CO), which cannot be
See Shifting Into Park 0 226 and
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
2. While holding down the brake Engine Exhaust 0 228.
can cause unconsciousness and
pedal, press the shift lever If the vehicle is left parked and even death.
button again. running with the RKE transmitter
3. Move the shift lever to the outside the vehicle, it will continue Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
desired position. to run for up to half an hour. . The vehicle idles in areas
If you still cannot move the shift If the vehicle is left parked and with poor ventilation
lever from P (Park), see your dealer. running with the RKE transmitter (parking garages, tunnels,
inside the vehicle, it will continue to deep snow that may block
run for up to an hour. underbody airflow or tail
Parking over Things pipes).
That Burn The vehicle could turn off sooner if it
. The exhaust smells or
is parked on a hill, due to lack of
available fuel. sounds strange or different.
{ Warning . The exhaust system leaks
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
Things that can burn could touch taken out of P (Park) while it is due to corrosion or damage.
hot exhaust parts under the running. . The vehicle exhaust system
vehicle and ignite. Do not park has been modified,
over papers, leaves, dry grass, damaged, or improperly
or other things that can burn. repaired.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Warning (Continued)
Running the Vehicle Automatic
While Parked Transmission
. There are holes or openings
It is better not to park with the
in the vehicle body from
engine running.
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
See Shifting Into Park 0 226 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 228.
coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 271.
. Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed P : This position locks the drive
area such as a garage or a wheels. Use P (Park) when starting
building that has no fresh air the engine because the vehicle
ventilation. cannot move easily.
{ Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

lever button and move the shift lever
Warning (Continued) into another gear. See Shifting out { Warning
of Park 0 227.
Do not leave the vehicle when the Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running. If you have left R : Use this gear to back up. engine is running at high speed is
the engine running, the vehicle dangerous. Unless your foot is
can move suddenly. You or others Caution firmly on the brake pedal, the
could be injured. To be sure the vehicle could move very rapidly.
vehicle will not move, even when Shifting to R (Reverse) while the You could lose control and hit
you are on fairly level ground, vehicle is moving forward could people or objects. Do not shift
always set the parking brake and damage the transmission. The into a drive gear while the engine
move the shift lever to P (Park). repairs would not be covered by is running at high speed.
See Shifting Into Park 0 226 and the vehicle warranty. Shift to
Driving Characteristics and R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
Towing Tips 0 271. is stopped.
Caution
Make sure the shift lever is fully in To rock the vehicle back and forth to Shifting out of P (Park) or
P (Park) before starting the engine. get out of snow, ice, or sand without N (Neutral) with the engine
The vehicle has an automatic damaging the transmission, see If running at high speed may
transmission shift lock control the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 217. damage the transmission. The
system. With the ignition on fully N : In this position, the engine does repairs would not be covered by
apply the regular brake, then press not connect with the wheels. To the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
the button on the back of the shift restart the engine when the vehicle engine is not running at high
lever before shifting from P (Park). is already moving, use speed when shifting the vehicle.
If you cannot shift out of P (Park), N (Neutral) only.
ease pressure on the shift lever,
then push the shift lever all the way
into P (Park) as you maintain brake
application. Then press the shift
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Caution
designed to improve fuel economy Manual Mode
and performance. Use the brake to
hold the vehicle on a hill. Do not use Electronic Range Select
A transmission hot message may the accelerator pedal. (ERS) Mode
display if the automatic
transmission fluid is too hot. L : This position gives you access ERS mode allows you to choose the
Driving under this condition can to gear ranges. This provides more top-gear limit of the transmission
damage the vehicle. Stop and idle engine braking but lower fuel and the vehicle's speed while
the engine to cool the automatic economy than D (Drive). You can driving downhill or towing a trailer.
use it on very steep hills, or in deep The vehicle has an electronic shift
transmission fluid. This message
snow or mud. See Manual Mode position indicator within the
clears when the transmission fluid
0 231. instrument cluster. When using the
has cooled sufficiently.
Operating Modes : The ERS mode a number will display
transmission may operate in a lower next to the L, indicating the highest
D : This position is for normal gear than normal to improve vehicle gear available for the range
driving. If more power is needed for performance. The engine speed selected.
passing, press the accelerator may be higher and there may be an
pedal down. increase in noise during the
following conditions:
Caution . When climbing a grade.
If the vehicle does not shift gears, . When driving downhill.
the transmission could be . When driving in hot
damaged. Have the vehicle temperatures, or at high altitude.
serviced right away.
If the vehicle is stopped on a hill,

with your foot off the brake pedal,
the vehicle may roll. This is normal
and is due to the torque converter
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

To use this feature: The transmission will not shift into Automatic Engine Grade Braking is
1. Press the shift lever button and 5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) button is not available when the ERS is
move the shift lever to used or you shift back into D (Drive). active. It is available in D (Drive) for
L (Manual Mode). If the transmission is in 6 (Sixth) both normal driving and Tow/Haul
gear when L (Manual Mode) is Mode. While using the ERS, cruise
2. Press + (Plus) or − (Minus) on control and the Tow/Haul Mode can
the shift lever to increase or selected, a downshift to 4 (Fourth)
will be commanded. If in 5 (Fifth) be used. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 232.
decrease the gear range
available. through 2 (Second) a single
downshift will occur. Tow/Haul Mode
When you shift from D (Drive) to See Driver Mode Control 0 239.
L (Manual Mode), the transmission While in L (Manual Mode), the
will shift to a pre-determined lower transmission will prevent shifting to
gear range. The highest gear a lower gear range if the engine
available for this pre-determined speed is too high. You have a brief
range is displayed next to the L in period of time to slow the vehicle.
the DIC. If vehicle speed is not reduced
See Driver Information Center (DIC) within the time allowed, the lower
(Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver gear range shift will not be
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) completed. You must further slow
0 148. The number displayed in the the vehicle, then press − (Minus) to
DIC is the highest gear that the the desired lower gear range.
transmission will be allowed to
operate in. This means that all
gears below that number are
available. For example, when
4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L,
1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are
automatically shifted by the vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Drive Systems Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it
becomes necessary to slam on the
brakes and continue braking to
All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a
Vehicles with this feature can System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are
operate in AWD Mode. See Driver slowing down. If one of the wheels
This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
Mode Control 0 239. is about to stop rolling, the computer
System (ABS), an advanced
will separately work the brakes at
electronic braking system that helps
each wheel.
prevent a braking skid.
ABS can change the brake pressure
When the vehicle begins to drive
to each wheel, as required, faster
away, ABS checks itself.
than any driver could. This can help
A momentary motor or clicking noise
you steer around the obstacle while
may be heard while this test is going
braking hard.
on, and it may even be noticed that
the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the
is normal. computer keeps receiving updates
on wheel speed and controls
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change
the time needed to get a foot up to
the brake pedal or always decrease
stopping distance. If you get too
close to the vehicle in front of you,
If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to
warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light suddenly slows or stops. Always
0 139. leave enough room up ahead to
stop, even with ABS.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Using ABS The vehicle has an Electric Parking The Y or PARK light will flash and
Brake (EPB). The EPB can always then stay on once the EPB is fully
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
be activated, even if the ignition is
the brake pedal down firmly and let applied. If the Y or PARK light
off. To prevent draining the battery,
ABS work. You may hear the ABS flashes continuously, then the EPB
avoid repeated cycles of the EPB
pump or motor operating and feel is only partially applied or there is a
system when the engine is not
the brake pedal pulsate. This is problem with the EPB. A DIC
running.
normal. message will display. Release the
The system has a Y or PARK EPB and try to apply it again. If the
Braking in Emergencies light does not come on, or keeps
Electric Parking Brake light, and a 8
ABS allows you to steer and brake Service Parking Brake light or flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
at the same time. In many message. Do not drive the vehicle if the Y or
emergencies, steering can help See Electric Parking Brake Light PARK light is flashing. See your
more than even the very best 0 139 and Service Electric Parking dealer. See Electric Parking Brake
braking. Brake Light (Uplevel and Midlevel Light 0 139.
Cluster Only) 0 139.
Electric Parking Brake If the 8 light or message is on,
Before leaving the vehicle, check for press the EPB switch and hold it.
the Y or PARK light to ensure that Continue to hold the switch until
the parking brake is applied. the Y or PARK light remains on.
EPB Apply If the 8 light or message remains
on, see your dealer.
To apply the EPB:
If the EPB is applied while the
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
complete stop. decelerate as long as the switch is
2. Press the EPB switch pressed. If the switch is pressed
momentarily. until the vehicle comes to a stop,
the EPB will remain applied.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The vehicle may automatically apply PARK light is off. If either light stays stability system hydraulic brake
the EPB in some situations when on after release is attempted, see control module to supplement the
the vehicle is not moving. This is your dealer. power brake system under
normal, and is done to periodically conditions where the driver has
check the correct operation of the Caution quickly and forcefully applied the
EPB system. brake pedal in an attempt to quickly
If the EPB fails to apply, block the Driving with the parking brake on stop or slow down the vehicle. The
rear wheels to prevent vehicle can overheat the brake system stability system hydraulic brake
movement. and cause premature wear or control module increases brake
damage to brake system parts. pressure at each corner of the
EPB Release Make sure that the parking brake vehicle until the ABS activates.
is fully released and the brake Minor brake pedal pulsation or
To release the EPB:
warning light is off before driving. pedal movement during this time is
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ normal and the driver should
ACCESSORY. continue to apply the brake pedal as
2. Apply and hold the brake Automatic EPB Release the driving situation dictates. The
pedal. The EPB will automatically release if Brake Assist feature will
the vehicle is running, placed into automatically disengage when the
3. Press the EPB switch brake pedal is released or brake
momentarily. gear, and an attempt is made to
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration pedal pressure is quickly
decreased.
The EPB is released when the Y when the EPB is applied, to
or PARK light is off. preserve parking brake lining life.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
If the 8 light or message is on, Brake Assist Hill Start Assist (HSA) will activate
release the EPB by pressing and when the vehicle is stopped on a
holding the EPB switch. Continue to The Brake Assist feature is
designed to assist the driver in moderate to steep grade to help
hold the switch until the Y or prevent it from rolling in an
stopping or decreasing vehicle
speed in emergency driving unintended direction. After the brake
conditions. This feature uses the pedal has been released and before
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

the accelerator pedal has been If Standard Hold is selected, it will Ride Control Systems
pressed, HSA uses braking hold the vehicle for two seconds
pressure to hold the vehicle unless the driver door is opened or
stationary. If HSA is holding the the driver seat belt is unbuckled Traction Control/
vehicle, a DIC message displays. after releasing the brake pedal. Electronic Stability
HSA will not activate in a forward If Extended Hold is selected, it will Control
drive gear when facing downhill, hold the vehicle for five minutes
or in R (Reverse) when facing uphill. unless the driver door is opened System Operation
Select the duration of the HSA and the driver seat belt is unbuckled
The vehicle has a Traction Control
feature through vehicle prior to releasing the brake pedal.
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/
personalization. See ”Extended Hill When deactivated after five minutes,
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
Start Assist” under “Comfort and or if it is deactivated when the driver
an electronic stability control
Convenience” in Vehicle seat belt is unlatched or the driver
system. These systems help limit
Personalization 0 152. When door is opened, the Electric Parking
wheel spin and assist the driver in
Standard Hold is selected, the Brake will engage to prevent vehicle
maintaining control, especially on
vehicle is held stationary for up to movement.
slippery road conditions.
two seconds after the brake pedal is
TCS activates if it senses that any
released. When Extended Hold is
of the drive wheels are spinning or
selected, the vehicle is held
beginning to lose traction. When this
stationary for up to five minutes
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
after the brake pedal is released. In
the spinning wheels and reduces
either case, override the hold
engine power to limit wheel spin.
feature by pressing the accelerator
pedal and attempting to drive away. StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

vehicle wheel brakes to assist the 2. Turn the engine off and wait
driver in keeping the vehicle on the 15 seconds.
intended path. 3. Start the engine.
If cruise control is being used and 4. Drive the vehicle.
TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to
limit wheel spin, cruise control will If d comes on and stays on, the
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems vehicle may need more time to
turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This diagnose the problem. If the
conditions allow. TCS and light will: condition persists, see your dealer.
StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically . Flash when TCS is limiting
turn on when cruise control is set. Turning the Systems Off
wheel spin
and On
Both systems come on . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is
automatically when the vehicle is activated
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while . Turn on and stay on when either
they are operating or while system is not working
performing diagnostic checks. This If either system fails to turn on or to
is normal and does not mean there activate, a message may display in
is a problem with the vehicle. the Driver Information Center (DIC),
It is recommended to leave both and d comes on and stays on to
systems on for normal driving indicate that the system is inactive
conditions, but it may be necessary and is not assisting the driver in
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets maintaining control. The vehicle is
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. safe to drive, but driving should be
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 217 adjusted accordingly.
and “Turning the Systems Off and
On” later in this section. If d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on
Caution again, press and release g. The
Do not repeatedly brake or Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/
accelerate heavily when TCS is ESC OFF light g in the instrument
off. The vehicle driveline could be cluster turn off.
damaged.
Adding accessories can affect the A blinking HDC light indicates the
vehicle performance. See system is actively applying the
To turn off only TCS, press and Accessories and Modifications brakes to maintain vehicle speed.
release g. The Traction Off light i 0 286. HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
displays in the instrument cluster between 3 and 22 km/h (2 and
and a DIC message may display. Hill Descent 14 mph) on an incline greater than
To turn TCS on again, press and Control (HDC) or equal to a 10% grade.
release g. The Traction Off light i If equipped, HDC can be used when When HDC is activated, the initial
displayed in the instrument cluster driving downhill. It sets and HDC speed is set to the current
will turn off. maintains vehicle speed while driving speed. It can be increased or
descending a very steep incline in a decreased by pressing the RES+ or
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g forward or reverse gear. SET– steering wheel controls or by
is pressed, the system will not turn applying the accelerator or brake
off until the wheels stop spinning. The HDC switch is on the center
pedal. This adjusted speed
console, behind the transmission
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ becomes the new set speed.
shift lever.
ESC, press and hold g until the HDC will remain enabled between
Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. 22 and 60 km/h (14 and 37 mph);
Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/
Vehicle speed must be below however vehicle speed cannot be
ESC OFF light g come on and stay 50 km/h (31 mph). set or maintained in this range.
on in the instrument cluster. A DIC It will automatically disable if the
message may display. vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

(50 mph) or above 60 km/h 4 AWD (AWD Only) : AWD Mode
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. provides drive torque to all four
Press 5 again to re-enable HDC. wheels. Select AWD to improve
traction and control on slippery road
Driver Mode Control surfaces, such as gravel, sand, wet
pavement, snow, and ice. When in
If equipped, the Driver Mode Control AWD Mode, the AWD Mode
has the following Modes: Tour indicator will be on. The AWD Mode
(FWD), Sport, All-Wheel Drive will stay selected until the mode is
(AWD), Snow/Ice, Tow/Haul, and changed.
Off-Road. Rotate the Driver Mode
Control knob on the center console AWD is active in AWD, Sport, Tow/
to make a mode selection. Continue Haul, and Off-Road Modes.
Driver Mode Control Knob
turning the knob through the Sport, Tow/Haul, and Off-Road
available modes. The selected 5 or q Tour (FWD) : Vehicle is Modes are cancelled with each
mode’s icon will light up on in Tour (FWD) Mode. Use this mode ignition cycle and will return to Tour
the knob. during normal driving conditions. (FWD) Mode.
See Driving for Better Fuel
If the vehicle is in Tour (FWD) or Economy 0 26. Tour (FWD) Mode When using a compact spare tire on
AWD, it will stay in that mode operates in Front-Wheel Drive to an AWD vehicle, the system
through future ignition cycles. If the improve fuel economy. automatically detects the compact
vehicle is in any other mode, it will spare and reduces AWD
revert back to Tour (FWD) when the 8 Sport : Sport Mode improves performance to protect the system.
vehicle is restarted. vehicle handling and acceleration To restore full AWD operation and
on dry pavement. When active, prevent excessive wear on the
Sport Mode modifies steering system, replace the compact spare
efforts, transmission shifting, AWD with a full-size tire as soon as
torque, and suspension tuning possible. See Compact Spare Tire
(when properly equipped). For AWD 0 355.
vehicles, choosing Sport Mode also
engages AWD Mode.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

6 Snow/Ice (FWD Only) : Snow/ While in the Electronic Range Cruise Control
Ice Mode improves vehicle Select (ERS) mode, grade braking
acceleration on snow and ice is deactivated, allowing the driver to
covered roads. select a range and limiting the { Warning
highest gear available. Grade
_ Tow/Haul : This feature can braking is available for normal Cruise control can be dangerous
assist when towing or hauling a driving and in Tow/Haul Mode. where you cannot drive safely at
heavy load. Use this mode to assist a steady speed. Do not use
in maintaining desired vehicle See Automatic Transmission 0 229. cruise control on winding roads or
speeds when driving on downhill 7 Off-Road (AWD Only) : Use in heavy traffic.
grades by using the engine and this mode for off-road recreational
transmission. For AWD vehicles, Cruise control can be dangerous
driving. Choosing Off-Road Mode
choosing Tow/Haul Mode also on slippery roads. On such roads,
also engages AWD Mode. For more
engages AWD mode. See Driving fast changes in tire traction can
information on Off-Road Mode, see
Characteristics and Towing Tips Off-Road Driving 0 209. cause excessive wheel slip, and
0 271. you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
Automatic Engine Grade Braking
Automatic Engine Grade Braking With cruise control, a speed of
assists when driving downhill. about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can
It maintains vehicle speed by be maintained without keeping your
automatically implementing a shift foot on the accelerator. Cruise
pattern that uses the engine and the control does not work at speeds
transmission to slow the vehicle. below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
The system will automatically
command downshifts to reduce If the StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
vehicle speed. The normal shift Control (ESC) system begins to limit
pattern will return once the vehicle wheel spin while using cruise
is on a low grade or when the control, the cruise control
accelerator pedal is pressed.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

automatically disengages. See J : Press to turn the system on 3. Press and release SET−. The
Traction Control/Electronic Stability and off. A white indicator appears in desired set speed briefly
Control 0 236. If a collision alert the instrument cluster when cruise appears in the instrument
occurs when cruise control is is turned on. cluster.
activated, cruise control is 4. Remove your foot from the
disengaged. See Forward Collision RES+ : If there is a set speed in
memory, press briefly to resume to accelerator.
Alert (FCA) System 0 257. When
road conditions allow the cruise that speed or press and hold to When the cruise control has been
control to be safely used, cruise accelerate. If the cruise control is set to the desired speed, a green
control can be turned back on. already active, use to increase cruise control indicator appears on
vehicle speed. the instrument cluster.
Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/
ESC system will disengage the SET− : Press briefly to set the Resuming a Set Speed
cruise control. speed and activate cruise control.
If the cruise control is already If the cruise control is set at a
If the brakes are applied, cruise active, use to decrease vehicle desired speed and then the brakes
control disengages. speed. are applied or * is pressed, the
* : Press to disengage cruise cruise control is disengaged without
control without erasing the set erasing the set speed from memory.
speed from memory. Once the vehicle speed reaches
about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,
Setting Cruise Control
press RES+ briefly. The vehicle
If J is on when not in use, SET− or returns to the previous set speed.
RES+ could get pressed and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep J
off when cruise is not being used.
1. Press J.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Increasing Speed While Using . To decrease the vehicle speed in you might have to step on the
Cruise Control small increments, briefly press accelerator pedal to maintain your
If the cruise control system is SET−. For each press, the speed. While on a hill, the
already activated: vehicle goes about 1 km/h transmission may downshift in order
(1 mph) slower. to use engine braking to slow the
. Press and hold RES+ up until vehicle and maintain the set speed.
the desired speed is reached, The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric Also, you may have to brake or shift
then release it. to a lower gear to keep your speed
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 127.
. To increase vehicle speed in The increment value used depends down. If the brake pedal is applied,
small increments, briefly press on the units displayed. cruise control disengages.
RES+. For each press, the Ending Cruise Control
vehicle goes about 1 km/h Passing Another Vehicle While
(1 mph) faster. Using Cruise Control There are four ways to end cruise
Use the accelerator pedal to control:
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric increase the vehicle speed. When . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 127. you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the . Press *.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed. previous set cruise speed. . Shift the transmission to
While pressing the accelerator pedal N (Neutral).
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control or shortly following the release to . Press J.
override cruise, briefly applying SET
If the cruise control system is − will result in cruise set to the Erasing Speed Memory
already activated: current vehicle speed.
The cruise control set speed is
. Press and hold SET− until the Using Cruise Control on Hills erased from memory if J is
desired lower speed is reached,
How well the cruise control will work pressed or if the ignition is
then release it.
on hills depends upon the vehicle turned off.
speed, load, and the steepness of
the hills. When going up steep hills,
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Adaptive Cruise Control conditions allow ACC to be safely
used, the ACC can be turned { Warning
If equipped with Adaptive Cruise back on.
Control (ACC), it allows the driver to ACC will not detect or brake for
select the cruise control set speed Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/ children, pedestrians, animals,
and following gap. Read this entire ESC system will disengage the or other objects.
section before using this system. cruise control.
Do not use ACC when:
The following gap is the following
time between your vehicle and a { Warning . On winding and hilly roads
vehicle detected directly ahead in or when the sensors are
your path, moving in the same ACC has limited braking ability blocked by snow, ice, or dirt.
direction. If no vehicle is detected in and may not have time to slow The system may not detect
your path, ACC works like regular the vehicle down enough to avoid a vehicle ahead. Keep the
cruise control. ACC uses camera a collision with another vehicle entire front of the vehicle
and radar sensors. See Radio you are following. This can occur clean.
Frequency Statement 0 400. when vehicles suddenly slow or . Visibility is low, such as in
If a vehicle is detected in your path, stop ahead, or enter your lane. fog, rain, or snow
ACC can apply acceleration or Also see “Alerting the Driver” in conditions. ACC
limited, moderate braking to this section. Complete attention is performance is limited under
maintain the selected following gap. always required while driving and these conditions.
To disengage ACC, apply the brake. you should be ready to take . On slippery roads where
If ACC is controlling your vehicle action and apply the brakes. See fast changes in tire traction
speed when the Traction Control Defensive Driving 0 207. can cause excessive
System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ wheel slip.
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system activates, the ACC may
automatically disengage. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 236. When road
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

already activated. To decrease When ACC is engaged, a green ]
speed by 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET indicator will be lit on the instrument
− to the first detent. To decrease cluster. When the regular cruise
speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)
control is engaged, a green J
mark on the speedometer, press
SET− to the second detent. indicator will be lit on the instrument
cluster.
* : Press to disengage ACC When the vehicle is turned on, the
without erasing the selected set
speed. cruise control mode will be set to
the last mode used before the
[ : Press to select a following gap vehicle was turned off.
time (or distance) setting for ACC of
Far, Medium, or Near.
{ Warning
J : Press to turn the system on or Switching Between ACC and
off. The indicator turns white on the Regular Cruise Control Always check the cruise control
instrument cluster when ACC is indicator on the instrument cluster
To switch between ACC and regular to determine which mode cruise
turned on.
cruise control, press and hold *. control is in before using the
RES+ : Press briefly to resume the A Driver Information Display (DIC)
previous set speed or to increase feature. If ACC is not active, the
message displays. See Vehicle vehicle will not automatically
vehicle speed if ACC is already Messages 0 151.
activated. To increase speed by brake for other vehicles, which
1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ to the could cause a crash if the brakes
first detent. To increase speed to the are not applied manually. You and
next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the others could be seriously injured
speedometer, press RES+ to the or killed.
second detent.
SET– : Press briefly to set the ACC Indicator Regular Cruise
speed and activate ACC or to Control Indicator
decrease vehicle speed if ACC is
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Setting Adaptive Cruise Control ACC can also be set while the . If the vehicle is stopped with the
vehicle is stopped if ACC is on and brake pedal applied, press RES
If J is on when not in use, it could the brake pedal is applied. + and release the brake pedal.
get pressed and go into cruise when ACC will hold the vehicle until
not desired. Keep J off when RES+ or the accelerator pedal is
cruise is not being used. pressed.
Select the set speed desired for A green ACC indicator and the set
cruise. This is the vehicle speed speed display on the instrument
when no vehicle is detected in cluster. The vehicle ahead indicator
its path. may be flashing if a vehicle ahead
The ACC indicator displays on the was present and moved. See
ACC will not set at a speed less
instrument cluster. When ACC is “Approaching and Following a
than 25 km/h (15 mph), although it
active, the indicator will be lit green. Vehicle” later in this section.
can be resumed when driving at
lower speeds. Be mindful of speed limits, Once ACC has resumed, if there is
surrounding traffic speeds, and no vehicle ahead, if the vehicle
To set ACC:
weather conditions when selecting ahead is beyond the selected
1. Press J. the set speed. following gap, or if the vehicle has
exited a sharp curve, then the
2. Get up to the desired speed. Resuming a Set Speed
vehicle speed will increase to the
3. Press and release SET–. If ACC is set at a desired speed and set speed.
then the brakes are applied, ACC is
4. Remove foot from the Increasing Speed While ACC is at
disengaged without erasing the set
accelerator. a Set Speed
speed from memory.
After ACC is set, it may immediately If ACC is already activated, do one
To begin using ACC again, press
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead of the following:
RES+ up briefly.
is detected closer than the selected . Use the accelerator to get to the
following gap. . If the vehicle is moving, it returns
to the previous set speed. higher speed. Press SET– .
Release the control and the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

accelerator pedal. The vehicle The set speed can also be Reducing Speed While ACC is at a
will now cruise at the higher increased while the vehicle is Set Speed
speed. stopped. If ACC is already activated, do one
When the accelerator pedal is . If stopped with the brake of the following:
pressed, ACC will not brake applied, press RES+ until the . Use the brake to get to the
because it is overridden. The desired set speed is displayed. desired lower speed. Release
ACC indicator on the instrument . If ACC is holding the vehicle at a the brake and press SET– . The
panel will turn blue. See Vehicle stop and there is another vehicle vehicle will now cruise at the
Messages 0 151. directly ahead, pressing RES+ lower speed.
. Press and hold RES+ until the will increase the set speed. . Press and hold SET– until the
desired set speed appears on Pressing RES+ when there is no desired lower speed is reached,
the display, then release it. longer a vehicle ahead will then release it.
. To increase vehicle speed in cause ACC to resume.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in
small increments, press RES+ to When it is determined that there is smaller increments, press SET−
the first detent. For each press, no vehicle ahead or the vehicle to the first detent. For each
the vehicle goes 1 km/h (1 mph) ahead is beyond the selected press, the vehicle goes about
faster. following gap, then the vehicle 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.
. To increase vehicle speed in speed will increase to the set speed.
. To decrease the vehicle speed in
larger increments, press RES+ The speedometer reading can be larger increments, press SET−
to the second detent. For each displayed in either English or metric to the second detent. For each
press, the vehicle speed units. See Instrument Cluster 0 127. press, the vehicle speed
increases to the next 5 km/h The increment value used depends decreases to the next 5 km/h
(5 mph) mark on the on the units displayed. (5 mph) mark on the
speedometer. speedometer.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The speedometer reading can be vehicle detected ahead. Consider Alert Seat will pulse five times. See
displayed in either English or metric traffic and weather conditions when “Collision/Detection Systems” under
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 127. selecting the following gap. The Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
The increment value used depends range of selectable gaps may not be See Defensive Driving 0 207.
on the units displayed. appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions. Approaching and Following a
Selecting the Follow Distance Gap Vehicle
Changing the gap setting
When a slower moving vehicle is automatically changes the alert
detected ahead within the selected timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
following gap, ACC will adjust the or Near) for the Forward Collision
vehicle's speed and attempt to Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
maintain the follow distance gap Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 257.
selected.
Alerting the Driver
Press [ on the steering wheel to
adjust the following gap. Each press The vehicle ahead indicator is in the
cycles the gap button through three instrument cluster.
settings: Far, Medium, or Near. The vehicle ahead indicator only
When pressed, the current gap displays when a vehicle is detected
setting displays briefly on the in your vehicle’s path moving in the
instrument cluster. The gap setting same direction.
will be maintained until it is If this symbol is not displaying, ACC
If ACC is engaged, driver action
changed. will not respond to or brake for
may be required when ACC cannot
Since each gap setting corresponds apply sufficient braking because of vehicles ahead.
to a following time (Far, Medium, approaching a vehicle too rapidly. ACC automatically slows the vehicle
or Near), the following distance will down and adjusts vehicle speed to
When this condition occurs, six red
vary based on vehicle speed. The follow the vehicle in front at the
lights will flash on the windshield.
faster the vehicle speed, the further selected follow gap. The vehicle
Either eight beeps will sound from
back your vehicle will follow a speed increases or decreases to
the front, or both sides of the Safety
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

follow the vehicle in front of you, but Notification to Resume ACC
will not exceed the set speed. It may Warning (Continued)
ACC will maintain a follow gap
apply limited braking, if necessary. behind a detected vehicle and slow
When braking is active, the brake driving and you should be ready
to take action and apply the your vehicle to a stop behind that
lights will come on. The automatic vehicle.
braking may feel or sound different brakes.
than if the brakes were applied If the stopped vehicle ahead has
manually. This is normal. ACC Automatically Disengages driven away and ACC has not
resumed, the vehicle ahead
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving ACC may automatically disengage indicator will flash as a reminder to
Objects and the driver will need to manually check traffic ahead before
apply the brakes to slow the proceeding. In addition, the left and
{ Warning vehicle when: right sides of the Safety Alert Seat
. The sensors are blocked. will pulse three times, or three
ACC may not detect and react to beeps will sound. See “Alert Type”
stopped or slow-moving vehicles . The Traction Control System and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in
ahead of you. For example, the (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC system “Collision/Detection Systems” under
system may not brake for a has activated or been disabled. Vehicle Personalization 0 152.
vehicle it has never detected . There is a fault in the system. When the vehicle ahead drives
moving. This can occur in . The radar may falsely report a away, press RES+ or the
stop-and-go traffic or when a blockage when driving in a accelerator pedal to resume cruise
vehicle suddenly appears due to desert or remote area with no control. If stopped for more than
a vehicle ahead changing lanes. other vehicles or roadside two minutes or if the driver door is
Your vehicle may not stop and objects. A DIC message may opened and the driver seat belt is
could cause a crash. Use caution display to indicate that ACC is unbuckled, the ACC automatically
when using ACC. Your complete temporarily unavailable. applies the Electric Parking Brake
attention is always required while (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB
The ACC indicator will turn white
(Continued) status light will turn on. See Electric
when ACC is no longer active.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Parking Brake 0 234. To resume Curves in the Road
ACC and release the EPB, press Warning (Continued)
the accelerator pedal.
vehicle in P (Park) and turn off { Warning
A DIC warning message may the ignition before leaving the
display indicating to shift to P (Park) On curves, ACC may not detect a
vehicle. vehicle ahead in your lane. You
before exiting the vehicle. See
Vehicle Messages 0 151. could be startled if the vehicle
ACC Override accelerates up to the set speed,
{ Warning If using the accelerator pedal while especially when following a
vehicle exiting or entering exit
ACC is active, the ACC indicator
If ACC has stopped the vehicle, turns blue on the instrument cluster ramps. You could lose control of
and if ACC is disengaged, turned to indicate that automatic braking the vehicle or crash. Do not use
off, or canceled, the vehicle will will not occur. See Vehicle ACC while driving on an entrance
no longer be held at a stop. The Messages 0 151. ACC will resume or exit ramp. Always be ready to
vehicle can move. When ACC is operation when the accelerator use the brakes if necessary.
holding the vehicle at a stop, pedal is not being pressed.
always be prepared to manually
apply the brakes. { Warning { Warning
The ACC will not automatically
On curves, ACC may respond to
apply the brakes if your foot is
{ Warning resting on the accelerator pedal.
a vehicle in another lane, or may
not have time to react to a vehicle
You could crash into a vehicle
Leaving the vehicle without in your lane. You could crash into
ahead of you.
placing it in P (Park) can be a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
dangerous. Do not leave the control of your vehicle. Give extra
vehicle while it is being held at a attention in curves and be ready
stop by ACC. Always place the (Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Other Vehicle Lane Changes
Warning (Continued)
to use the brakes if necessary.
Select an appropriate speed while
driving in curves.
ACC may operate differently in a

sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too ACC may detect a vehicle that is
sharp. not in your lane and apply the
brakes. ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
ACC may occasionally provide an until it is completely in the lane. The
alert and/or braking that is brakes may need to be manually
considered unnecessary. It could applied.
respond to vehicles in different Do Not Use ACC on Hills and
lanes, signs, guardrails, and other When Towing a Trailer
stationary objects when entering or
exiting a curve. This is normal
operation. The vehicle does not
need service.
When following a vehicle and
entering a curve, ACC may not
detect the vehicle ahead and
accelerate to the set speed. When
this happens, the vehicle ahead
indicator will not appear.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Do not use ACC when driving on Cleaning the Sensing System Driver Assistance
steep hills or when towing a trailer. The camera sensor on the
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the windshield behind the rearview
Systems
lane while driving on steep hills. The mirror and the radar sensors on the This vehicle may have features that
driver will often need to take over front of the vehicle can become work together to help avoid crashes
acceleration and braking on steep blocked by snow, ice, dirt, or mud. or reduce crash damage while
hills, especially when towing a These areas need to be cleaned for driving, backing, and parking. Read
trailer. If the brakes are applied, the ACC to operate properly. this entire section before using
ACC disengages.
For cleaning instructions, see these systems.
Disengaging ACC “Washing the Vehicle” under
There are three ways to Exterior Care 0 363. { Warning
disengage ACC: System operation may also be Do not rely on the Driver
. Step lightly on the brake pedal. limited under snow, heavy rain, Assistance Systems. These
or road spray conditions. systems do not replace the need
. Press *.
for paying attention and driving
. Press J. safely. You may not hear or feel
alerts or warnings provided by
Erasing Speed Memory these systems. Failure to use
The cruise control set speed is proper care when driving may
erased from memory if J is result in injury, death, or vehicle
pressed or if the ignition is damage. See Defensive Driving
turned off. 0 207.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Cleaning
Depending on vehicle options, keep
. Work if the area surrounding these areas of the vehicle clean to
Under many conditions, these ensure the best driver assistance
systems will not: the detection sensor is
damaged or not properly feature performance. Driver
. Detect children, repaired. Information Center (DIC) messages
pedestrians, bicyclists, may display when the systems are
or animals. Complete attention is always unavailable or blocked.
required while driving, and you
. Detect vehicles or objects should be ready to take action
outside the area monitored and apply the brakes and/or steer
by the system.
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
. Work at all driving speeds.
. Warn you or provide you Audible or Safety Alert Seat
with enough time to avoid a
Some driver assistance features
crash.
alert the driver of obstacles by
. Work under poor visibility or beeping. To change the volume of
bad weather conditions. the warning chime, see “Comfort
. Work if the detection sensor and Convenience” under Vehicle
is not cleaned or is covered Personalization 0 152.
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. If equipped with the Safety Alert
. Work if the detection sensor Seat, the driver seat cushion may
is covered up, such as with provide a vibrating pulse alert
a sticker, magnet, or metal instead of beeping. To change this,
plate. see “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization
(Continued) 0 152.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
(RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA),
Front Park Assist (FPA), Surround
Vision, Front Vision Camera, and
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) may
help the driver park or avoid objects.
Always check around the vehicle
when parking or backing.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
. Front and rear bumpers and the
When the vehicle is shifted into 1. View Displayed by the Rear
area below the bumpers Vision Camera
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
. Front grille and headlamps image of the area behind the vehicle
. Front camera lens in the front in the infotainment display. The
grille or near the front emblem previous screen displays when the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
. Front side and rear side panels after a short delay. To return to the
. Outside of the windshield in front previous screen sooner, press any
of the rearview mirrors button on the infotainment display,
. Side camera lens on the bottom shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle
of the outside mirrors speed of approximately 12 km/h
(8 mph). Select Front or Rear
. Rear side corner bumpers Camera on the camera screen to 1. View Displayed by the Rear
. Rear Vision Camera above the view the front or rear camera views. Vision Camera
license plate Select Guidance Lines on the 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
camera screen to enable or disable
the guidance lines.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Displayed images may be farther or To check the trailer when in a infotainment display. The front
closer than they appear. The area forward gear above approximately camera is in the grille or near the
displayed is limited and objects that 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA front emblem, the side cameras are
are close to either corner of the on the infotainment display to view on the bottom of the outside
bumper or under the bumper do not the rear camera. Touch X to exit the rearview mirrors, and the rear
display. view or it will be removed camera is above the license plate.
A warning triangle may display to automatically after eight seconds.
show that Rear Park Assist (RPA) { Warning
has detected an object. This triangle { Warning The Surround Vision cameras
changes from amber to red and
increases in size the closer the Use Hitch Guidance only to help have blind spots and will not
object. back the vehicle to a trailer hitch display all objects near the
or, when travelling above 8 km/h corners of the vehicle. Folding
Hitch Guidance (5 mph), to briefly check the outside mirrors that are out of
This feature displays a single, status of your trailer. Do not use position may not display surround
centered guideline on the camera for any other purpose, such as view correctly. Always check
display to assist with aligning a making lane change decisions. around the vehicle when parking
vehicle’s hitch ball with a trailer Before making a lane change, or backing.
coupler. Select the trailer guidance always check the mirrors and
line button, then align the trailer glance over your shoulder.
guidance line over the trailer Improper use could result in
coupler. Continuously steer the serious injury to you or others.
vehicle to keep the guidance line
centered on the coupler when
backing. RVC Park Assist overlays Surround Vision
will not display when the trailer If equipped, Surround Vision
guidance line is active. displays an image of the area
surrounding the vehicle, along with
the front or rear camera views in the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

1. Views Displayed by the Front Vision Camera
Surround Vision Cameras { Warning
2. Area Not Shown
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
1. Views Displayed by the check behind and around the
Surround Vision Cameras If equipped, a view of the area in vehicle before driving. Failure to
2. Area Not Shown front of the vehicle displays. The use proper care may result in
view displays after shifting from injury, death, or vehicle damage.
R (Reverse) to a forward gear, or by
touching CAMERA in the Park Assist
infotainment display, and when the
vehicle is moving forward slower With RPA, and if equipped with FPA,
than 8 km/h (5 mph). If equipped, as the vehicle moves at speeds of
the Front Vision Camera also less than 8 km/h (5 mph) the
displays when the Park Assist sensors on the bumpers may detect
system detects an object within objects up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the
30 cm (12 in). vehicle and 1.2 m (4 ft) in front of the
vehicle within a zone 25 cm (10 in)
high off the ground and below
bumper level. These detection
distances may be shorter during
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

warmer or humid weather. Blocked Alert Seat will pulse five times.
sensors will not detect objects and Beeps for FPA are higher pitched
can also cause false detections. than for RPA.
Keep the sensors clean of mud, dirt,
snow, ice, and slush; and clean Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
sensors after a car wash in freezing If equipped, when the vehicle is
temperatures. shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA
displays a red warning triangle with
{ Warning a left or right pointing arrow on the
infotainment display to warn of
The instrument cluster may have a
The Park Assist system does not park assist display with bars that traffic coming from the left or right.
detect children, pedestrians, show “distance to object” and object This system detects objects coming
bicyclists, animals, or objects location information for the Park from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left
located below the bumper or that Assist system. As the object gets or right side of the vehicle. When an
are too close or too far from the closer, more bars light up and the object is detected, either three
vehicle. It is not available at bars change color from yellow to beeps sound from the left or right or
speeds greater than 8 km/h amber to red. three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
on the left or right side, depending
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death, When an object is first detected in on the direction of the detected
or vehicle damage, even with the rear, one beep will be heard vehicle.
Park Assist, always check the from the rear, or both sides of the
area around the vehicle and Safety Alert Seat will pulse two Use caution while backing up when
check all mirrors before moving times. When an object is very close towing a trailer, as the RCTA
forward or backing. (<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, detection zones that extend out
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front), from the back of the vehicle do not
five beeps will sound from the front move further back when a trailer is
or rear depending on object towed.
location, or both sides of the Safety
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Turning the Features On or Off (LCA), Forward Automatic Braking
(FAB), and/or the Front Pedestrian { Warning
Press X on the center console to Braking (FPB) System can help to
turn on or off the Front and Rear avoid a crash or reduce crash FCA is a warning system and
Park Assist and the Rear Cross damage. does not apply the brakes. When
Traffic Alert (RCTA). The indicator approaching a slower-moving or
light in the button comes on when Forward Collision Alert stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
the features are on and turns off or when following a vehicle too
when the features have been (FCA) System closely, FCA may not provide a
disabled. If equipped, the FCA system may warning with enough time to help
Turn off park assist and RCTA when help to avoid or reduce the harm avoid a crash. It also may not
towing a trailer. caused by front-end crashes. When provide any warning at all. FCA
approaching a vehicle ahead too does not warn of pedestrians,
To turn off the RPA symbols or quickly, FCA provides a red flashing animals, signs, guardrails,
guidance lines (on some models) alert on the windshield and rapidly bridges, construction barrels,
see “Rear Camera” under Vehicle beeps or pulses the driver seat. or other objects. Be ready to take
Personalization 0 152. FCA also lights an amber visual action and apply the brakes. See
RCTA can be turned off through alert if following another vehicle Defensive Driving 0 207.
“Collision/Detection Systems” under much too closely.
Vehicle Personalization 0 152 FCA detects vehicles within a FCA can be disabled with either the
distance of approximately 60 m FCA steering wheel control or,
Assistance Systems for (197 ft) and operates at speeds if equipped, through vehicle
Driving above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle personalization. See “Collision/
has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), Detection Systems” under Vehicle
If equipped, when driving the it can detect vehicles to distances of
vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Personalization 0 152.
approximately 110 m (360 ft) and
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane operates at all speeds. See
Departure Warning (LDW), Lane Adaptive Cruise Control 0 243.
Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead When this Collision Alert occurs, the
Warning (Continued) brake system may prepare for driver
braking to occur more rapidly which
or ice, or if the windshield is can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
damaged. It may also not detect a Continue to apply the brake pedal
vehicle on winding or hilly roads, as needed. Cruise control may be
or in conditions that can limit disengaged when the Collision Alert
visibility such as fog, rain, occurs.
or snow, or if the headlamps or
FCA warnings will not occur unless windshield are not cleaned or in Tailgating Alert
the FCA system detects a vehicle
proper condition. Keep the
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be sensors clean and in good repair.
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; Collision Alert
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other The vehicle ahead indicator will
objects. FCA will not detect another display amber when you are
vehicle ahead until it is completely following a vehicle ahead much too
in the driving lane. closely.
{ Warning
When your vehicle approaches
FCA does not provide a warning another detected vehicle too rapidly,
to help avoid a crash, unless it the red FCA display will flash on the
detects a vehicle. FCA may not windshield. Also, eight rapid
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA high-pitched beeps will sound from
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, the front, or both sides of the Safety
(Continued) Alert Seat will pulse five times.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Selecting the Alert Timing weather conditions when selecting Unnecessary Alerts
the alert timing. The range of
FCA may provide unnecessary
selectable alert timings may not be
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
appropriate for all drivers and
in other lanes, objects that are not
driving conditions.
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
If your vehicle is equipped with are normal operation and the
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), vehicle does not need service.
changing the FCA timing setting
automatically changes the following Cleaning the System
gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near). If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, this may correct
Following Distance Indicator
the issue:
The following distance to a moving . Clean the outside of the
vehicle ahead in your path is
windshield in front of the
The Collision Alert control is on the indicated in following time in
rearview mirror.
steering wheel. Press [ to set the seconds on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). . Clean the entire front of the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near,
See Driver Information Center (DIC) vehicle.
or on some vehicles, Off. The first
(Base and Midlevel) 0 145 or Driver . Clean the headlamps.
button press shows the current
Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel)
setting on the DIC. Additional button
0 148. The minimum following time
presses will change this setting. The
is 0.5 seconds away. If there is no
Forward Automatic
chosen setting will remain until it is Braking (FAB)
vehicle detected ahead, or the
changed and will affect the timing of
vehicle ahead is out of sensor If the vehicle has Forward Collision
both the Collision Alert and the
range, dashes will be displayed. Alert (FCA), it also has FAB, which
Tailgating Alert features. The timing
of both alerts will vary based on includes Intelligent Brake
vehicle speed. The faster the Assist (IBA). When the system
vehicle speed, the farther away the detects a vehicle ahead in your path
alert will occur. Consider traffic and that is traveling in the same
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

direction that you may be about to FAB may slow the vehicle to a
crash into, it can provide a boost to Warning (Continued) complete stop to try to avoid a
braking or automatically brake the potential crash. If this happens, FAB
vehicle. This can help avoid or vehicle. FAB will not brake may engage the Electric Parking
lessen the severity of crashes when outside of its operating speed Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
driving in a forward gear. Depending range and only responds to stop. Release the EPB or firmly
on the situation, the vehicle may detected vehicles. press the accelerator pedal.
automatically brake moderately or FAB may not:
hard. This forward automatic
braking can only occur if a vehicle is . Detect a vehicle ahead on { Warning
detected. This is shown by the FCA winding or hilly roads. FAB may automatically brake the
vehicle ahead indicator being lit. . Detect all vehicles, vehicle suddenly in situations
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) especially vehicles with a where it is unexpected and
System 0 257. trailer, tractors, muddy undesired. It could respond to a
The system works when driving in a vehicles, etc. turning vehicle ahead, guardrails,
forward gear between 8 km/h . Detect a vehicle when signs, and other non-moving
(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph), weather limits visibility, such objects. To override FAB, firmly
or on vehicles with Adaptive Cruise as in fog, rain, or snow. press the accelerator pedal, if it is
Control (ACC), above 4 km/h . Detect a vehicle ahead if it safe to do so.
(2 mph). It can detect vehicles up to
is partially blocked by
approximately 60 m (197 ft).
pedestrians or other objects. Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
{ Warning Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing
FAB is an emergency crash should be ready to take action a boost to braking based on the
preparation feature and is not and apply the brakes and/or steer speed of approach and distance to
designed to avoid crashes. Do the vehicle to avoid crashes. a vehicle ahead.
not rely on FAB to brake the
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedestrian is detected directly
pedal movement during this time is Warning (Continued) ahead. When approaching a
normal and the brake pedal should detected pedestrian too quickly,
continue to be applied as needed. Turn the system to Alert, or if the FPB provides a red flashing alert on
IBA will automatically disengage vehicle has ACC to Off, when the windshield and rapidly beeps or
only when the brake pedal is towing a trailer. pulses the driver seat. FPB can
released. provide a boost to braking or
A system unavailable message may automatically brake the vehicle. This
{ Warning display if: system includes Intelligent Brake
Assist (IBA), and the Forward
. The front of the vehicle or
IBA may increase vehicle braking Automatic Braking (FAB) system
windshield is not clean. may also respond to pedestrians.
in situations when it may not be
necessary. You could block the . Heavy rain or snow is interfering See Forward Automatic Braking
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take with object detection. (FAB) 0 259.
your foot off the brake pedal and . There is a problem with the The FPB system can detect and
then apply the brakes as needed. StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability alert to pedestrians in a forward
Control (ESC) system. gear at speeds between 8 km/h
FAB and IBA can be disabled (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).
The FAB system does not need
through vehicle personalization. See During daytime driving, the system
service.
“Collision/Detection Systems” under detects pedestrians up to a distance
of approximately 40 m (131 ft).
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. Front Pedestrian Braking During nighttime driving, system
(FPB) System performance is very limited.
{ Warning If equipped, the FPB system may
Using FAB or IBA while towing a help avoid or reduce the harm
trailer could cause you to lose caused by front-end crashes with
control of the vehicle and crash. nearby pedestrians when driving in
a forward gear. FPB displays an
(Continued)
amber indicator, ~, when a nearby
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert Front Pedestrian Alert
{ Warning and Brake through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/
FPB does not provide an alert or Detection Systems” under Vehicle
automatically brake the vehicle, Personalization 0 152.
unless it detects a pedestrian.
FPB may not detect pedestrians, Detecting the Pedestrian
including children: Ahead
. When the pedestrian is not
When the vehicle approaches a
directly ahead, fully visible,
pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the
or standing upright, or when
red FPB alert display will flash on
part of a group.
the windshield. Eight rapid
. Due to poor visibility, high-pitched beeps will sound from
including nighttime the front, or both sides of the Safety
conditions, fog, rain, Alert Seat will pulse five times.
FPB alerts and automatic braking
or snow. When this Pedestrian Alert occurs,
will not occur unless the FPB
. If the FPB sensor is blocked system detects a pedestrian. When the brake system may prepare for
by dirt, snow, or ice. a nearby pedestrian is detected driver braking to occur more rapidly
directly in front of the vehicle, the which can cause a brief, mild
. If the headlamps or deceleration. Continue to apply the
windshield are not cleaned pedestrian ahead indicator will
display amber. brake pedal as needed. Cruise
or in proper condition. control may be disengaged when
Be ready to take action and apply the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.
the brakes. For more information, Automatic Braking
see Defensive Driving 0 207.
Keep the windshield, headlamps, If FPB detects it is about to crash
and FPB sensor clean and in into a pedestrian directly ahead, and
good repair. the brakes have not been applied,
FPB may automatically brake
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

moderately or brake hard. This can Cleaning the System
help to avoid some very low speed Warning (Continued)
If FPB does not seem to operate
pedestrian crashes or reduce
operation and the vehicle does properly, cleaning the outside of the
pedestrian injury. FPB can
not need service. To override windshield in front of the rearview
automatically brake to detected
Automatic Braking, firmly press mirror may correct the issue.
pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)
and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automatic the accelerator pedal, if it is safe
braking levels may be reduced to do so. Side Blind Zone
under certain conditions, such as Alert (SBZA)
higher speeds. Automatic Braking can be disabled If equipped, the SBZA system is a
If this happens, Automatic Braking through vehicle personalization. See lane-changing aid that assists
may engage the Electric Parking “Front Pedestrian Detection” in drivers with avoiding crashes that
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a “Collision/Detection Systems” under occur with moving vehicles in the
stop. Release the EPB. A firm press Vehicle Personalization 0 152. side blind zone (or spot) areas.
of the accelerator pedal will also When the vehicle is in a forward
release Automatic Braking and
the EPB.
{ Warning gear, the left or right side mirror
display will light up if a moving
Using the Front Pedestrian vehicle is detected in that blind
{ Warning Braking system while towing a
trailer could cause you to lose
zone. If the turn signal is activated
and a vehicle is also detected on
FPB may alert or automatically control of the vehicle and crash. the same side, the display will flash
brake the vehicle suddenly in Turn the system to Alert or Off as an extra warning not to change
situations where it is unexpected when towing a trailer. lanes. Since this system is part of
and undesired. It could falsely the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
alert or brake for objects similar in system, read the entire LCA section
shape or size to pedestrians, before using this feature.
including shadows. This is normal
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Lane Change Alert (LCA) LCA Detection Zones How the System Works
If equipped, the LCA system is a The LCA symbol lights up in the
lane-changing aid that assists side mirrors when the system
drivers with avoiding lane change detects a moving vehicle in the next
crashes that occur with moving lane over that is in the side blind
vehicles in the side blind zone (or zone or rapidly approaching that
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol
approaching these areas from indicates it may be unsafe to
behind. The LCA warning display change lanes. Before making a lane
will light up in the corresponding change, check the LCA display,
outside side mirror and will flash if check mirrors, glance over your
the turn signal is on. 1. SBZA Detection Zone shoulder, and use the turn signals.
2. LCA Detection Zone
{ Warning The LCA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
LCA does not alert the driver to both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
vehicles outside of the system (11 ft). The height of the zone is
detection zones, pedestrians, approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
bicyclists, or animals. It may not and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
provide alerts when changing Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) Display Display
lanes under all driving conditions. warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes When the vehicle is started, both
Failure to use proper care when outside mirror LCA displays will
changing lanes may result in back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
warned of vehicles rapidly briefly come on to indicate the
injury, death, or vehicle damage. system is operating. When the
Before making a lane change, approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft)
behind the vehicle. vehicle is in a forward gear, the left
always check mirrors, glance over or right side mirror display will light
your shoulder, and use the turn up if a moving vehicle is detected in
signals. the next lane over in that blind zone
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

or rapidly approaching that zone. when a trailer is towed. Use caution both sides of the vehicle toward the
If the turn signal is activated in the while changing lanes when towing a rear corners of the vehicle, see your
same direction as a detected trailer. LCA may alert to objects dealer.
vehicle, this display will flash as an attached to the vehicle, such as a If the LCA displays do not light up
extra warning not to change lanes. trailer, bicycle, or object extending when moving vehicles are in the
LCA can be disabled through out to either side of the vehicle. side blind zone or are rapidly
vehicle personalization using the Attached objects may also interfere approaching this zone and the
Side Blind Zone Alert option. See with the detection of vehicles. This system is clean, the system may
“Collision/Detection Systems” under is normal system operation; the need service. Take the vehicle to
Vehicle Personalization 0 152. vehicle does not need service. your dealer.
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the LCA may not always alert the driver When LCA is disabled for any
LCA mirror displays will not light up. to vehicles in the next lane over, reason other than the driver turning
especially in wet conditions or when it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert On
When the System Does Not driving on sharp curves. The system
Seem to Work Properly option will not be available on the
does not need to be serviced. The personalization menu.
The LCA system requires some system may light up due to
driving for the system to calibrate to guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and Radio Frequency Information
maximum performance. This other non-moving objects. This is
See Radio Frequency Statement
calibration may occur more quickly if normal system operation; the
0 400.
the vehicle is driving on a straight vehicle does not need service.
highway road with traffic and LCA may not operate when the LCA
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails,
Lane Departure
sensors in the left or right corners of
barriers). the rear bumper are covered with Warning (LDW)
LCA displays may not come on mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in If equipped, LDW may help avoid
when passing a vehicle quickly, for heavy rainstorms. For cleaning crashes due to unintentional lane
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a instructions, see "Washing the departures. It may provide a
trailer. The LCA detection zones Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 363. warning if the vehicle is crossing a
that extend back from the side of If the DIC still displays the system detected lane marking without using
the vehicle do not move further back unavailable message after cleaning a turn signal in the lane departure
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

direction. Since this system is part
of the Lane Keep Assist (LKA) { Warning Warning (Continued)
system, read the entire LKA section
before using this feature. The LKA system does not If LKA only detects lane markings
continuously steer the vehicle. on one side of the road, it will
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) It may not keep the vehicle in the only assist or provide an LDW
lane or give a Lane Departure alert when approaching the lane
If equipped, LKA may help avoid Warning (LDW) alert, even if a on the side where it has detected
crashes due to unintentional lane lane marking is detected. a lane marking. Even with LKA
departures. It may assist by gently and LDW, you must steer the
turning the steering wheel if the The LKA and LDW systems
may not: vehicle. Always keep your
vehicle approaches a detected lane attention on the road and
marking without using a turn signal . Provide an alert or enough maintain proper vehicle position
in that direction. It may also provide steering assist to avoid a within the lane, or vehicle
a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) lane departure or crash. damage, injury, or death could
system alert as the lane marking is
. Detect lane markings under occur. Always keep the
crossed. The LKA system will not
assist or provide an LDW alert if it poor weather or visibility windshield, headlamps, and
detects that you are actively conditions. This can occur if camera sensors clean and in
steering. Override LKA by turning the windshield or good repair. Do not use LKA in
the steering wheel. LKA uses a headlamps are blocked by bad weather conditions.
camera to detect lane markings dirt, snow, or ice, if they are
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and not in proper condition, or if
180 km/h (112 mph). the sun shines directly into
the camera. { Warning
. Detect road edges. Using LKA while towing a trailer
. Detect lanes on winding or or on slippery roads could cause
hilly roads. loss of control of the vehicle and
(Continued) a crash. Turn the system off.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

How the System Works Take Steering A system unavailable message may
The LKA system does not display if the camera is blocked.
The LKA camera sensor is on the
continuously steer the vehicle. The LKA system does not need
windshield ahead of the rearview
If LKA does not detect active driver service.
mirror.
steering, an alert, chime, or DIC LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
To turn LKA on and off, press A message may be provided. Move may occur due to tar marks,
on the center console. the steering wheel to dismiss. shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
When on, A is green if LKA is When the System Does Not markings, or other road
available to assist and provide LDW Seem to Work Properly imperfections. This is normal system
alerts. It may assist by gently operation; the vehicle does not need
turning the steering wheel and The system performance may be
affected by: service. Turn LKA off if these
display A as amber if the vehicle conditions continue.
approaches a detected lane marking . Close vehicles ahead.
without using a turn signal in that . Sudden lighting changes, such
direction. It may also provide an as when driving through tunnels.
LDW alert by flashing A amber . Banked roads.
as the lane marking is crossed.
Additionally, there may be three . Roads with poor lane markings,
beeps, or the driver seat may pulse such as two-lane roads.
three times, on the right or left, If the LKA system is not functioning
depending on the lane departure properly when lane markings are
direction. clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Fuel Recommended Fuel Caution (Continued)
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or
Top Tier Fuel FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with volume, such as mid-level
ethanol levels greater than 15% by ethanol blends (16–50%
GM recommends the use of TOP ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep volume.
the engine clean, reduce engine Use regular unleaded gasoline . Fuel with any amount of
deposits, and maintain optimal meeting ASTM specification D4814 methanol, methylal,
vehicle performance. Look for the with a posted octane rating of 87 or ferrocene, and aniline.
TOP TIER Logo or see higher. Do not use gasoline with a These fuels can corrode
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP posted octane rating of less than 87, metal fuel system parts or
TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers as this may cause engine knock and damage plastic and rubber
and applicable countries. will lower fuel economy. parts.
. Fuel containing metals such
Prohibited Fuels as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl
Caution (MMT), which can damage
the emissions control
Do not use fuels with any of the system and spark plugs.
following conditions; doing so . Fuel with a posted octane
may damage the vehicle and void rating of less than the
its warranty: recommended fuel. Using
. For vehicles that are not this fuel will lower fuel
FlexFuel, fuel labeled economy and performance,
greater than 15% ethanol by and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Fuels in Foreign Filling the Tank Warning (Continued)
Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the
refueling nozzle is inserted
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn too quickly. This spray can
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a violently and can cause injury or happen if the tank is nearly
foreign country, see Prohibited death. full, and is more likely in hot
Fuels 0 268.
. To help avoid injuries to you weather. Insert the refueling
and others, read and follow nozzle slowly and wait for
Fuel Additives any hiss noise to stop prior
all the instructions on the
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is fuel pump island. to beginning to flow fuel.
highly recommended for use with
your vehicle. If your country does . Turn off the engine when
not have TOP TIER Detergent refueling.
Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel . Keep sparks, flames, and
System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to smoking materials away
the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at from fuel.
every oil change or 15,000 km . Do not leave the fuel pump
(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.
unattended.
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and
ACDelco Fuel System Treatment . Avoid using electronic
Plus−Gasoline will help keep your devices while refueling.
vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free . Do not reenter the vehicle
and performing optimally. while pumping fuel.
. Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let To open the fuel door, push and
children pump fuel. release the rearward center edge of
the door.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

The vehicle has a capless refueling
system and does not have a fuel { Warning { Warning
cap. The filling nozzle must be fully
inserted and latched prior to starting If a fire starts while you are Attempting to refuel without using
fuel flow. refueling, do not remove the the funnel adapter may cause fuel
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by spillage and damage the capless
shutting off the pump or by fuel system. This could cause a
{ Warning notifying the station attendant. fire and you or others could be
Overfilling the fuel tank by more Leave the area immediately. badly burned and the vehicle
than three clicks of a standard fill could be damaged.
nozzle may cause: Filling the Tank with a Portable
. Vehicle performance issues, Gas Can 3. Remove and clean the funnel
including engine stalling and If the vehicle runs out of fuel and adapter and return it to the
damage to the fuel system. must be filled from a portable storage location.
. Fuel spills. gas can:
Filling a Portable Fuel
. Potential fuel fires. Container
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a
few seconds after you have finished
{ Warning
pumping before removing the Never fill a portable fuel container
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted while it is in the vehicle. Static
surfaces as soon as possible. See 1. Locate the capless funnel electricity discharge from the
Exterior Care 0 363. adapter from the rear cargo container can ignite the fuel
area under the load floor. vapor. You can be badly burned
2. Insert and latch the funnel into (Continued)
the capless fuel system.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Warning (Continued)

and the vehicle damaged if this General Towing trailer brakes are inadequate for
occurs. To help avoid injury to you Information the load, the vehicle may not stop
and others: as expected. You and others
Only use towing equipment that has could be seriously injured. The
. Dispense fuel only into been designed for the vehicle.
approved containers. vehicle may also be damaged,
Contact your dealer or trailering and the repairs would not be
. Do not fill a container while dealer for assistance with preparing covered by the vehicle warranty.
it is inside a vehicle, in a the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the
Pull a trailer only if all the steps in
vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, entire section before towing a trailer.
this section have been followed.
or on any surface other than To tow a disabled vehicle, see Ask your dealer for advice and
the ground. Towing the Vehicle 0 359. To tow information about towing a trailer
. Bring the fill nozzle in the vehicle behind another vehicle with the vehicle.
contact with the inside of such as a motor home, see
the fill opening before Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 359.
operating the nozzle. Driving with a Trailer
Contact should be Driving Characteristics Trailering is different than just
maintained until the filling is and Towing Tips driving the vehicle by itself.
complete. Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking,
. Do not smoke while
pumping fuel.
{ Warning durability, and fuel economy.
You can lose control when towing Successful, safe trailering takes
. Avoid using electronic correct equipment, and it has to be
devices. a trailer if the correct equipment is
not used or the vehicle is not used properly.
driven properly. For example, The following information has many
if the trailer is too heavy or the time-tested, important trailering tips
(Continued) and safety rules. Many of these are
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

important for your safety and that of transmission downshifts too vehicle do not move further back
your passengers. Read this section often, a lower gear may be when a trailer is towed. Use caution
carefully before pulling a trailer. selected using Manual Mode. while changing lanes when towing a
When towing a trailer: See Manual Mode 0 231. trailer.
. Become familiar with and follow If equipped, the following driver If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic
all state and local laws that assistance features should be Alert (RCTA), use caution while
apply to trailer towing. These turned off when towing a trailer: backing up when towing a trailer, as
requirements vary from state to . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) the RCTA detection zones that
state. extend out from the back of the
. Super Cruise Control vehicle do not move further back
. State laws may require the use . when a trailer is towed.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
of extended side view mirrors.
. Park Assist
Even if not required, you should
install extended side view .
{ Warning
Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
mirrors if your visibility is limited To prevent serious injury or death
or restricted while towing. . Reverse Automatic
Braking (RAB) from carbon monoxide (CO),
. Do not tow a trailer during the when towing a trailer:
first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle If equipped, the following driver
assistance features should be . Do not drive with the
use to prevent damage to the liftgate, trunk/hatch,
engine, axle, or other parts. turned to alert or off when towing a
trailer: or rear-most window open.
. During the first 800 km (500 mi) . Fully open the air outlets on
of trailer towing, do not drive . Forward Automatic Braking
System (FAB) or under the instrument
over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do panel.
not make starts at full throttle. . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
(Continued)
. Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
Tow/Haul Mode is recommended
for heavier trailers. See Tow/ If equipped with Lane Change Alert
Haul Mode 0 232. If the (LCA), the LCA detection zones that
extend back from the side of the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

tires, and mirrors. See Towing Passing
Warning (Continued) Equipment 0 278. If the trailer has
More passing distance is needed
electric brakes, start the
. Adjust the climate control when towing a trailer. The
combination moving and then
system to a setting that combination of the vehicle and
manually apply the trailer brake
brings in only outside air. trailer will not accelerate as quickly
controller to check the trailer brakes
See “Climate Control and is much longer than the vehicle
work. During the trip, occasionally
Systems” in the Index. alone. It is necessary to go much
check that the cargo and trailer are
farther beyond the passed vehicle
For more information about secure and that the lamps and any
before returning to the lane. Pass
carbon monoxide, see Engine trailer brakes are working.
on level roadways. Avoid passing
Exhaust 0 228. on hills if possible.
Towing with a Stability Control
System Backing Up
Towing a trailer requires experience.
The combination of the vehicle and When towing, the stability control Hold the bottom of the steering
trailer is longer and not as system might be heard. The system wheel with one hand. To move the
responsive as the vehicle itself. Get reacts to vehicle movement caused trailer to the left, move that hand to
used to the handling and braking of by the trailer, which mainly occurs the left. To move the trailer to the
the combination by driving on a during cornering. This is normal right, move that hand to the right.
level road surface before driving on when towing heavier trailers. Always back up slowly and,
public roads. Following Distance if possible, have someone
The trailer structure, the tires, and guide you.
Stay at least twice as far behind the
the brakes must be all be rated to vehicle ahead as you would when
carry the intended cargo. driving without a trailer. This can
Inadequate trailer equipment can help to avoid heavy braking and
cause the combination to operate in sudden turns.
an unexpected or unsafe manner.
Before driving, inspect all trailer
hitch parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Making Turns The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). When parking your vehicle and your
Shift the transmission to a lower trailer on a hill:
Caution gear if the transmission shifts too 1. Press the brake pedal, but do
often under heavy loads and/or hilly not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
Turn more slowly and make wider conditions. the wheels into the curb if
arcs when towing a trailer to When towing at higher altitudes, facing downhill or into traffic if
prevent damage to your vehicle. engine coolant will boil at a lower facing uphill.
Making very sharp turns could temperature than at lower altitudes. 2. Have someone place chocks
cause the trailer to contact the If the engine is turned off under the trailer wheels.
vehicle. immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the 3. When the wheel chocks are in
vehicle could show signs similar to place, gradually release the
Make wider turns than normal when brake pedal to allow the chocks
engine overheating. To avoid this,
towing, so the trailer will not go over to absorb the load of the trailer.
let the engine run, preferably on
soft shoulders, over curbs, or strike
level ground, with the transmission 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
road signs, trees, or other objects.
in P (Park) for a few minutes before apply the parking brake and
Always signal turns well in advance.
turning the engine off. If the shift into P (Park).
Do not steer or brake suddenly.
overheat warning comes on, see
Engine Overheating 0 300. 5. Release the brake pedal.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower Parking on Hills Leaving After Parking on a Hill
gear before starting down a long or 1. Apply and hold the brake
steep downhill grade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
{ Warning pedal:
. Start the engine.
brakes may overheat and result in To prevent serious injury or death,
reduced braking efficiency. always park your vehicle and . Shift into a gear.
trailer on a level surface when . Release the parking brake.
possible.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is Trailer Towing Trailering Weight Ratings
clear of the chocks.
When towing a trailer, the weight of
4. Stop and have someone pick Caution the loaded vehicle and trailer must
up and store the chocks. be within the weight ratings for the
Towing a trailer improperly can vehicle.
Maintenance When Trailer damage the vehicle and result in
Towing . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight
costly repairs not covered by the
Rating
The vehicle needs service more vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer
often when used to tow trailers. See correctly, follow the directions in . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
Maintenance Schedule 0 375. It is this section and see your dealer Rating
especially important to check the for important information about . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
automatic transmission fluid, engine towing a trailer with the vehicle. . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight
oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling
system, and brake system before Rating
and during each trip. Trailer Weight The only way to be sure the weight
Check periodically that all nuts and is not exceeding any of these
bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. { Warning ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle
and trailer combination, fully loaded
Engine Cooling When Trailer Never exceed the towing capacity for the trip, getting individual
Towing for your vehicle. weights for each of these items.
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating Safe trailering requires monitoring { Warning
conditions. See Engine Overheating the weight, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature, You and others could be seriously
0 300.
dimensions of the front of the trailer, injured or killed if the trailer is too
and how frequently the vehicle is heavy or the trailer brakes are
used to tow a trailer. inadequate for the load. The
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Gross Vehicle Weight
Warning (Continued) Rating (GVWR)
vehicle may be damaged, and the For information about the vehicle's
repairs would not be covered by maximum load capacity, see Vehicle
the vehicle warranty. Load Limits 0 217. When calculating
the GVWR with a trailer attached,
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in the trailer tongue weight must be
this section have been followed. included as part of the weight the
Ask your dealer for advice and vehicle is carrying.
information about towing a trailer.
Maximum Trailer Weight
Gross Combined Weight The maximum trailer weight rating is
Rating (GCWR) calculated assuming the tow vehicle
has a driver, a front seat passenger,
GCWR is the total allowable weight and all required trailering
of the completely loaded vehicle equipment. Weight of additional
and trailer including any fuel, optional equipment, passengers,
passengers, cargo, equipment, and and cargo in the tow vehicle must
accessories. Do not exceed the be subtracted from the trailer weight
GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR rating.
for the vehicle is on the Tow Rating
Chart. Use the tow rating chart to
determine how much the trailer can
weigh, based on the vehicle model
and options.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR
2.5L and 3.6L Engines 454 kg (1,000 lb) 2 722 kg (6,000 lb)
3.6L Engine With V92 Trailer Towing Package 1 814 kg (4,000 lb) 4 075 kg (8,984 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Maximum Trailer Tongue of your vehicle, any passengers,

Weight Rating cargo, equipment and the trailer
tongue weight. Vehicle options,
The Maximum Trailer Tongue passengers, cargo, and equipment
Weight Rating is the allowable reduce the maximum allowable
trailer tongue weight that the vehicle tongue weight the vehicle can carry,
can support. which also reduces the maximum
Vehicle Series Maximum allowable trailer weight.
Tongue Weight
Trailer Load Balance
2.5L FWD/AWD 45.4 kg (100 lbs)
The correct trailer load balance
3.6L FWD/AWD 45.4 kg (100 lbs) must be maintained to ensure trailer
3.6L FWD/AWD stability. Incorrect load balance is a The trailer tongue weight (1) should
181.1 kg leading cause of trailer sway.
V92 heavy duty be 10–15% of the loaded trailer
(400 lbs)
towing weight (2). Some specific trailer
types, such as boat trailers, fall
The trailer tongue weight contributes outside of this range. Always refer
to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). to the trailer owner’s manual for the
GVW includes the CURB WEIGHT recommended trailer tongue weight
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

for each trailer. Never exceed the half of the maximum allowable Never attach rental hitches or other
maximum loads for your vehicle, tongue weight for the vehicle or bumper-type hitches. Only use
hitch and trailer. 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. frame-mounted hitches that do not
After loading the trailer, separately Ask your dealer for trailering attach to the bumper.
weigh the trailer and then the trailer information or assistance. Always seal any holes in your
tongue to see if the weights are vehicle if the trailer hitch removed.
appropriate for your vehicle. If the Towing Equipment If not sealed, dirt, water, and carbon
trailer weight is too high, it may be monoxide (CO) from the exhaust
possible to transfer some of the Hitches may enter your vehicle. See Engine
cargo into your vehicle. If the trailer Always use the correct hitch Exhaust 0 228.
tongue weight is too high or too low, equipment for your vehicle.
it may be possible to rearrange Hitch Cover
Crosswinds, large trucks going by,
some of the cargo inside of the and rough roads can affect the
trailer. trailer and the hitch.
Do not exceed the maximum Proper hitch equipment for your
allowable tongue weight for your vehicle helps maintain combination
vehicle. Use the shortest hitch control. Many trailers can be towed
extension available to position the using a weight-carrying hitch which
hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This has a coupler latched to the hitch
will help reduce the effect of the ball, or a tow eye latched to a pintle
trailer tongue weight on the trailer hook. Other trailers may require a
hitch and the rear axle. weight-distributing hitch that uses
If a cargo carrier is used in the spring bars to distribute the trailer
trailer hitch receiver, choose a tongue weight between your vehicle
carrier that positions the load as and trailer axles. See “Trailer
Tongue Weight” under Trailer To remove hitch cover, if equipped:
close to the vehicle as possible.
Make sure the total weight, Towing 0 275 or weight limits with 1. Remove the two fasteners on
including the carrier, is no more than various hitch types. the lower tabs.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

2. Pull the lower edge of the Weight-Distributing Hitch Tires
cover to about a 45 degree Adjustment . Do not tow a trailer while using a
angle.
compact spare tire on the
3. Pull the cover downward to vehicle.
disengage the upper . Tires must be properly inflated to
attachments.
support loads while towing a
To reinstall hitch cover: trailer. See Tires 0 319 for
1. Hold cover at a 45 degree instructions on proper tire
angle to the vehicle and push inflation.
the upper tabs into the slots in Safety Chains
the bumper.
Always attach chains between the
2. Push the bottom of the cover vehicle and the trailer, and attach
forward until the lower tabs line the chains to the holes on the trailer
up with the lower slots. hitch platform. Instructions about
1. Front of Vehicle
3. Snap the hitch cover into place safety chains may be provided by
by pushing the upper corners 2. Body to Ground Distance the hitch manufacturer or by the
forward. When using a weight-distributing trailer manufacturer.
4. Reinstall the two fasteners on hitch, measure the front fender Cross the safety chains under the
the lower tabs height distance (2) before tongue of the trailer to help prevent
connecting the trailer. Adjust the the tongue from contacting the road
Consider using mechanical sway spring bars until the front fender if it becomes separated from the
controls with any trailer. Ask a height distance (2) is the same hitch. Always leave just enough
trailering professional about sway height before the trailer was slack so the combination can turn.
controls or refer to the trailer connected. Do not reduce the front Never allow safety chains to drag on
manufacturer's recommendations fender height below the initial the ground.
and instructions. distance (2).
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Trailer Brakes Use only a round, seven-wire
connector with flat blade terminals
Loaded trailers over 450 kg
meeting SAE J2863 specifications
(1,000 lb) must be equipped with
for proper electrical connectivity.
brake systems and with brakes for
each axle. Trailer braking equipment The seven-wire harness contains
conforming to Canadian Standards the following trailer circuits:
Association (CSA) requirement Stop/Turn
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is Yellow/Gray
Signal Left
recommended.
Stop/Turn
State or local regulations may Green/Violet
Signal Right
require trailers to have their own
braking system if the loaded weight Tail/Parking
1. Left Turn/Brake Gray/Brown
of the trailer exceeds certain Lamps
minimums that can vary from state 2. Tail Lamps
Reverse Lamps White/Green
to state. Read and follow the 3. Reverse Lamps
instructions for the trailer brakes so Battery Feed Red/Green
they are installed, adjusted, and 4. Battery feed
Ground Black
maintained properly. Never attempt 5. Right Turn/Brake
to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic Electric Trailer
6. Electric Brakes Blue
brake system. If you do, both the Brake
vehicle anti-lock brakes and the 7. Ground
trailer brakes may not function, Electric Brake Control Wiring
If the vehicle is not equipped with a Provisions
which could result in a crash. trailer connector on the trailer hitch,
a 7-wire trailering harness is tied to If equipped, (4) blunt-cut wires are
Trailer Wiring Harness
the vehicles frame. The harness located near the driver's feet for an
lf equipped, the trailer wiring requires the installation of a trailer aftermarket electric trailer brake
harness, with a 7-pin connector is connector, which is available
mounted on the trailer hitch. through your dealer.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

controller as part of the trailer wiring Trailer Lamps Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
package. The harness contains the See “Weight of the Trailer” under
Always check all trailer lamps are
following circuits: Trailer Towing 0 275.
working at the beginning of each
Electric Trailer trip, and periodically on longer trips. Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when
Blue
Brakes towing a heavy trailer or carrying a
Turn Signals When Towing a large or heavy load:
Red/Black or Trailer
Battery Feed . through rolling terrain
Red/Blue
When properly connected, the trailer
Brake Apply . in stop-and-go traffic
White/Blue turn signals should will illuminate to
Signal indicate the vehicle is turning, . in busy parking lots
Ground Black changing lanes, or stopping. When Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
towing a trailer, the arrows on the Mode when lightly loaded or not
Refer to the aftermarket electric instrument cluster will illuminate towing will not cause damage;
trailer brake controller owner's even if the trailer is not properly however, it is not recommended and
manual to determine wire color connected or the bulbs are may result in unpleasant engine and
coding of the electric trailer brake burned out. transmission driving characteristics
controller. The wire colors on the and reduced fuel economy.
brake controller may be different
Tow/Haul Mode
from the vehicle. It may be For instructions on how to enter Trailer Sway
necessary to have a technician Tow/Haul mode, see Driver Mode
connect the 12-volt power to the Control 0 239. Control (TSC)
engine compartment fuse block. The Tow/Haul assists when pulling a Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic
electric trailer brake controller heavy trailer or a large or heavy Stability Control (ESC) have a
should be installed by your dealer or load. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 232. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature.
a qualified service center. Trailer sway is unintended
Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be side-to-side motion of a trailer while
most effective when the vehicle and towing. If the vehicle is towing a
trailer combined weight is at least trailer and the TSC detects that
75% of the vehicle's Gross sway is increasing, the vehicle
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

brakes are selectively applied at slow the vehicle. TSC will not Trailer Tires
each wheel, to help reduce function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from
excessive trailer sway. If equipped off. See Traction Control/Electronic
vehicle tires. Trailer tires are
with the Integrated Trailer Brake Stability Control 0 236.
designed with stiff sidewalls to help
Control (ITBC) system, and the
prevent sway and to support heavy
trailer has an electric brake system,
StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply the
{ Warning loads. These features can make it
difficult to determine if the trailer tire
trailer brakes. Trailer sway can result in a crash pressures are low only based on a
and in serious injury or death, visual inspection.
even if the vehicle is equipped
with TSC. Always check all trailer tire
pressures before each trip when the
If the trailer begins to sway, tires are cool. Low trailer tire
reduce vehicle speed by pressure is a leading cause of trailer
gradually removing your foot from tire blow-outs.
the accelerator. Then pull over to
Trailer tires deteriorate over time.
check the trailer and vehicle to
The trailer tire sidewall will show the
help correct possible causes, week and year the tire was
including an improperly or manufactured. Many trailer tire
overloaded trailer, unrestrained manufacturers recommend
cargo, improper trailer hitch replacing tires more than six
configuration, or improperly years old.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction inflated or incorrect vehicle or
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ Overloading is another leading
trailer tires. See Towing
ESC warning light will flash on the cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never
Equipment 0 278 for trailer ratings
instrument cluster. Reduce vehicle load your trailer with more weight
and hitch setup than the tires are designed to
speed by gradually removing your recommendations.
foot from the accelerator. If trailer support. The load rating is located
sway continues, StabiliTrak/ESC on the trailer tire sidewall.
can reduce engine torque to help
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Always know the maximum speed Conversions and
rating for the trailer tires before Caution
driving. This may be significantly Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
lower than the vehicle tire speed
damage the vehicle or cause
rating. The speed rating may be on Add-On Electrical components to not work and
the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed
rating is not shown, the default
Equipment would not be covered by the
trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h vehicle warranty. Always check
(65 mph). { Warning with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
testing. See Malfunction vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 136. A device connected The vehicle has an airbag system.
to the DLC — such as an Before attempting to add anything
aftermarket fleet or electrical to the vehicle, see
driver-behavior tracking device — Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
may interfere with vehicle Vehicle 0 89 and Adding Equipment
systems. This could affect vehicle to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
operation and cause a crash. 0 90.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
284 Vehicle Care

Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 305
Vehicle Care Automatic Transmission Shift
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Lock Control Function Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 321
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
General Information Park Brake and P (Park) Tire Terminology and
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 285 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 305 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
California Proposition Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 306 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 307 Tire Pressure for High-Speed
California Perchlorate Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Materials Requirements . . . . . 286 Tire Pressure Monitor
Accessories and Headlamp Aiming System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Tire Pressure Monitor
Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Doing Your Own Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 When It Is Time for New
Engine Compartment License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 309 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 Electrical System Different Size Tires and
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 293 Electrical System Overload . . . 310 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Automatic Transmission Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 310 Uniform Tire Quality
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Engine Compartment Fuse Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 295 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296 Instrument Panel Fuse Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 300 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 339
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 Rear Compartment Fuse Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Tire Sealant and
Wheels and Tires Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Battery - North America . . . . . . 304
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 285

Storing the Tire Sealant and General Information California Proposition
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 355 your dealer. You will receive
Jump Starting
genuine GM parts and GM-trained { Warning
and supported service people.
Jump Starting - North Most motor vehicles, including
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 Genuine GM parts have one of this one, as well as many of its
these marks:
Towing the Vehicle service parts and fluids, contain
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 359 and/or emit chemicals known to
Recreational Vehicle the State of California to cause
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Engine
Appearance Care exhaust, many parts and
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 systems, many fluids, and some
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 component wear by-products
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 contain and/or emit these
chemicals. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 304

and Jump Starting - North America
0 356 and the back cover.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
286 Vehicle Care

California Perchlorate Damage to suspension components Vehicle Checks
caused by modifying vehicle height
Materials Requirements outside of factory settings will not be
Certain types of automotive covered by the vehicle warranty. Doing Your Own
applications, such as airbag Damage to vehicle components
Service Work
initiators, seat belt pretensioners, resulting from modifications or the
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
installation or use of non-GM { Warning
certified parts, including control
may contain perchlorate materials. module or software modifications, is It can be dangerous to work on
Special handling may be necessary. not covered under the terms of the your vehicle if you do not have
For additional information, see vehicle warranty and may affect the proper knowledge, service
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ remaining warranty coverage for manual, tools, or parts. Always
perchlorate. affected parts. follow owner’s manual procedures
and consult the service manual
Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other for your vehicle before doing any
Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your service work.
Adding non-dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle
making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories If doing some of your own service
can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician. work, use the proper service
safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the manual. It tells you much more
airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 90. about how to service the vehicle
handling, emissions systems, than this manual can. To order the
aerodynamics, durability, and proper service manual, see
electronic systems like antilock Publication Ordering Information
brakes, traction control, and stability 0 399.
control. These accessories or This vehicle has an airbag system.
modifications could even cause Before attempting to do your own
malfunction or damage not covered service work, see Servicing the
by the vehicle warranty. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 89.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 287

If equipped with remote vehicle Hood 2. At the front of the vehicle, pull
start, open the hood before up on the center of the hood,
performing any service work to To open the hood: and push the secondary hood
prevent remote starting the vehicle release to the right.
accidentally. See Remote Vehicle 3. After you have partially lifted
Start 0 35. the hood, gas struts will
Keep a record with all parts receipts automatically take over to lift
and list the mileage and the date of and hold the hood in the fully
any service work performed. See open position.
Maintenance Records 0 385. Before closing the hood, be sure all
1. Pull the hood release handle
with this symbol on it. It is filler caps are on properly.
Caution under the instrument panel on Pull the hood down to close. Lower
Even small amounts of the driver side of the vehicle. the hood until the lifting pressure of
contamination can cause damage the strut is reduced. Then allow the
to vehicle systems. Do not allow hood to fall and latch into place
contaminants to contact the fluids, under its own weight. Check to
reservoir caps, or dipsticks. make sure the hood is closed. If the
hood does not fully latch, gently
push the hood down at the front and
center of the hood until it is
completely latched.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
288 Vehicle Care

Engine Compartment Overview
2.5L L4 Engine
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 289

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 295.
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See
Engine Oil 0 291.
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
Engine Oil 0 291.
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 296.
5. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid
0 301.
6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 303.
7. Battery - North America 0 304.
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
and Pressure Cap. See
Cooling System 0 296.
9. Positive (+) Battery Terminal
(Under Cover). See Jump
Starting - North America 0 356.
10. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 311.
11. Remote Negative (-) Battery
Terminal. See Jump Starting -
North America 0 356.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
290 Vehicle Care
3.6L V6 Engine
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 291

1. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 295. Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil
2. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See To ensure proper engine Check the engine oil level regularly,
Engine Oil 0 291. performance and long life, careful every 650 km (400 mi), especially
3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See attention must be paid to engine oil. prior to a long trip. The engine oil
Engine Oil 0 291. Following these simple, but dipstick handle is a loop. See
important steps will help protect Engine Compartment Overview
4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of 0 288 for the location.
your investment:
View). See Cooling System
0 296. . Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the { Warning
5. Windshield Washer Fluid
proper viscosity grade. See
Reservoir. See Washer Fluid The engine oil dipstick handle
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
0 301. may be hot; it could burn you.
in this section.
6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Use a towel or glove to touch the
. Check the engine oil level dipstick handle.
Brake Fluid 0 303.
regularly and maintain the
7. Battery - North America 0 304. proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add If a low oil Driver Information Center
8. Engine Coolant Surge Tank (DIC) message displays, check the
and Pressure Cap. See Engine Oil” in this section.
oil level.
Cooling System 0 296. . Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil Follow these guidelines:
9. Positive (+) Battery Terminal.
See Jump Starting - North Life System 0 293. . To get an accurate reading, park
America 0 356. . Always dispose of engine oil the vehicle on level ground.
properly. See “What to Do with Check the engine oil level after
10. Engine Compartment Fuse the engine has been off for at
Block 0 311. Used Oil” in this section.
least two hours. Checking the
11. Remote Negative (-) Battery engine oil level on steep grades
Terminal. See Jump Starting - or too soon after engine shutoff
North America 0 356. can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
292 Vehicle Care

checking a cold engine prior to
starting. Remove the dipstick Caution (Continued)
and check the level.
operating range, i.e., the engine
. If unable to wait two hours, the has so much oil that the oil level
engine must be off for at least gets above the cross-hatched
15 minutes if the engine is area that shows the proper
warm, or at least 30 minutes if 3.6L V6 Engine operating range, the engine could
the engine is not warm. Pull out If the oil is below the cross-hatched be damaged. You should drain
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean area at the tip of the dipstick and out the excess oil or limit driving
paper towel or cloth, then push it the engine has been off for at least of the vehicle and seek a service
back in all the way. Remove it 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
again, keeping the tip down, and professional to remove the
recommended oil and then recheck excess amount of oil.
check the level. the level. See “Selecting the Right
When to Add Engine Oil Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to See Engine Compartment Overview
use. For engine oil crankcase 0 288 for the location of the engine
capacity, see Capacities and oil fill cap.
Specifications 0 387. Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
Caution range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
2.5L L4 Engine Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the Selecting the Right Engine Oil
acceptable operating range Selecting the right engine oil
shown on the dipstick are harmful depends on both the proper oil
to the engine. If you find that you specification and viscosity grade.
have an oil level above the See Recommended Fluids and
(Continued) Lubricants 0 383.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 293

Specification For the 3.6L V6 engine, use SAE What to Do with Used Oil
Use full synthetic engine oils that 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil.
Used engine oil contains certain
meet the dexos1 specification. Cold Temperature Operation: In an
elements that can be unhealthy for
Engine oils that have been area of extreme cold, where the
your skin and could even cause
approved by GM as meeting the temperature falls below −29 °C
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
dexos1 specification are marked (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be
your skin for very long. Clean your
with the dexos1 approved logo. See used. An oil of this viscosity grade
skin and nails with soap and water,
www.gmdexos.com. will provide easier cold starting for
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
the engine at extremely low
properly dispose of clothing or rags
temperatures.
containing used engine oil. See the
When selecting an oil of the manufacturer's warnings about the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is use and disposal of oil products.
recommended to select an oil of the
Used oil can be a threat to the
correct specification. See
environment. If you change your
“Specification” earlier in this section.
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
Engine Oil Additives/Engine from the filter before disposal. Never
Caution dispose of oil by putting it in the
Oil Flushes
trash or pouring it on the ground,
Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The into sewers, or into streams or
engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is it to a place that collects used oil.
the vehicle warranty. needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine Oil Life System
Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause When to Change Engine Oil
For the 2.5L L4 engine, use SAE
engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system
0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil.
vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
294 Vehicle Care

include engine revolutions, engine If the system is ever reset If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
temperature, and miles driven. accidentally, the oil must be message comes back on when the
Based on driving conditions, the changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) vehicle is started, the engine oil life
mileage at which an oil change is since the last oil change. system has not been reset. Repeat
indicated can vary considerably. For Remember to reset the oil life the procedure.
the oil life system to work properly, system whenever the oil is changed.
the system must be reset every time
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Automatic Transmission
the oil is changed.
Life System Fluid
When the system has calculated
Reset the system whenever the It is not necessary to check the
that oil life has been diminished, it
engine oil is changed so that the transmission fluid level.
indicates that an oil change is
system can calculate the next A transmission fluid leak is the only
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE
engine oil change. To reset the reason for fluid loss. If a leak
OIL SOON message comes on.
system: occurs, take the vehicle to the
Change the oil as soon as possible
dealer and have it repaired as soon
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). 1. Display the REMAINING OIL as possible.
It is possible that, if driving under LIFE on the DIC.
the best conditions, the oil life See Driver Information Center Change the fluid at the intervals
system might indicate that an oil (DIC) (Base and Midlevel) listed in Maintenance Schedule
change is not necessary for up to a 0 145 or Driver Information 0 375, and be sure to use the
year. The engine oil and filter must Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148. transmission fluid listed in
be changed at least once a year Recommended Fluids and
and, at this time, the system must 2. Press and hold V on the DIC Lubricants 0 383.
be reset. Your dealer has trained while the Oil Life display is
service people who will perform this active. The oil life will change Caution
work and reset the system. It is also to 100%.
important to check the oil regularly Use of the incorrect automatic
over the course of an oil drain transmission fluid may damage
interval and keep it at the proper the vehicle, and the damage may
level.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 295

How to Inspect the Engine Air To inspect or replace the air cleaner/
Caution (Continued) Cleaner/Filter filter:
not be covered by the vehicle Do not start the engine or have the
warranty. Always use the correct engine running with the engine air
automatic transmission fluid. See cleaner/filter housing open. Before
Recommended Fluids and removing the engine air cleaner/
Lubricants 0 383. filter, make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
The transmission fluid will not reach debris. Remove the engine air
the end of the dipstick unless the cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
transmission is at operating the engine air cleaner/filter (away
temperature. If you need to check from the vehicle), to release loose
the transmission fluid level, take the dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
vehicle to your dealer. cleaner/filter for damage, and 2.5L L4 Engine
replace if damaged. Do not clean
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 1. Remove the five screws and lift
the engine air cleaner/filter or
the cover out of the assembly.
The engine air cleaner/filter is in the components with water or
engine compartment on the compressed air. 2. Inspect or replace the engine
passenger side of the vehicle. See air cleaner/filter.
Engine Compartment Overview 3. Lower the cover and secure
0 288 for location. with the five screws.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
For intervals on changing and
inspecting the engine air cleaner/
filter, see Maintenance Schedule
0 375.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
296 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
not start the engine or drive the
vehicle with the air cleaner/filter
off, as flames may be present if
the engine backfires.
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
3.6L V6 Engine can easily get into the engine, 2.5L L4 Engine
1. Remove the five screws and lift which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place 1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
the cover out of the assembly. of View)
when driving.
2. Inspect or replace the engine 2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank
air cleaner/filter. and Pressure Cap
3. Lower the cover and secure Cooling System
with the five screws. The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
{ Warning working temperature.
Operating the engine with the air

cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. Use caution
when working on the engine. Do
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 297

What to Use
{ Warning
Do not touch heater or radiator { Warning
hoses, or other engine parts.
Do not touch heater or radiator
They can be very hot and can
hoses, or other engine parts.
burn you. Do not run the engine if
They can be very hot and can
there is a leak; all coolant could
burn you. Do not run the engine if
leak out. That could cause an
there is a leak; all coolant could
engine fire and can burn you. Fix
leak out. That could cause an
any leak before driving the
engine fire and can burn you. Fix
vehicle.
any leak before driving the
3.6L V6 Engine vehicle.
Engine Coolant
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View) The cooling system in the vehicle is Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
2. Engine Coolant Surge Tank filled with DEX-COOL engine drinkable water and DEX-COOL
and Pressure Cap coolant. This coolant needs to be coolant. This mixture:
checked and replaced at . Gives freezing protection down
appropriate intervals. See
{ Warning Maintenance Schedule 0 375.
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
An underhood electric fan can The following explains the cooling . Gives boiling protection up to
start up even when the engine is system and how to check and add
129 °C (265 °F), engine
not running and can cause injury. coolant when it is low. If there is a
temperature.
Keep hands, clothing, and tools problem with engine overheating,
away from any underhood see Engine Overheating 0 300. . Protects against rust and
electric fan. corrosion.
. Will not damage aluminum parts.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
298 Vehicle Care

. Helps keep the proper engine Checking Coolant How to Add Coolant to the
temperature. Coolant Surge Tank
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
Caution level. { Warning
Do not use anything other than a Spilling coolant on hot engine
mix of DEX-COOL coolant that parts can burn you. Coolant
meets GM Standard contains ethylene glycol and it will
GMW3420 and clean, drinkable burn if the engine parts are hot
water. Anything else can cause enough.
damage to the engine cooling
system and the vehicle, which
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. { Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
Never dispose of engine coolant by hot cooling system are under
putting it in the trash, pouring it on pressure. Turning the pressure
the ground, or into sewers, streams, Check to see if coolant is visible in cap, even a little, can cause them
or bodies of water. Have the coolant the coolant surge tank. If the coolant to come out at high speed and
changed by an authorized service inside the coolant surge tank is you could be burned. Never turn
center, familiar with legal boiling, do not do anything else until the cap when the cooling system,
requirements regarding used it cools down. See Engine including the pressure cap, is hot.
coolant disposal. This will help Overheating 0 300. Wait for the cooling system and
protect the environment and your
The coolant surge tank is located in pressure cap to cool.
health.
the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 288.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 299

and DEX-COOL coolant. Be sure
{ Warning the cooling system, including the
coolant surge tank pressure cap, is
Plain water, or other liquids such cool before you do it.
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
there would not be an overheat
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned. 1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
system, including the coolant the proper mixture to the
Caution surge tank pressure cap and indicated level mark.
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot. 4. With the coolant surge tank
Failure to follow the specific pressure cap off, start the
coolant fill procedure could cause Turn the pressure cap slowly engine and let it run until you
the engine to overheat and could counterclockwise about can feel the upper radiator
cause system damage. If coolant one-quarter of a turn. If you hose getting hot. Watch out for
is not visible in the surge tank, hear a hiss, wait for that to the engine cooling fan.
contact your dealer. stop. This will allow any
pressure still left to be vented By this time, the coolant level
out the discharge hose. inside the coolant surge tank
If no problem is found, check to see may be lower. If the level is
if coolant is visible in the coolant 2. Keep turning the pressure cap lower, add more of the proper
surge tank. If coolant is visible but slowly and remove it. mixture to the coolant surge
the coolant level is not at or above tank until the level reaches the
the indicated mark, add a 50/ indicated level mark.
50 mixture of clean, drinkable water
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
300 Vehicle Care

5. Replace the pressure cap The vehicle may also display a If Steam Is Coming from the
tightly. message on the Driver Information Engine Compartment
6. Verify coolant level after the Center (DIC).
engine is shut off and the If the decision is made not to lift the { Warning
coolant is cold. If necessary, hood when this warning appears,
repeat coolant fill procedure get service help right away. See Steam and scalding liquids from a
Steps 1–6. Roadside Assistance Program hot cooling system are under
0 394. pressure. Turning the pressure
If the coolant still is not at the
proper level when the system If the decision is made to lift the cap, even a little, can cause them
cools down again, see your hood, make sure the vehicle is to come out at high speed and
dealer. parked on a level surface. Then you could be burned. Never turn
check to see if the engine cooling the cap when the cooling system,
fan is running. If the engine is including the pressure cap, is hot.
Caution
overheating, the fan should be Wait for the cooling system and
If the pressure cap is not tightly running. If it is not, do not continue pressure cap to cool.
installed, coolant loss and engine to run the engine. Have the vehicle
damage may occur. Be sure the serviced.
If No Steam Is Coming from
cap is properly and tightly the Engine Compartment
secured. Caution
If an engine overheat warning is
Do not run the engine if there is a displayed but no steam can be seen
Engine Overheating leak in the engine cooling system. or heard, the problem may not be
This can cause a loss of all too serious. Sometimes the engine
The vehicle has several indicators
coolant and can damage the can get a little too hot when the
to warn of the engine overheating.
system and vehicle. Have any vehicle:
There is an engine coolant leaks fixed right away. . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
temperature gauge on the
instrument cluster. See Engine . Stops after high-speed driving.
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 133. . Idles for long periods in traffic.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 301

If the overheat warning is displayed If there is no sign of steam, idle the Open the cap with the washer
with no sign of steam: engine for three minutes while symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
1. Turn the air conditioning off. parked. If the warning is still the tank is full. See Engine
displayed, turn off the engine until it Compartment Overview 0 288 for
2. Turn the heater on to the cools down. reservoir location.
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the Washer Fluid Caution
windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off What to Use . Do not use washer fluid that
the road, shift to P (Park) or When windshield washer fluid is contains any type of water
N (Neutral), and let the needed, be sure to read the repellent coating. This can
engine idle. manufacturer's instructions before cause the wiper blades to
use. If operating the vehicle in an chatter or skip.
If the engine coolant temperature
gauge is no longer in the area where the temperature may fall . Do not use engine coolant
overheated area, the vehicle can be below freezing, use a fluid that has (antifreeze) in the
driven. Continue to drive the vehicle sufficient protection against windshield washer. It can
slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a freezing. damage the windshield
safe distance from the vehicle in washer system and paint.
Adding Washer Fluid
front. If the warning does not come . Do not mix water with
back on, continue to drive normally ready-to-use washer fluid.
and have the cooling system Water can cause the
checked for proper fill and function. solution to freeze and
If the warning continues, pull over, damage the washer fluid
stop, and park the vehicle tank and other parts of the
right away. washer system.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
302 Vehicle Care

proper sequence to torque
Caution (Continued) { Warning specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 387.
. When using concentrated The brake wear warning sound
washer fluid, follow the means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as
manufacturer instructions for not work well. That could lead to complete sets.
adding water. a crash. When the brake wear Brake Pedal Travel
. Fill the washer fluid tank warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal
only three-quarters full when
does not return to normal height,
it is very cold. This allows
or if there is a rapid increase in
for fluid expansion if
pedal travel. This could be a sign
freezing occurs, which could
Caution that brake service may be required.
damage the tank if it is
completely full. Replacing Brake System Parts
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly Always replace brake system parts
Brakes brake repair. with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear may not work properly. The braking
indicators that make a high-pitched Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the performance expected can change
warning sound when the brake pads in many other ways if the wrong
are worn and new pads are needed. brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean replacement brake parts are
The sound can come and go or can installed or if parts are improperly
be heard all the time when the something is wrong with the brakes.
installed.
vehicle is moving, except when Properly torqued wheel nuts are
applying the brake pedal firmly. necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 303

Brake Fluid . A fluid leak in the brake When the brake fluid falls to a low
hydraulic system. Have the level, the brake warning light comes
brake hydraulic system fixed. on. See Brake System Warning
With a leak, the brakes will not Light 0 138.
work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time
Always clean the brake fluid which degrades the effectiveness of
reservoir cap and the area around the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
the cap before removing it. at the specified intervals to prevent
The brake master cylinder reservoir Do not top off the brake fluid. increased stopping distance. See
is filled with GM approved DOT 3 Adding fluid does not correct a leak. Maintenance Schedule 0 375.
brake fluid as indicated on the If fluid is added when the linings are What to Add
reservoir cap. See Engine worn, there will be too much fluid
Compartment Overview 0 288 for when new brake linings are Use only GM approved DOT 3
the location of the reservoir. installed. Add or remove fluid, as brake fluid from a clean, sealed
necessary, only when work is done container. See Recommended
Checking Brake Fluid Fluids and Lubricants 0 383.
on the brake hydraulic system.
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
level surface, the brake fluid level
{ Warning { Warning
should be between the minimum
and maximum marks on the brake If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid reservoir. can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
go down: the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid.
. Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the done on the brake hydraulic
fluid level goes back up. system.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
304 Vehicle Care

It has an Absorbed Glass Mat See California Proposition
Caution (AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation of 65 Warning 0 285 and the back
a standard 12-volt battery will result cover.
If brake fluid is spilled on the in reduced 12-volt battery life.
vehicle's painted surfaces, the Vehicle Storage
paint finish can be damaged. When using a 12-volt battery
charger on the 12-volt AGM battery,
Immediately wash off any painted
surface. some chargers have an AGM { Warning
battery setting on the charger. Batteries have acid that can burn
If available, use the AGM setting on you and gas that can explode.
Battery - North America the charger, to limit charge voltage You can be badly hurt if you are
to 14.8 volts.
The original equipment battery is not careful. See Jump Starting -
maintenance free. Do not remove North America 0 356 for tips on
the cap and do not add fluid. { Warning working around a battery without
Refer to the replacement number on getting hurt.
WARNING: Battery posts,
the original battery label when a terminals, and related
new battery is needed. For accessories contain lead and lead Infrequent Usage: Remove the
replacement of the battery, see your compounds, chemicals known to black, negative (−) cable from the
dealer. the State of California to cause battery to keep the battery from
cancer and birth defects or other running down.
Stop/Start System
reproductive harm. Batteries also Extended Storage: Remove the
If equipped with the 2.5L L4 engine, contain other chemicals known to black, negative (−) cable from the
the vehicle has a Stop/Start system
the State of California to cause battery or use a battery trickle
to shut off the engine to help
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER charger.
conserve fuel. See Starting the
Engine 0 223. HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 305

All-Wheel Drive Do not use the accelerator 2. Apply the parking brake. Be
pedal, and be ready to turn off ready to apply the regular
Transfer Case the engine immediately if it brake immediately if the vehicle
Under normal driving conditions, starts. begins to move.
transfer case fluid does not require 3. Try to start the engine in each 3. With the engine off, turn the
maintenance unless there is a fluid gear. The vehicle should start ignition on, but do not start the
leak or unusual noise. If required, only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). engine. Without applying the
have the transfer case serviced by If the vehicle starts in any other regular brake, try to move the
your dealer. position, contact your dealer for shift lever out of P (Park) with
service. normal effort. If the shift lever
Starter Switch Check moves out of P (Park), contact
Automatic Transmission your dealer for service.
{ Warning Shift Lock Control
Park Brake and P (Park)
Function Check
When you are doing this Mechanism Check
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle { Warning { Warning
moves, you or others could be
When you are doing this
injured. When you are doing this check,
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle the vehicle could begin to move.
1. Before starting this check, be moves, you or others could be You or others could be injured
sure there is enough room injured. and property could be damaged.
around the vehicle. Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
2. Apply both the parking brake 1. Before starting this check, be roll. Be ready to apply the regular
and the regular brake. sure there is enough room brake at once should the vehicle
around the vehicle. It should be begin to move.
parked on a level surface.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
306 Vehicle Care

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the proper windshield wiper blade
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping length and type, see Maintenance
your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts 0 384.
the parking brake.
. To check the parking brake's Caution
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in Allowing the wiper arm to touch
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot the windshield when no wiper
pressure from the regular brake blade is installed could damage
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is the windshield. Any damage that
held by the parking brake only. occurs would not be covered by
. To check the P (Park) the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the 2. Lift up on the latch in the
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to windshield. middle of the wiper blade
P (Park). Then release the where the wiper arm attaches.
parking brake followed by the Front Wiper Blade 3. With the latch open, pull the
regular brake. Replacement wiper blade down toward the
Contact your dealer if service is windshield far enough to
To replace the wiper blade release it from the J-hooked
required. assembly: end of the wiper arm.
Wiper Blade Replacement 1. Pull the windshield wiper 4. Remove the wiper blade.
assembly away from the
Windshield wiper blades should be windshield. 5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
inspected for wear or cracking. blade replacement.
It is a good idea to clean or replace
the wiper blade assembly on a
regular basis or when worn. For
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 307

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield Replacement
To remove the wiper blade:
{ Warning
Driver Assistance Systems
1. Lift the wiper arm away from If the gas struts that hold open
If the windshield needs to be the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,
the window. The rear wiper arm
replaced and the vehicle is you or others could be seriously
will only lift off the glass at a
equipped with a front camera sensor injured. Take the vehicle to your
small angle to allow for wiper for the Driver Assistance Systems, a
blade removal. The rear wiper dealer for service immediately.
GM replacement windshield is
arm will not lock in a service up Visually inspect the gas struts for
recommended. The replacement
position so care should be signs of wear, cracks, or other
windshield must be installed
taken when replacing the rear according to GM specifications for damage periodically. Check to
wiper blade. make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate
proper alignment. If it is not, these
systems may not work properly, they is held open with enough force.
may display messages, or they may If struts are failing to hold the
not work at all. See your dealer for hood/trunk/liftgate, do not
proper windshield replacement. operate. Have the vehicle
serviced.
Gas Strut(s)
2. Push the release lever to This vehicle is equipped with gas
disengage the hook and push strut(s) to provide assistance in Caution
the wiper arm toward the lifting and holding open the hood/
trunk/liftgate system in full open Do not apply tape or hang any
center of the vehicle and out of
the blade assembly. position. objects from gas struts. Also do
not push down or pull on gas
3. Push the new blade assembly struts. This may cause damage to
securely on the wiper arm until the vehicle.
the release lever clicks into
place.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 375.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
308 Vehicle Care

Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Hood Liftgate
Trunk
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 309

Bulb Replacement LED Lighting
For the proper type of replacement This vehicle has several LED lamps.
bulbs, or any bulb changing For replacement of any LED lighting
procedure not listed in this section, assembly, contact your dealer.
contact your dealer.
License Plate Lamp
Caution To replace one of these bulbs:
Do not replace incandescent
bulbs with aftermarket LED
replacement bulbs. This can
cause damage to the vehicle 3. Turn the bulb socket (1)
electrical system. counterclockwise to remove it
from the lamp assembly (3).
Halogen Bulbs 4. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
the bulb socket.
{ Warning 5. Push the replacement bulb
straight into the bulb socket
Halogen bulbs have pressurized and turn the bulb socket
gas inside and can burst if you Passenger Side Shown, Driver clockwise to install into the
drop or scratch the bulb. You or Side Similar lamp assembly.
others could be injured. Be sure 1. Push the left end of the lamp 6. Turn the lamp assembly into
to read and follow the instructions assembly toward the right. the liftgate, engaging the clip
on the bulb package.
2. Turn the lamp assembly down side first.
to remove it from the liftgate. 7. Push on the lamp side opposite
the clip until the lamp assembly
snaps into place.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
310 Vehicle Care

Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit
An electrical overload may cause Breakers
Electrical System the lamps to go on and off, or in
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
Overload some cases to remain off. Have the
protected from short circuits by a
headlamp wiring checked right away
The vehicle has fuses and circuit combination of fuses and circuit
if the lamps go on and off or
breakers to protect against an breakers. This greatly reduces the
remain off.
electrical system overload. chance of damage caused by
Windshield Wipers electrical problems.
When the current electrical load is
If the wiper motor overheats due to
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield { Danger
until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools
Fuses and circuit breakers are
normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart.
marked with their ampere rating.
greatly reduces the chance of circuit Although the circuit is protected Do not exceed the
overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload specified amperage rating when
electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may replacing fuses and circuit
Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. breakers. Use of an oversized
power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow fuse or circuit breaker can result
from the windshield before using the in a vehicle fire. You and others
Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers.
of the identical size and rating. could be seriously injured or
If the overload is caused by an killed.
If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or
a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed.
same amperage fuse can be To check a fuse, look at the
borrowed. Choose some feature of silver-colored band inside the fuse.
the vehicle that is not needed to use If the band is broken or melted,
and replace it as soon as possible. replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 311

Fuses of the same amperage can To remove the fuse block cover,
be temporarily borrowed from Caution press the clips on the cover and lift
another fuse location, if a fuse goes it straight up.
out. Replace the fuse as soon as Do not pull the engine
compartment fuse block lever, The vehicle may not be equipped
possible. with all of the fuses, relays, and
since it is intended only for
service purposes. If pulled, features shown.
Engine Compartment
vehicle malfunction may occur.
Fuse Block
The underhood fuse block is in the
engine compartment, on the driver
side of the vehicle. Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
312 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage
F1 Antilock brake
system
F2 Starter 1
F3 DC DC transformer 1
F4 –
F5 –
F6 –
F7 DC DC transformer 2
F8 Starter 3
F9 –
F10 –
F11 –
F12 Front wiper
F13 Starter 2
F14 LED/Automatic
headlamp leveling
F15 Rear wiper 1
F16 –
F17 –
F18 Automatic headlamp
leveling module
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 313

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
F19 – F34 Horn F49 Interior rearview
F20 – F35 – mirror/Trailer
F21 – F36 Headlamp F50 Fuel system control

high-beam left module
F22 Electronic brake
control module F37 Headlamp F51 Heated steering
high-beam right wheel
F23 Parking/Trailer
lamps F38 Automatic headlamp F52 Air conditioning
leveling motor clutch
F24 Right trailer
stoplamp/Turn F39 Transmission control F53 Transmission range
signal lamp module 1 control module
F25 Steering column lock F40 Left rear bus F54 Coolant pump
F26 – electrical center/ F55 –

Ignition F56 –
F27 Left trailer stoplamp/
Turn signal lamp F41 Instrument cluster F57 Engine control
F28 – F42 Heating, ventilation, module/Ignition
and air conditioning F58 Transmission control
F29 –
F43 Head-up display module/Ignition
F30 Washer pump
F44 – F59 Engine control
F31 Headlamp low-beam module battery
right F45 –
F46 – F60 Transmission control
F32 Headlamp module 2
low-beam left F47 –
F61 O2 sensor 1/
F33 Fog lamps F48 Rear wiper 2 Aeroshutter
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
314 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse
F62 Engine control K1 Starter 1 Block
module – odd K2 Run/Crank
F63 O2 sensor 2 K3 Starter 3
F64 Engine control K4 LED/Automatic
module – even headlamps
F65 Engine control K5 –
module powertrain 1
K6 Coolant pump
F66 Engine control
module powertrain 2 K7 Engine control
module
F67 Powertrain TRCM
K8 Air conditioning
F68 –
K9 –
F69 –
K10 Starter 2 The instrument panel fuse block is
F70 – inside the center console on the
F71 – passenger side of the vehicle.
F72 – See the fuse block cover for specific

fuse information.
F73 –
Open the fuse panel door,
F74 – or remove the panel from the
F75 – passenger side by pulling it out.
F76 –
F77 –
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 315

Fuses Usage
F1 Body control
module 6
F2 Diagnostic link/
Central gateway
module
F3 Electric steering
column lock
F4 –
F5 Logistics
To reinstall the door, push the door F6 Heating,
back into its original location. ventilation, and air
conditioning
F7 Body control
module 3
F8 Head-up display
F9 Front passenger
heated seat
F10 Airbag/Seat belt
F11 Electronic precision
The vehicle may not be equipped shift
with all of the fuses, relays, and F12 Amplifier
features shown.
F13 Body control
module 7
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/28/18
316 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Circuit Usage
F14 Driver heated seat F28 Heating, Breakers
F15 Instrument panel ventilation, and air F40 –

switch bank conditioning F41 –
display
F16 Sunroof F42 Auxiliary power
F29 Radio outlet/Lighter
F17 Body control
module 1 F30 Steering wheel
adjustment controls Rear Compartment Fuse
F18 Instrument cluster
F31 Front blower Block
F19 –
F32 DC AC inverter
F20 Rear seat
entertainment F33 Driver power seat
F21 Body control F34 Passenger

module 4 power seat
F22 Infotainment USB F35 Battery IEC 1 feed

data/Aux jack F36 Electric power
F23 Body control steering
module 2 F37 Rear seat
F24 USB charger/ entertainment/USB
Wireless charging charge/Wireless
charging module
F25 Park aid The rear compartment fuse block is
F38 Body control
F26 CIM module 8 behind a trim panel on the driver
F27 Video side of the rear storage
F39 – compartment.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 317

Fuses Usage
F3 Driver seat belt
motor
F4 Rear blower
F5 Rear drive control
F6 Passenger seat
belt motor
F7 Right window
F8 Rear defogger
Remove the side bin, load floor, and F9 Left window
foam. See Cargo Management F10 –
System 0 114.
F11 Trailer reverse
Remove the trim plate to access the
fuse block. F12 –
The label for this fuse block is in the F13 –

spare tire area, on the foam under F14 –
the cargo floor.
F15 –
F16 –
F17 Camera
F18 Trailer module
Fuses Usage
F19 Ventilated seats
F1 –
F20 –
F2 Trailer battery 1
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
318 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage
F21 Trailer connector F37 – F54 External object
F22 – F38 Window module calculating/Side
blind zone alert
F23 – F39 Rear closure
F55 –
F24 Passenger window F40 Memory seat
switch module F56 Universal remote
system/Rain
F25 – F41 Automatic sensor
F26 Trailer brake occupancy sensor
F57 Theft deterrent
F27 Driver ventilated F42 Trailer battery 2
seat/Lumbar F43 – Circuit Usage
F28 Passive entry/ F44 – Breakers
Passive start F45 Liftgate motor CB1 –
F29 – F46 Rear heated seats CB2 –
F30 Canister vent F47 – CB3 Rear auxiliary power
F31 – outlet
F48 Glass break sensor
F32 Heated mirror F49 – Relays Usage
F33 – F50 – K1 –
F34 Liftgate module F51 – K2 –
F35 Fuel system control F52 Active dampening
module system module
F36 Passenger F53 Rear parking aid
ventilated seat/ module/Video/USB
Lumbar
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 319

Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)
Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that
Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as have been damaged by
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes,
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could curbs, etc.
the warranty manual for cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only
warranty and where to get to maintain the the dealer or an
service. For additional recommended pressure. authorized tire service
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be center should repair,
manufacturer. checked when the tires replace, dismount, and
are cold. mount the tires.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are (35 mph) on slippery
a sudden impact — such surfaces such as snow,
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the spinning may cause the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure. tires to explode.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the See Tire Pressure for
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn, High-Speed Operation 0 328 for
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. inflation pressure adjustment for
Limits 0 217. (Continued) high-speed driving.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
320 Vehicle Care

All-Season Tires Winter Tires Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
This vehicle may come with This vehicle was not originally may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
all-season tires. These tires are equipped with winter tires. Winter and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
designed to provide good overall tires are designed for increased tires with a lower speed rating are
performance on most road surfaces traction on snow and ice-covered chosen, never exceed the tire's
and weather conditions. Original roads. Consider installing winter maximum speed capability.
equipment tires designed to GM's tires on the vehicle if frequent
specific tire performance criteria driving on ice or snow covered Summer Tires
have a TPC specification code roads is expected. See your dealer
molded onto the sidewall. Original for details regarding winter tire This vehicle may come with high
equipment all-season tires can be availability and proper tire selection. performance summer tires. These
identified by the last two characters Also, see Buying New Tires 0 335. tires have a special tread and
of this TPC code, which will compound that are optimized for
With winter tires, there may be
be “MS.” maximum dry and wet road
decreased dry road traction,
performance. This special tread and
Consider installing winter tires on increased road noise, and shorter
compound will have decreased
the vehicle if frequent driving on tread life. After changing to winter
performance in cold climates, and
snow or ice-covered roads is tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
on ice and snow. It is recommended
expected. All-season tires provide handling and braking.
that winter tires be installed on the
adequate performance for most If using winter tires: vehicle if frequent driving at
winter driving conditions, but they
. Use tires of the same brand and temperatures below approximately
may not offer the same level of
tread type on all four wheel 5 °C (40 °F) or on ice or snow
traction or performance as winter
positions. covered roads is expected. See
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
Winter Tires 0 320.
See Winter Tires 0 320. . Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 321
Caution
Tire Sidewall Labeling (2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Useful information about a tire is Specification) : Original
High performance summer tires molded into its sidewall. The
have rubber compounds that lose equipment tires designed to
examples show a typical GM's specific tire performance
flexibility and may develop passenger vehicle tire and a
surface cracks in the tread area criteria have a TPC specification
compact spare tire sidewall. code molded onto the sidewall.
at temperatures below −7 °C (20 °
F). Always store high GM's TPC specifications meet or
performance summer tires exceed all federal safety
indoors and at temperatures guidelines.
above −7 °C (20 °F) when not in
(3) DOT (Department of
use. If the tires have been
Transportation) : The
subjected to −7 °C (20 °F) or less,
let them warm up in a heated
Department of Transportation
space to at least 5 °C (40 °F) for (DOT) code indicates that the
24 hours or more before being tire is in compliance with the
installed or driving a vehicle on U.S. Department of
which they are installed. Do not Transportation Motor Vehicle
apply heat or blow heated air Safety Standards.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
directly on the tires. Always DOT Tire Date of
inspect tires before use. See Tire (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four
Inspection 0 333. combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire
numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week (01–
aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the
and service description. See the year. For example, the third
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
322 Vehicle Care

week of the year 2010 would resistance. For more information speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph).
have a four-digit DOT date see Uniform Tire Quality The compact spare tire is for
of 0310. Grading 0 337. emergency use when a regular
(4) Tire Identification Number (7) Maximum Cold Inflation road tire has lost air and gone
(TIN) : The letters and numbers Load Limit : Maximum load that flat. If the vehicle has a compact
following the DOT (Department can be carried and the spare tire, see Compact Spare
of Transportation) code are the maximum pressure needed to Tire 0 355 and If a Tire Goes
Tire Identification Number (TIN). support that load. Flat 0 341.
The TIN shows the (3) Tire Identification Number
manufacturer and plant code, (TIN) : The letters and numbers
tire size, and date the tire was following the DOT (Department
manufactured. The TIN is of Transportation) code are the
molded onto both sides of the Tire Identification Number (TIN).
tire, although only one side may The TIN shows the
have the date of manufacture. manufacturer and plant code,
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type tire size, and date the tire was
of cord and number of plies in manufactured. The TIN is
the sidewall and under the tread. molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
(6) Uniform Tire Quality have the date of manufacture.
Grading (UTQG) : Tire Compact Spare Tire Example
manufacturers are required to (4) Maximum Cold Inflation
(1) Tire Ply Material : The type
grade tires based on three Load Limit : Maximum load that
of cord and number of plies in
performance factors: treadwear, can be carried and the
the sidewall and under the tread.
traction, and temperature maximum pressure needed to
(2) Temporary Use Only : The support that load.
compact spare tire or temporary
use tire should not be driven at
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 323

(5) Tire Inflation : The Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit
temporary use tire or compact number that indicates the tire
spare tire should be inflated to Tire Size height-to-width measurements.
420 kPa (60 psi). For more The following is an example of a For example, if the tire size
information on tire pressure and typical passenger vehicle aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
inflation see Tire Pressure tire size. item 3 of the illustration, it would
0 326. mean that the tire's sidewall is
(6) Tire Size : A combination of 60 percent as high as it is wide.
letters and numbers define a (4) Construction Code : A letter
tire's width, height, aspect ratio, code is used to indicate the type
construction type, and service of ply construction in the tire.
description. The letter T as the The letter R means radial ply
first character in the tire size (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; the letter D means
means the tire is for temporary The United States version of a diagonal or bias ply
use only. metric tire sizing system. The construction; and the letter B
(7) TPC Spec (Tire letter P as the first character in means belted-bias ply
Performance Criteria the tire size means a passenger construction.
Specification) : Original vehicle tire engineered to (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
equipment tires designed to standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches.
GM's specific tire performance and Rim Association. (6) Service Description : These
criteria have a TPC specification (2) Tire Width : The three-digit characters represent the load
code molded onto the sidewall. number indicates the tire section index and speed rating of the
GM's TPC specifications meet or width in millimeters from tire. The load index represents
exceed all federal safety sidewall to sidewall. the load carrying capacity a tire
guidelines.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
324 Vehicle Care

is certified to carry. The speed Belt : A rubber coated layer of maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
rating is the maximum speed a cords between the plies and the and coolant, but without
tire is certified to carry a load. tread. Cords may be made from passengers and cargo.
steel or other reinforcing DOT Markings : A code molded
Tire Terminology and materials. into the sidewall of a tire
Definitions Bead : The tire bead contains signifying that the tire is in
Air Pressure : The amount of steel wires wrapped by steel compliance with the U.S.
air inside the tire pressing cords that hold the tire onto Department of Transportation
outward on each square inch of the rim. (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
the tire. Air pressure is Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire Standards. The DOT code
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) in which the plies are laid at includes the Tire Identification
or psi (pounds per square inch). alternate angles less than Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
90 degrees to the centerline of designator which can also
Accessory Weight : The identify the tire manufacturer,
combined weight of optional the tread.
production plant, brand, and
accessories. Some examples of Cold Tire Pressure : The date of production.
optional accessories are amount of air pressure in a tire,
automatic transmission, power measured in kPa (kilopascal) GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
windows, power seats, and air or psi (pounds per square inch) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
conditioning. before a tire has built up heat 0 217.
Aspect Ratio : The relationship from driving. See Tire Pressure GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
of a tire's height to its width. 0 326. Rating for the front axle. See
Curb Weight : The weight of a Vehicle Load Limits 0 217.
motor vehicle with standard and GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
optional equipment including the Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 217.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 325

Intended Outboard Sidewall : Maximum Loaded Vehicle Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
The side of an asymmetrical tire Weight : The sum of curb tire used on passenger cars and
that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, some light duty trucks and
when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and multipurpose vehicles.
Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric production options weight. Recommended Inflation
unit for air pressure. Normal Occupant Weight : The Pressure : Vehicle
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A number of occupants a vehicle manufacturer's recommended
tire used on light duty trucks and is designed to seat multiplied by tire inflation pressure as shown
some multipurpose passenger 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load on the tire placard.
vehicles. Limits 0 217. See Tire Pressure 0 326 and
Occupant Distribution : Vehicle Load Limits 0 217.
Load Index : An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279 Designated seating positions. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
that corresponds to the load Outward Facing Sidewall : The tire in which the ply cords that
carrying capacity of a tire. side of an asymmetrical tire that extend to the beads are laid at
has a particular side that faces 90 degrees to the centerline of
Maximum Inflation Pressure : the tread.
The maximum air pressure to outward when mounted on a
which a cold tire can be inflated. vehicle. The side of the tire that Rim : A metal support for a tire
The maximum air pressure is contains a whitewall, bears and upon which the tire beads
molded onto the sidewall. white lettering, or bears are seated.
manufacturer, brand, and/or Sidewall : The portion of a tire
Maximum Load Rating : The model name molding that is
load rating for a tire at the between the tread and the bead.
higher or deeper than the same
maximum permissible inflation moldings on the other sidewall
pressure for that tire. of the tire.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
326 Vehicle Care

Speed Rating : An government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the
a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tires need the correct amount of
speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 0 337. air pressure to operate
operate. effectively.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The
Traction : The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
{ Warning
The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated Neither tire underinflation nor
Tread : The portion of a tire that cargo load. See Vehicle Load overinflation is good.
comes into contact with Limits 0 217. Underinflated tires, or tires
the road. Vehicle Maximum Load on the that do not have enough air,
Tire : Load on an individual tire can result in:
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow
due to curb weight, accessory . Tire overloading and
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread weight, occupant weight, and overheating which could
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/ cargo weight. lead to a blowout.
16 in) of tread remains. See Vehicle Placard : A label . Premature or
When It Is Time for New Tires permanently attached to a irregular wear.
0 335. vehicle showing the vehicle . Poor handling.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and . Reduced fuel economy.
Grading Standards) : A tire
information system that provides recommended inflation pressure. Overinflated tires, or tires that
consumers with ratings for a See “Tire and Loading have too much air, can
tire's traction, temperature, and Information Label” under Vehicle result in:
treadwear. Ratings are Load Limits 0 217.
. Unusual wear.
determined by tire (Continued)
manufacturers using
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 327

When to Check further adjustment is necessary.
Warning (Continued) If the inflation pressure is low,
Check the tires once a month or
. Poor handling. more. Do not forget the compact add air until the recommended
spare, if the vehicle has one. pressure is reached. If the
. Rough ride. inflation pressure is high, press
The cold compact spare tire
. Needless damage from pressure should be at 420 kPa on the metal stem in the center
road hazards. (60 psi). See Compact Spare of the tire valve to release air.
Tire 0 355. Recheck the tire pressure with
The Tire and Loading the tire gauge.
How to Check
Information label on the vehicle Put the valve caps back on the
indicates the original equipment Use a good quality pocket-type
valve stems to keep out dirt and
tires and the correct cold tire gauge to check tire pressure.
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
inflation pressures. The Proper tire inflation cannot be
only valve caps designed for the
recommended pressure is the determined by looking at the tire.
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
minimum air pressure needed to Check the tire inflation pressure
could be damaged and would
support the vehicle's maximum when the tires are cold, meaning
not be covered by the vehicle
load carrying capacity. See the vehicle has not been driven
warranty.
Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
How the vehicle is loaded
affects vehicle handling and ride Remove the valve cap from the
comfort. Never load the vehicle tire valve stem. Press the tire
with more weight than it was gauge firmly onto the valve to
designed to carry. get a pressure measurement.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
328 Vehicle Care

Tire Pressure for adjustment when driving the vehicle Each tire, including the spare (if
at speeds of 160 km/h (100 mph) or provided), should be checked
High-Speed Operation higher. Set the cold inflation monthly when cold and inflated to
pressure to the maximum inflation the inflation pressure recommended
{ Warning pressure shown on the tire sidewall, by the vehicle manufacturer on the
or 280 kPa (41 psi), whichever is vehicle placard or tire inflation
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h lower. Return the tires to the pressure label. (If your vehicle has
(100 mph) or higher, puts recommended cold tire inflation tires of a different size than the size
additional strain on tires. pressure when high-speed driving indicated on the vehicle placard or
Sustained high-speed driving has ended. tire inflation pressure label, you
causes excessive heat buildup See Vehicle Load Limits 0 217 and should determine the proper tire
and can cause sudden tire failure. Tire Pressure 0 326. inflation pressure for those tires.)
This could cause a crash, and The maximum load and inflation As an added safety feature, your
you or others could be killed. pressure is molded on the tire vehicle has been equipped with a
Some high-speed rated tires sidewall, in small letters, near the tire pressure monitoring system
require inflation pressure rim flange. It will read something like (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
adjustment for high-speed this: Maximum load pressure telltale when one or more
operation. When speed limits and 690 kg (1,521 lbs) 300 kPa (44 psi) of your tires is significantly
road conditions allow the vehicle Max. Press. under-inflated.
to be driven at high speeds, make
Accordingly, when the low tire
sure the tires are rated for Tire Pressure Monitor pressure telltale illuminates, you
high-speed operation, are in System should stop and check your tires as
excellent condition, and are set to soon as possible, and inflate them
the correct cold tire inflation The Tire Pressure Monitor System
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
pressure for the vehicle load. (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
significantly under-inflated tire
technology to check tire pressure
causes the tire to overheat and can
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
Vehicles with 235/65R18, 235/ lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
the air pressure in your tires and
55R20, 245/65R17, or 255/65R17 also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
transmit tire pressure readings to a
size tires require inflation pressure receiver located in the vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 329

tread life, and may affect the of reasons, including the installation the tires and transmit the tire
vehicle's handling and stopping of replacement or alternate tires or pressure readings to a receiver
ability. wheels on the vehicle that prevent located in the vehicle.
Please note that the TPMS is not a the TPMS from functioning properly.
substitute for proper tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
maintenance, and it is the driver's telltale after replacing one or more
responsibility to maintain correct tire tires or wheels on your vehicle to
pressure, even if under-inflation has ensure that the replacement or
not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
pressure telltale. properly. When a low tire pressure condition
See Tire Pressure Monitor is detected, the TPMS illuminates
Your vehicle has also been
Operation 0 329. the low tire pressure warning light
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
located on the instrument cluster.
indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency Statement
If the warning light comes on, stop
system is not operating properly. 0 400.
as soon as possible and inflate the
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
tires to the recommended pressure
combined with the low tire pressure Tire Pressure Monitor shown on the Tire and Loading
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
Operation Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 217.
approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). A message to check the pressure in
This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the a specific tire displays in the Driver
subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure Information Center (DIC). The low
long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are tire pressure warning light and the
mounted onto each tire and wheel DIC warning message come on at
When the malfunction indicator is
assembly, excluding the spare tire each ignition cycle until the tires are
illuminated, the system may not be
and wheel assembly. The TPMS inflated to the correct inflation
able to detect or signal low tire
sensors monitor the air pressure in pressure. Using the DIC, tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
pressure levels can be viewed. For
malfunctions may occur for a variety
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
330 Vehicle Care

additional information and details maintenance. See Tire Inspection TPMS Malfunction Light and
about the DIC operation and 0 333, Tire Rotation 0 334 and Tires Message
displays see Driver Information 0 319.
Center (DIC) (Base and Midlevel) The TPMS will not function properly
0 145 or Driver Information Center if one or more of the TPMS sensors
Caution are missing or inoperable. When the
(DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148.
system detects a malfunction, the
The low tire pressure warning light Tire sealant materials are not all
low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when the same. A non-approved tire
flashes for about one minute and
the vehicle is first started, and then sealant could damage the TPMS then stays on for the remainder of
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This sensors. TPMS sensor damage the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
could be an early indicator that the caused by using an incorrect tire message also displays. The
air pressure is getting low and sealant is not covered by the malfunction light and DIC warning
needs to be inflated to the proper vehicle warranty. Always use only message come on at each ignition
pressure. the GM approved tire sealant cycle until the problem is corrected.
A Tire and Loading Information available through your dealer or Some of the conditions that can
label, attached to your vehicle, included in the vehicle. cause these to come on are:
shows the size of the original . One of the road tires has been
equipment tires and the correct Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kits replaced with the spare tire. The
inflation pressure for the tires when use a GM-approved liquid tire spare tire does not have a
they are cold. See Vehicle Load sealant. Using non-approved tire TPMS sensor. The malfunction
Limits 0 217, for an example of the sealants could damage the TPMS light and DIC message should
Tire and Loading Information label sensors. See Tire Sealant and go off after the road tire is
and its location. Also see Tire Compressor Kit 0 342 for replaced and the sensor
Pressure 0 326. information regarding the inflator kit matching process is performed
The TPMS can warn about a low materials and instructions. successfully. See “TPMS Sensor
tire pressure condition but it does Matching Process” later in this
not replace normal tire section.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 331

. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or When the recommended
process was not done or not being near facilities using radio pressure is reached, the horn
completed successfully after wave frequencies similar to the sounds once and the turn
rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS signal lamp will stop flashing
malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. and briefly turn solid.
message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning Repeat these steps for all
successfully completing the properly it cannot detect or signal a underinflated tires that have
sensor matching process. See low tire pressure condition. See illuminated the low tire pressure
"TPMS Sensor Matching your dealer for service if the TPMS warning light.
Process" later in this section. malfunction light and DIC message
. One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
come on and stay on. { Warning
malfunction light and the DIC Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) Overinflating a tire could cause
message should go off when the This feature provides visual and the tire to rupture and you or
TPMS sensors are installed and audible alerts outside the vehicle to others could be injured. Do not
the sensor matching process is help when inflating an underinflated exceed the maximum pressure
performed successfully. See tire to the recommended cold tire listed on the tire sidewall.
your dealer for service. pressure. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 321
. Replacement tires or wheels do When the low tire pressure warning and Vehicle Load Limits 0 217.
not match the original equipment light comes on:
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level If the tire is overinflated by more
other than those recommended
place. than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will
could prevent the TPMS from
sound multiple times and the turn
functioning properly. See Buying 2. Set the parking brake firmly.
signal lamp will continue to flash for
New Tires 0 335. 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). several seconds after filling stops.
4. Add air to the tire that is To release and correct the pressure,
underinflated. The turn signal while the turn signal lamp is still
lamp will flash. flashing, briefly press the center of
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
332 Vehicle Care

the valve stem. When the . The battery of the TPMS sensor tire. See your dealer for service or
recommended pressure is reached, is low. to purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
the horn sounds once. If the tire fill alert does not operate relearn tool can also be purchased.
If the turn signal lamp does not flash due to TPMS interference, move the See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
within 15 seconds after starting to vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or Activation Tool at
inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has forward and try again. If the tire fill www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
not been activated or is not working. alert feature is not working, use a call 1-800-GM TOOLS
tire pressure gauge. (1-800-468-6657).
If the hazard warning flashers are
on, the tire fill alert visual feedback There are two minutes to match the
TPMS Sensor Matching first tire/wheel position, and
will not work properly. Process five minutes overall to match all four
The TPMS will not activate the tire Each TPMS sensor has a unique tire/wheel positions. If it takes
fill alert properly under the following identification code. The identification longer, the matching process stops
conditions: code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted.
. There is interference from an tire/wheel position after rotating the The TPMS sensor matching
external device or transmitter. vehicle’s tires or replacing one or process is:
. The air pressure from the more of the TPMS sensors. The
TPMS sensor matching process 1. Set the parking brake.
inflation device is not sufficient
should also be performed after 2. Place the vehicle in Service
to inflate the tire.
replacing a spare tire with a road Mode. See Ignition Positions
. There is a malfunction in tire containing the TPMS sensor. 0 221.
the TPMS. The malfunction light and the DIC
3. Make sure the Tire Pressure
. There is a malfunction in the message should go off at the next
info page option is turned on.
horn or turn signal lamps. ignition cycle. The sensors are
The info pages on the DIC can
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
. The identification code of the be turned on and off through
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
TPMS sensor is not registered to the Options menu.
following order: driver side front tire,
the system. passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 333

See Driver Information Center 8. Proceed to the passenger side Tire Inspection
(DIC) (Base and Midlevel) front tire, and repeat the
0 145 or Driver Information procedure in Step 7. We recommend that the tires,
Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 148. including the spare tire, if the
9. Proceed to the passenger side
4. Use the DIC controls on the rear tire, and repeat the vehicle has one, be inspected
right side of the steering wheel procedure in Step 7. for signs of wear or damage at
to scroll to the Tire Pressure least once a month.
10. Proceed to the driver side rear
screen under the DIC tire, and repeat the procedure Replace the tire if:
info page. in Step 7. The horn sounds two . The indicators at three or
5. Press and hold V in the center times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
more places around the tire
of the DIC controls. can be seen.
matched to the driver side rear
The horn sounds twice to tire, and the TPMS sensor . There is cord or fabric
signal the receiver is in relearn matching process is no longer
mode and the TIRE showing through the tire's
active. The TIRE LEARNING rubber.
LEARNING ACTIVE message ACTIVE message on the DIC
displays on the DIC display. display goes off. . The tread or sidewall is
6. Start with the driver side 11. Turn the vehicle off. cracked, cut, or snagged
front tire. deep enough to show cord or
12. Set all four tires to the fabric.
7. Place the relearn tool against recommended air pressure
the tire sidewall, near the valve level as indicated on the Tire . The tire has a bump, bulge,
stem. Then press the button to and Loading Information label. or split.
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the . The tire has a puncture, cut,
sensor identification code has or other damage that cannot
been matched to this tire and be repaired well because of
wheel position. the size or location of the
damage.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
334 Vehicle Care

Tire Rotation Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Tires should be rotated every Nut Torque” under Capacities
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See and Specifications 0 387.
Maintenance Schedule 0 375.
Tires are rotated to achieve a { Warning
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
important. parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
Anytime unusual wear is after time. The wheel could come
noticed, rotate the tires as soon off and cause a crash. When
as possible, check for proper tire Use this rotation pattern when changing a wheel, remove any
inflation pressure, and check for rotating the tires. rust or dirt from places where the
damaged tires or wheels. If the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
If the vehicle has a compact
unusual wear continues after the an emergency, a cloth or a paper
spare tire, do not include it in the
rotation, check the wheel towel can be used; however, use
tire rotation.
alignment. a scraper or wire brush later to
See When It Is Time for New Adjust the front and rear tires to remove all rust or dirt.
Tires 0 335 and Wheel the recommended inflation
Replacement 0 339. pressure on the Tire and Lightly coat the center of the
Loading Information label after wheel hub with wheel bearing
the tires have been rotated. grease after a wheel change or
See Tire Pressure 0 326 and tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Vehicle Load Limits 0 217. or rust build-up. Do not get
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel
System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the
Monitor Operation 0 329. wheel nuts or bolts.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 335

When It Is Time for New The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other
This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber.
Factors such as maintenance, never used. Multiple factors Parking for an extended period can
temperatures, driving speeds, including temperatures, loading cause flat spots on the tires that
vehicle loading, and road conditions conditions, and inflation pressure may result in vibrations while
affect the wear rate of the tires. maintenance affect how fast aging driving. When storing a vehicle for
takes place. GM recommends that at least a month, remove the tires or
tires, including the spare if raise the vehicle to reduce the
equipped, be replaced after six weight from the tires.
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires
Number (TIN) which is molded into GM has developed and matched
one side of the tire sidewall. The specific tires for the vehicle. The
first two digits represent the week original equipment tires installed
(01–52) and the last two digits, the were designed to meet General
year. For example, the third week of
the year 2010 would have a
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
four-digit DOT date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage replacement tires are needed,
tell when it is time for new tires. Tires age when stored normally GM strongly recommends
Treadwear indicators appear when mounted on a parked vehicle. Park buying tires with the same TPC
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) a vehicle that will be stored for at Spec rating.
or less of tread remaining. least a month in a cool, dry, clean
See Tire Inspection 0 333 and Tire area away from direct sunlight to GM's exclusive TPC Spec
Rotation 0 334. slow aging. This area should be free system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
336 Vehicle Care

vehicle, including brake system necessary to replace only one
performance, ride and handling, axle set of worn tires, place the { Warning
traction control, and tire new tires on the rear axle. Mixing tires of different sizes,
pressure monitoring Winter tires with the same speed brands, or types may cause
performance. GM's TPC Spec rating as the original equipment loss of control of the vehicle,
number is molded onto the tire's tires may not be available for H, resulting in a crash or other
sidewall near the tire size. If the V, W, Y and ZR speed rated vehicle damage. Use the
tires have an all-season tread tires. Never exceed the winter correct size, brand, and type
design, the TPC Spec number tires’ maximum speed capability of tires on all wheels.
will be followed by MS for mud when using winter tires with a
and snow. See Tire Sidewall lower speed rating.
Labeling 0 321.
GM recommends replacing worn { Warning { Warning
tires in complete sets of four. Using bias-ply tires on the
Uniform tread depth on all tires Tires could explode during vehicle may cause the wheel
will help to maintain the improper service. Attempting rim flanges to develop cracks
performance of the vehicle. to mount or dismount a tire after many miles of driving.
Braking and handling could cause injury or death. A tire and/or wheel could fail
performance may be adversely Only your dealer or authorized suddenly and cause a crash.
affected if all the tires are not tire service center should Use only radial-ply tires with
replaced at the same time. mount or dismount the tires. the wheels on the vehicle.
If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done, If the vehicle tires must be
all four tires should wear out at replaced with a tire that does not
about the same time. See Tire have a TPC Spec number, make
Rotation 0 334. However, if it is sure they are the same size,
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 337

load range, speed rating, and control, electronic stability control, Traffic Safety Administration
construction (radial) as the or All-Wheel Drive, the performance (NHTSA), which grades tires by
original tires. of these systems can also be treadwear, traction, and
affected. temperature performance. This
Vehicles that have a tire
applies only to vehicles sold in
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
{ Warning the United States. The grades
low-pressure warning if non-TPC If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of
Spec rated tires are installed. there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The
See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading
System 0 328. tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply
wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
The Tire and Loading increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with
Information label indicates the and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of
original equipment tires on the specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
0 217. have them properly installed by a tires.
GM certified technician.
Different Size Tires and While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 335 and and light trucks may vary with
If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and Modifications respect to these grades, they
are a different size than the original 0 286. must also conform to federal
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle safety requirements and
performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
ride and handling characteristics, Grading Performance Criteria (TPC)
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates standards.
electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the
brakes, rollover airbags, traction United States National Highway
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
338 Vehicle Care

Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving Temperature
where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and The temperature grades are A
sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road (the highest), B, and C,
and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate. representing the tire's resistance
example: to the generation of heat and its
Traction
Treadwear 200 Traction AA ability to dissipate heat when
The traction grades, from
Temperature A tested under controlled
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
All Passenger Car Tires Must conditions on a specified indoor
and C. Those grades represent
Conform to Federal Safety laboratory test wheel. Sustained
the tire's ability to stop on wet
Requirements In Addition To high temperature can cause the
pavement as measured under
These Grades. material of the tire to degenerate
controlled conditions on
and reduce tire life, and
Treadwear specified government test
excessive temperature can lead
surfaces of asphalt and
The treadwear grade is a to sudden tire failure. The grade
concrete. A tire marked C may
comparative rating based on the C corresponds to a level of
have poor traction performance.
wear rate of the tire when tested performance which all
Warning: The traction grade
under controlled conditions on a passenger car tires must meet
assigned to this tire is based on
specified government test under the Federal Motor Safety
straight-ahead braking traction
course. For example, a tire Standard No. 109. Grades B and
tests, and does not include
graded 150 would wear one and A represent higher levels of
acceleration, cornering,
one-half (1½) times as well on performance on the laboratory
hydroplaning, or peak traction
the government course as a tire test wheel than the minimum
characteristics.
graded 100. The relative required by law. Warning: The
performance of tires depends temperature grade for this tire is
upon the actual conditions of established for a tire that is
their use, however, and may properly inflated and not
depart significantly from the overloaded. Excessive speed,
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 339

underinflation, or excessive Wheel Replacement
loading, either separately or in { Warning
Replace any wheel that is bent,
combination, can cause heat cracked, or badly rusted or Using the wrong replacement
buildup and possible tire failure. corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts can be dangerous. It could
Wheel Alignment and Tire wheel nuts should be replaced. affect the braking and handling of
Balance If the wheel leaks air, replace it. the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
Some aluminum wheels can be and cause loss of control, causing
The tires and wheels were aligned repaired. See your dealer if any of a crash. Always use the correct
and balanced at the factory to these conditions exist.
provide the longest tire life and best wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
overall performance. Adjustments to Your dealer will know the kind of nuts for replacement.
wheel alignment and tire balancing wheel that is needed.
are not necessary on a regular Each new wheel should have the
basis. Consider an alignment check same load-carrying capacity, Caution
if there is unusual tire wear or the diameter, width, offset, and be
vehicle is significantly pulling to one mounted the same way as the one it The wrong wheel can also cause
side or the other. Some slight pull to replaces. problems with bearing life, brake
the left or right, depending on the cooling, speedometer or
crown of the road and/or other road Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor odometer calibration, headlamp
surface variations such as troughs aim, bumper height, vehicle
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts. ground clearance, and tire or tire
vibrating when driving on a smooth
chain clearance to the body and
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer chassis.
for proper diagnosis.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
340 Vehicle Care

Used Replacement Wheels
Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)
{ Warning cause loss of control and a crash. that are the proper size for the
Use another type of traction tires. Install them on the tires of
Replacing a wheel with a used
device only if its manufacturer the front axle. Do not use chains
one is dangerous. How it has
recommends it for the vehicle's on the tires of the rear axle.
been used or how far it has been
tire size combination and road Tighten them as tightly as
driven may be unknown. It could
conditions. Follow that possible with the ends securely
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
manufacturer's instructions. To fastened. Drive slowly and follow
When replacing wheels, use a
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow the chain manufacturer's
new GM original equipment
and readjust or remove the instructions. If the chains contact
wheel.
traction device if it contacts the the vehicle, stop and retighten
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. If them. If the contact continues,
Tire Chains traction devices are used, install slow down until it stops. Driving
them on the front tires. too fast or spinning the wheels
{ Warning with chains on will damage the
vehicle.
If the vehicle has a tire size other
Caution
than 235/65R18, do not use tire
chains. There is not enough If the vehicle is equipped with
clearance. Tire chains used on a 235/65R18 size tires, use tire
vehicle without the proper amount chains only where legal and only
of clearance can cause damage when necessary. Use low profile
to the brakes, suspension, chains that add no more than
or other vehicle parts. The area 12 mm thickness to the tire tread
damaged by the tire chains could and inner sidewall. Use chains
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 341

If a Tire Goes Flat
{ Warning Warning (Continued)
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause anything else, you or others could
are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire. be badly injured or killed if the
0 319. If air goes out of a tire, it is Re-inflating a tire after it has been vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
much more likely to leak out slowly. driven on while severely is provided with the vehicle, only
But if there is ever a blowout, here underinflated or flat may cause a use it for changing a flat tire.
are a few tips about what to expect blowout and a serious crash.
and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
If a front tire fails, the flat tire that has been driven on while and wheel damage by driving slowly
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle severely underinflated or flat. to a level place, well off the road,
toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized if possible. Turn on the hazard
the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or warning flashers. See Hazard
steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as Warning Flashers 0 168.
maintain lane position, and then possible.
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
{ Warning
Changing a tire can be
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
{ Warning dangerous. The vehicle can slip
may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under off the jack and roll over or fall
used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is causing injury or death. Find a
accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the level place to change the tire. To
straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and help prevent the vehicle from
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with moving:
to a stop, well off the road,
the vehicle, it is designed only for 1. Set the parking brake firmly.
if possible.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for (Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
342 Vehicle Care

When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
Warning (Continued) use the following example as a Warning (Continued)
guide to assist you in the placement
2. Put an automatic of wheel blocks (1), if equipped. enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust
transmission in P (Park) or a contains carbon monoxide (CO)
manual transmission in which cannot be seen or smelled.
1 (First) or R (Reverse). It can cause unconsciousness
3. Turn off the engine and do and even death. Never run the
not restart while the vehicle engine in an enclosed area that
is raised. has no fresh air ventilation. For
more information, see Engine
4. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle. Exhaust 0 228.
5. Place wheel blocks,

if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
{ Warning
corner of the tire being
changed. The following information explains Overinflating a tire could cause
how to repair or change a tire. the tire to rupture and you or
others could be injured. Be sure
This vehicle may come with a jack to read and follow the tire sealant
and spare tire or a tire sealant and Tire Sealant and
and compressor kit instructions
compressor kit. To use the jacking Compressor Kit and inflate the tire to its
equipment to change a spare tire
recommended pressure. Do not
safely, follow the instructions below.
Then see Tire Changing 0 349. To
{ Warning exceed the recommended
use the tire sealant and compressor pressure.
Idling a vehicle in an enclosed
kit, see Tire Sealant and area with poor ventilation is
Compressor Kit 0 342. dangerous. Engine exhaust may
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 343

sealant and compressor kit to be
{ Warning effective. See Roadside Assistance
Program 0 394.
Storing the tire sealant and
compressor kit or other Read and follow all of the tire
equipment in the passenger sealant and compressor kit
compartment of the vehicle could instructions.
cause injury. In a sudden stop or The kit includes:
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store the tire
sealant and compressor kit in its
original location.
9. Power Plug
10. Air Only Hose
If this vehicle has a tire sealant and
compressor kit, there may not be a Tire Sealant
spare tire or tire changing
equipment, and on some vehicles Read and follow the safe handling
there may not be a place to store instructions on the label adhered to
a tire. the tire sealant canister (4).
The tire sealant and compressor Check the tire sealant expiration
can be used to temporarily seal date on the tire sealant canister.
punctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) in 1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve The tire sealant canister (4) should
the tread area of the tire. It can also 2. Sealant/Air Hose be replaced before its expiration
be used to inflate an 3. Base of Sealant Canister date. Replacement tire sealant
underinflated tire. 4. Tire Sealant Canister canisters are available at your local
5. On/Off Button dealer.
If the tire has been separated from
the wheel, has damaged sidewalls, 6. Slot on Top of Compressor There is only enough sealant to seal
or has a large puncture, the tire is 7. Pressure Deflation Button one tire. After usage, the tire sealant
too severely damaged for the tire 8. Pressure Gauge canister must be replaced.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
344 Vehicle Care

Using the Tire Sealant and 3. Place the compressor on the
Compressor Kit to Temporarily ground near the flat tire.
Seal and Inflate a
Punctured Tire
When using the tire sealant and
compressor kit during cold
temperatures, warm the kit in a
heated environment for five minutes.
This will help to inflate the tire
faster.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly 5. Slide the base of the tire
to a level place. Turn on the hazard sealant canister (3) into the slot
warning flashers. See Hazard on the top of the compressor
Warning Flashers 0 168. 4. Attach the air only hose (10) to (6) to hold it upright.
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 341 for the sealant canister inlet Make sure the tire valve stem
other important safety warnings. valve (1) by turning it clockwise is positioned close to the
until tight. ground so the hose will
Do not remove any objects that
have penetrated the tire. reach it.
1. Remove the tire sealant 6. Remove the valve stem cap
canister (4) and compressor from the flat tire by turning it
from its storage location. See counterclockwise.
Storing the Tire Sealant and
Compressor Kit 0 348.
2. Remove the air only hose (10)
and the power plug (9) from the
bottom of the compressor.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 345

9. Start the vehicle. The vehicle is on. Turn the compressor off
must be running while using to get an accurate pressure
the air compressor. reading. The compressor may
10. Press the on/off button (5) to be turned on/off until the
turn the tire sealant and correct pressure is reached.
compressor kit on.
Caution
The compressor will inject
sealant and air into the tire. If the recommended pressure
The pressure gauge (8) will cannot be reached after
initially show a high pressure approximately 25 minutes, the
while the compressor pushes vehicle should not be driven
7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2) the sealant into the tire. Once farther. The tire is too severely
to the tire valve stem by turning the sealant is completely damaged and the tire sealant and
it clockwise until tight. dispersed into the tire, the compressor kit cannot inflate the
pressure will quickly drop and tire. Remove the power plug from
8. Plug the power plug (9) into the start to rise again as the tire the accessory power outlet and
accessory power outlet in the inflates with air only. unscrew the inflating hose from
vehicle. Unplug all items from
other accessory power outlets. 11. Inflate the tire to the the tire valve. See Roadside
See Power Outlets 0 124. recommended inflation Assistance Program 0 394.
pressure using the pressure
If the vehicle has an accessory gauge (8). The recommended
power outlet, do not use the 12. Press the on/off button (5) to
inflation pressure can be found turn the tire sealant and
cigarette lighter. on the Tire and Loading compressor kit off.
If the vehicle only has a Information label. See Tire
cigarette lighter, use the Pressure 0 326. The tire is not sealed and will
cigarette lighter. continue to leak air until the
The pressure gauge (8) may vehicle is driven and the
Do not pinch the power plug read higher than the actual tire sealant is distributed in the tire.
cord in the door or window. pressure while the compressor
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
346 Vehicle Care

Therefore, Steps 13–21 must 19. Return the air only hose (10) Tire Sealant and Compressor
be done immediately after and power plug (9) back to Kit without Sealant to Inflate a
Step 12. their original storage location. Tire (Not Punctured).”
Be careful while handling the If the tire pressure has fallen
tire sealant and compressor kit more than 68 kPa (10 psi)
as it could be warm after below the recommended
usage. inflation pressure, stop driving
13. Unplug the power plug (9) from the vehicle. The tire is too
the accessory power outlet in severely damaged and the tire
the vehicle. sealant cannot seal the tire.
20. If the flat tire was able to inflate See Roadside Assistance
14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) to the recommended inflation Program 0 394.
counterclockwise to remove it pressure, remove the
from the tire valve stem. If the tire pressure has not
maximum speed label from the
dropped more than 68 kPa
15. Replace the tire valve sealant canister and place it in
(10 psi) from the recommended
stem cap. a highly visible location.
inflation pressure, inflate the
16. Remove the tire sealant Do not exceed the speed on tire to the recommended
canister (4) from the slot on top this label until the damaged tire inflation pressure.
of the compressor (6). is repaired or replaced.
24. Wipe off any sealant from the
17. Turn the air only hose (10) 21. Return the equipment to its wheel, tire, or vehicle.
counterclockwise to remove it original storage location in the
25. Dispose of the used tire
from the tire sealant canister vehicle.
sealant canister (4) at a local
inlet valve (1). 22. Immediately drive the vehicle dealer or in accordance with
18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2) 8 km (5 mi) to distribute the local state codes and practices.
clockwise onto the sealant sealant in the tire.
26. Replace it with a new canister
canister inlet valve (1) to 23. Stop at a safe location and available from your dealer.
prevent sealant leakage. check the tire pressure. Refer
to Steps 1–10 under “Using the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 347

27. After temporarily sealing a tire 4. Tire Sealant Canister 1. Remove the compressor from
using the tire sealant and 5. On/Off Button its storage location. See
compressor kit, take the 6. Slot on Top of Compressor Storing the Tire Sealant and
vehicle to an authorized dealer 7. Pressure Deflation Button Compressor Kit 0 348.
within 161 km (100 mi) of 8. Pressure Gauge 2. Remove the air only hose (10)
driving to have the tire repaired and the power plug (9) from the
or replaced. bottom of the compressor.
Using the Tire Sealant and 3. Place the compressor on the
Compressor Kit without ground near the flat tire.
Sealant to Inflate a Tire (Not Make sure the tire valve stem
Punctured) is positioned close to the
The kit includes: ground so the hose will
reach it.
4. Remove the valve stem cap
from the flat tire by turning it
counterclockwise.
9. Power Plug 5. Attach the air only hose (10) to
10. Air Only Hose the tire valve stem by turning it
clockwise until tight.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly 6. Plug the power plug (9) into the
to a level place. Turn on the hazard accessory power outlet in the
warning flashers. See Hazard vehicle. Unplug all items from
Warning Flashers 0 168. other accessory power outlets.
See Power Outlets 0 124.
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 341 for
1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve other important safety warnings. If the vehicle has an accessory
2. Sealant/Air Hose power outlet, do not use the
3. Base of Sealant Canister cigarette lighter.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
348 Vehicle Care

If the vehicle only has a reading. The compressor may 12. Turn the air only hose (10)
cigarette lighter, use the be turned on/off until the counterclockwise to remove it
cigarette lighter. correct pressure is reached. from the tire valve stem.
Do not pinch the power plug 13. Replace the tire valve
cord in the door or window. Caution stem cap.
7. Start the vehicle. The vehicle If the recommended pressure 14. Return the air only hose (10)
must be running while using cannot be reached after and power plug (9) back to
the air compressor. approximately 25 minutes, the their original storage location.
8. Press the on/off button (5) to vehicle should not be driven 15. Return the equipment to its
turn the tire sealant and farther. The tire is too severely original storage location in the
compressor kit on. damaged and the tire sealant and vehicle.
The compressor will inflate the compressor kit cannot inflate the The tire sealant and compressor kit
tire with air only. tire. Remove the power plug from has accessory adapters located in a
the accessory power outlet and compartment on the bottom of its
9. Inflate the tire to the unscrew the inflating hose from
recommended inflation housing that can be used to inflate
the tire valve. See Roadside air mattresses, balls, etc.
pressure using the pressure
Assistance Program 0 394.
gauge (8). The recommended
inflation pressure can be found Storing the Tire Sealant
on the Tire and Loading 10. Press the on/off button (5) to and Compressor Kit
Information label. See Tire turn the tire sealant and
The tire sealant and compressor kit
Pressure 0 326. compressor kit off.
is in a bag in the rear compartment
The pressure gauge (8) may Be careful while handling the storage area.
read higher than the actual tire compressor as it could be
1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate
pressure while the compressor warm after usage.
0 41.
is on. Turn the compressor off 11. Unplug the power plug (9) from
to get an accurate pressure the accessory power outlet in
the vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 349
2. Lift the load floor. 4. Turn the retainer nut 2. Lift the load floor.
3. Remove the cargo counterclockwise to remove the 3. Remove the cargo
management system. See tire sealant and compressor management system. See
Cargo Management System kit bag. Cargo Management System
0 114. 5. Remove the tire sealant and 0 114.
compressor kit from the bag.
To store the tire sealant and
compressor kit, reverse the steps.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
To access the spare tire and tools:
0 41.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
350 Vehicle Care
4. Turn the wing nut (3) 2. Turn the wheel wrench 4. Position the jack lift head at the
counterclockwise to remove the counterclockwise to loosen all jack location nearest the
jack (1) and wheel wrench (2). the wheel nuts, but do not flat tire.
Place the tool container near remove them yet. The jacking location is
the tire being changed. 3. Place the jack near the flat tire. indicated by a half circle notch
5. Remove the spare tire and in the metal flange. The jack
place it next to the tire being Caution must not be used in any other
changed. position.
Make sure that the jack lift head
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
is in the correct position or you { Warning
may damage your vehicle. The
1. Do a safety check before repairs would not be covered by Getting under a vehicle when it is
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes your warranty. lifted on a jack is dangerous.
Flat 0 341. If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 351

killed. Never get under a vehicle the vehicle, it is designed only for
when it is supported only by changing a flat tire. If it is used for
a jack. anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
{ Warning use it for changing a flat tire.
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even Caution 5. Turn the wheel wrench
make the vehicle fall. To help clockwise to raise the jack lift
avoid personal injury and vehicle Using a jack to raise the vehicle head until the slots in the jack
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift without positioning it correctly head fit into the metal flange
head into the proper location could damage your vehicle. When behind the cut out on the
before raising the vehicle. raising your vehicle on a jack, be plastic molding. Do not raise
sure to position it correctly under the vehicle yet.
the frame and avoid contact with 6. Put the compact spare tire
the plastic molding.
{ Warning near you.
7. Turn the wrench clockwise in
Lifting a vehicle and getting under the jack to raise the vehicle.
it to do maintenance or repairs is Raise the vehicle far enough
dangerous without the off the ground so that there is
appropriate safety equipment and enough room for the spare tire
training. If a jack is provided with to fit under the wheel well.
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
352 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued) { Warning

towel can be used; however, use Never use oil or grease on bolts
a scraper or wire brush later to or nuts because the nuts might
remove all rust or dirt. come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
12. Reinstall the wheel nuts.

Tighten each nut by hand until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
8. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 13. Lower the vehicle by turning
9. Remove the flat tire. the jack handle
counterclockwise.
{ Warning { Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can Wheel nuts that are improperly or
make wheel nuts become loose incorrectly tightened can cause
10. Remove any rust or dirt from
after time. The wheel could come the wheels to become loose or
the wheel bolts, mounting
off and cause a crash. When come off. The wheel nuts should
surfaces, and spare wheel.
changing a wheel, remove any be tightened with a torque wrench
11. Place the compact spare tire to the proper torque specification
rust or dirt from places where the on the wheel-mounting surface.
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In after replacing. Follow the torque
an emergency, a cloth or a paper specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
(Continued)
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 353
Warning (Continued) Caution

using accessory locking wheel Wheel covers will not fit on the
nuts. See Capacities and vehicle's compact spare. If you try
Specifications 0 387 for original to put a wheel cover on the
equipment wheel nut torque compact spare, the cover or the
specifications. spare could be damaged.
Caution { Warning
Improperly tightened wheel nuts 14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in Storing a jack, a tire, or other
can lead to brake pulsation and a crisscross sequence, as equipment in the passenger
rotor damage. To avoid expensive shown. compartment of the vehicle could
brake repairs, evenly tighten the cause injury. In a sudden stop or
15. Lower the jack all the way and
wheel nuts in the proper remove the jack from under the collision, loose equipment could
sequence and to the proper vehicle. strike someone. Store all these in
torque specification. See the proper place.
Capacities and Specifications 16. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly
0 387 for the wheel nut torque with the wheel wrench.
specification. When reinstalling the wheel cover or
center cap on the full-size tire,
tighten all six plastic caps hand
snug with the aid of the wheel
wrench and tighten them with the
wheel wrench an additional
one-quarter of a turn.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
354 Vehicle Care

Storing the Flat Tire
1. Remove the cable package 5. Hook the cable onto the

from under the spare tire, jack, outside portion of the liftgate
1. Liftgate Hinges and tools. hinges.
2. Cable 2. Remove the small cap by 6. Hook the other end of the cable
3. Center of the Wheel tapping the back of the cap onto the outside portion of the
4. Door Striker with the extension of the shaft, liftgate hinge on the other side
if the vehicle has aluminum of the vehicle.
To store the flat tire:
wheels. 7. Pull on the cable to make sure
3. Put the flat tire in the rear it is secure.
storage area with the valve
stem facing the rear of the
vehicle.
4. Pull the cable through the door
striker and the center of the
wheel.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 355

2. Lift the load floor. If this vehicle has a compact spare
3. Remove the cargo tire, it was fully inflated when new;
management system. however, it can lose air over time.
Check the inflation pressure
4. Put back the spare tire and all regularly. It should be 420 kPa
tools as they were stored in the (60 psi).
rear storage compartment.
Stop as soon as possible and check
5. Install the cargo management that the spare tire is correctly
system and load floor. inflated after being installed on the
The compact spare is for temporary vehicle. The compact spare tire is
use only. Replace the compact designed for temporary use only.
spare tire with a full-size tire as The vehicle will perform differently
8. Make sure the metal tube is soon as you can. with the spare tire installed and it is
centered at the striker. Push recommended that the vehicle
the tube toward the front of the Compact Spare Tire speed be limited to 80 km/h (50
vehicle. mph). To conserve the tread of the
spare tire, have the standard tire
9. Close the liftgate and make
sure it is fully latched.
{ Warning repaired or replaced as soon as
convenient and return the spare tire
The compact spare is for temporary Driving with more than one to the storage area.
use only. Replace the compact compact spare tire at a time could
result in loss of braking and When using a compact spare tire,
spare tire with a full-size tire as the ABS and Traction Control
soon as you can. handling. This could lead to a
crash and you or others could be systems may engage until the spare
Storing the Compact Spare injured. Use only one compact tire is recognized by the vehicle,
Tire and Tools especially on slippery roads. Adjust
spare tire at a time.
driving to reduce possible
To store the spare tire and tools: wheel slip.
0 41.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
356 Vehicle Care

Performance of the All-Wheel Do not use the compact spare on Jump Starting
Drive (AWD) system will be other vehicles.
automatically reduced to protect the
system when using the compact
Do not mix the compact spare tire or Jump Starting - North
wheel with other wheels or tires.
spare. To restore the AWD and They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
America
prevent excessive wear on the and its wheel together. For more information about the
clutch in the AWD, replace the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
compact spare tire with a full-size
Caution America 0 304.
tire as soon as possible.
If the battery has run down, try to
Tire chains will not fit the compact use another vehicle and some
Caution spare. Using them can damage jumper cables to start your vehicle.
the vehicle and the chains. Do not Be sure to use the following steps to
When the compact spare is
use tire chains on the compact do it safely.
installed, do not take the vehicle
spare.
through an automatic car wash
with guide rails. The compact { Warning
spare can get caught on the rails
which can damage the tire, wheel, WARNING: Battery posts,
and other parts of the vehicle. terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 357

3. Good Battery Negative (-)
Warning (Continued) Caution Terminal
4. Good Battery Positive (+)
HANDLING. For more information Ignoring these steps could result
Terminal
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ in costly damage to the vehicle
passenger-vehicle. that would not be covered by the The jump start positive (+)
vehicle warranty. Trying to start Terminal (1) and the negative
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it remote negative terminal (2) for the
See California Proposition discharged battery are on the driver
65 Warning 0 285 and the back will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle. side of the vehicle.
cover.
The jump start positive (+)
terminal (4) and negative (-)
{ Warning terminal (3) are on the battery of the
Batteries can hurt you. They can vehicle providing the jump start.
be dangerous because: 1. Check the other vehicle.
. They contain acid that can It must have a 12-volt battery
burn you. with a negative ground system.
. They contain gas that can
Caution
explode or ignite.
. They contain enough If the other vehicle does not have
electricity to burn you. a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
If you do not follow these steps
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
exactly, some or all of these
1. Discharged Battery has a 12-volt system with a
things can hurt you.
Positive (+) Terminal negative ground for jump starting.
2. Discharged Battery Remote
Negative (-) Terminal 2. Position the two vehicles so
that they are not touching.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
358 Vehicle Care

3. Set the parking brake firmly
and put the shift lever in { Warning { Warning
P (Park) with an automatic
transmission, or Neutral with a An electric fan can start up even Fans or other moving engine
manual transmission. See when the engine is not running parts can injure you badly. Keep
Shifting Into Park 0 226. and can injure you. Keep hands, your hands away from moving
clothing, and tools away from any parts once the engine is running.
underhood electric fan.
Caution
5. Connect one end of the red
If any accessories are left on or positive (+) cable to the
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
{ Warning positive (+) terminal on the
discharged battery.
damaged. The repairs would not Using a match near a battery can 6. Connect the other end of the
be covered by the vehicle cause battery gas to explode. red positive (+) cable to the
warranty. Whenever possible, turn People have been hurt doing this, positive (+) terminal of the good
off or unplug all accessories on and some have been blinded. battery.
either vehicle when jump starting. Use a flashlight if you need more
7. Connect one end of the black
light.
negative (–) cable to the
4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all Battery fluid contains acid that negative (–) terminal of the
lights and accessories in both can burn you. Do not get it on good battery.
vehicles, except the hazard you. If you accidentally get it in
warning flashers if needed. 8. Connect the other end of the
your eyes or on your skin, flush black negative (–) cable to the
the place with water and get remote negative (–) terminal for
medical help immediately. the discharged battery.
9. Start the engine in the vehicle
with the good battery and run
the engine at idle speed for at
least four minutes.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 359

10. Try to start the vehicle that had Towing the Vehicle Front Attachment Points
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service. Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
Caution vehicle may cause damage. The
If the jumper cables are damage would not be covered by
connected or removed in the the vehicle warranty. Do not lash
wrong order, electrical shorting or hook to suspension
may occur and damage the components. Use the proper
vehicle. The repairs would not be straps around the tires to secure
covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle. Do not drag a locked
Always connect and remove the wheel/tire while loading the
jumper cables in the correct order, vehicle. Do not use a sling type
lift to tow the vehicle. This could The vehicle is equipped with
making sure that the cables do specific attachment points to be
not touch each other or other damage the vehicle.
used by the towing provider. These
metal. holes may be used to pull the
GM recommends a flatbed tow truck vehicle from a flat road surface onto
Jumper Cable Removal to transport a disabled vehicle. Use the flatbed tow truck.
ramps to help reduce approach
Reverse the sequence exactly when angles, if necessary. A towed Recreational Vehicle
removing the jumper cables. vehicle should have its drive wheels
off the ground. Contact Roadside
Towing
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables, Assistance or a professional towing Recreational vehicle towing means
allow it to idle for several minutes. service if the disabled vehicle must towing the vehicle behind another
be towed. vehicle, such as behind a motor
home. The two most common types
of recreational vehicle towing are
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
360 Vehicle Care

known as dinghy towing and dolly . If the vehicle is ready to be Dinghy Towing (2.5L L4
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the towed. Just as preparing the Engine)
vehicle with all four wheels on the vehicle for a long trip, make sure
ground. Dolly towing is towing the the vehicle is prepared to be
vehicle with two wheels on the towed.
ground and two wheels up on a
device known as a dolly. Caution
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle Use of a shield mounted in front
towing: of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
. Before towing the vehicle,
transmission. The repairs would
become familiar with the local not be covered by the vehicle
laws that apply to recreational
warranty. If using a shield, only
vehicle towing. These laws may
use one that attaches to the
vary by region.
towing vehicle. This vehicle was not designed or
. The towing capacity of the
intended to be dinghy towed.
towing vehicle. Be sure to read
the tow vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
. How far the vehicle will be
towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long they can tow.
. The proper towing equipment.
See your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice
and equipment
recommendations.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 361

Dinghy Towing (3.6L For vehicles being dinghy towed, 3. Use a small screwdriver or tool
V6 Engine) the vehicle should be run at the to press and hold the manual
beginning of each day and at each release button on the rear right.
RV fuel stop for about five minutes. 4. Put the vehicle in N (Neutral).
This will ensure proper lubrication of
transmission components.
Caution
To tow the vehicle from the front
with all four wheels on the ground: If the vehicle is towed without
1. Position the vehicle that will be performing each of the steps
towed and secure it to the listed under “Dinghy Towing,” the
towing vehicle. automatic transmission could be
damaged. Be sure to follow all
steps of the dinghy towing
procedure prior to and after
towing the vehicle.
If the vehicle is front-wheel drive, it
can be dinghy towed from the front.
These vehicles may also be towed
by putting the front wheels on a Caution
dolly. See “Dolly Towing” later in this
section. If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
while towing the vehicle, it could
If the vehicle is all-wheel drive, it be damaged. Never exceed
can be dinghy towed from the front. 105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
These vehicles can also be towed the vehicle.
by placing them on a platform trailer 2. Remove the shift lever boot by
with all four wheels off of the pulling up on the rear of the
ground. These vehicles cannot be trim plate.
towed using a dolly.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
362 Vehicle Care

Once the destination has been 4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
reached: Caution (Continued)
5. Follow the dolly manufacturer's
1. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). spare tire. Towing with two instructions for preparing the
2. Reinstall the shift lever boot by different tire sizes on the front of vehicle and dolly for towing.
inserting the front edge and the vehicle can cause severe 6. Release the parking brake.
pressing the rear of the trim damage to the transmission.
plate until it snaps into place. Towing the Vehicle from
the Rear
3. Start the engine and let it idle Dolly Towing
for more than three minutes
before driving the vehicle.
Caution
Too much or too little fluid can
damage the transmission. Be
sure that the transmission fluid is
at the proper level before towing
with all four wheels on the
ground.
Caution To tow a vehicle from the front with

the rear wheels on the ground:
Do not tow a vehicle with the front 1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
drive wheels on the ground if one
2. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
of the front tires is a compact
See Shifting Into Park 0 226.
(Continued)
3. Set the parking brake.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 363

Appearance Care Caution (Continued)
Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
Locks correct product usage, necessary
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product.
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 383.
Caution
Washing the Vehicle
Caution Avoid using high-pressure
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
Towing the vehicle from the rear
sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use
could damage it. Also, repairs
of power washers exceeding
would not be covered by the
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
vehicle warranty. Never have the Caution
in damage or removal of paint
vehicle towed from the rear.
Do not use petroleum-based, and decals.
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic Caution
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle Do not power wash any
warranty. Approved cleaning component under the hood that
products can be obtained from has this e symbol.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
364 Vehicle Care

have the damage assessed and
Caution (Continued) repaired. Foreign materials such as Caution
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
This could cause damage that melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Machine compounding or
would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from aggressive polishing on a
vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
damage the vehicle's finish if they may damage it. Use only
If using an automatic car wash, remain on painted surfaces. Wash non-abrasive waxes and polishes
follow the car wash instructions. The the vehicle as soon as possible. that are made for a basecoat/
windshield wiper and rear window If necessary, use non-abrasive clearcoat paint finish on the
wiper, if equipped, must be off. cleaners that are marked safe for vehicle.
Remove any accessories that may painted surfaces to remove foreign
be damaged or interfere with the car matter.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
wash equipment. Occasional hand waxing or mild keep the vehicle garaged or
Rinse the vehicle well, before polishing should be done to remove covered whenever possible.
washing and after, to remove all residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
cleaning agents completely. If they Moldings
are allowed to dry on the surface, products.
they could stain. Do not apply waxes or polishes to Caution
Dry the finish with a soft, clean uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
chamois or an all-cotton towel to decals, simulated wood, or flat paint Failure to clean and protect the
avoid surface scratches and water as damage can occur. bright metal moldings can result
spotting. in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
Finish Care
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 365

The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or
vehicle are aluminum, chrome, Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and covers while the lamps are
or stainless steel. To prevent Stripes illuminated, due to excessive
damage always follow these heat generated.
cleaning instructions: Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
. Be sure the molding is cool to to clean exterior lamps, lenses, Caution
the touch before applying any emblems, decals, and stripes.
cleaning solution. Failure to clean lamps properly
Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp
. Use only approved cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
cover that would not be covered
solutions for aluminum, chrome, section.
by the vehicle warranty.
or stainless steel. Some Lamp covers are made of plastic,
cleaners are highly acidic or and some have a UV protective
contain alkaline substances and coating. Do not clean or wipe them
can damage the moldings. when dry. Caution
. Always dilute a concentrated Do not use any of the following on
cleaner according to the Using wax on low gloss black
lamp covers: finish stripes can increase the
manufacturer’s instructions.
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a
. Do not use cleaners that are not non-uniform finish. Clean low
intended for automotive use. . Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the than suggested by the water only.
vehicle after washing to protect manufacturer.
and extend the molding finish.
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes
or other harsh cleaners. Clear debris from the air intakes,
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
366 Vehicle Care

Shutter System a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper Caution
streaking.
Using petroleum-based tire
Replace the wiper blades if they are dressing products on the vehicle
worn or damaged. Damage can be may damage the paint finish and/
caused by extreme dusty or tires. When applying a tire
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, dressing, always wipe off any
snow, and ice. overspray from all painted
Weatherstrips surfaces on the vehicle.
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on
weatherstrips to make them last Wheels and Wheel Trim
longer, seal better, and not stick or Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at soap and water to clean the wheels.
The vehicle may have a shutter least once a year. Hot, dry climates After rinsing thoroughly with clean
system designed to help increase may require more frequent water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
fuel economy. Keep the shutter application. Black marks from A wax may then be applied.
system clean for proper operation. rubber material on painted surfaces
can be removed by rubbing with a
Windshield and Wiper Blades clean cloth. See Recommended Caution
Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants 0 383.
Chrome wheels and chrome
with glass cleaner. Tires wheel trim may be damaged if the
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free vehicle is not washed after driving
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
cloth or paper towel soaked with clean the tires. on roads that have been sprayed
windshield washer fluid or a mild with magnesium chloride or
detergent. Wash the windshield calcium chloride. These are used
thoroughly when cleaning the on roads for conditions such as
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and (Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 367

disc brake pads for wear and rotors Underbody Maintenance
Caution (Continued) for surface condition. Inspect all
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
other brake parts.
dust and ice. Always wash the use plain water to flush any
chrome with soap and water after Steering, Suspension, and corrosive materials from the
exposure. Chassis Components underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
Visually inspect steering, other debris can collect.
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose, Do not directly power wash the
Caution transfer case and/or front/rear axle
or missing parts or signs of wear at
To avoid surface damage on least once a year. output seals. High pressure water
wheels and wheel trim, do not can overcome the seals and
Inspect power steering for proper contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
use strong soaps, chemicals, electrical connections, binding, fluid will decrease the life of the
abrasive polishes, cleaners, cracks, chafing, etc. transfer case and/or axles and
or brushes. Use only GM should be replaced.
Visually check constant velocity joint
approved cleaners. Do not drive
boots and axle seals for leaks.
the vehicle through an automatic Sheet Metal Damage
car wash that uses silicone Body Component Lubrication If the vehicle is damaged and
carbide tire/wheel cleaning Lubricate all key lock cylinders, requires sheet metal repair or
brushes. Damage could occur hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the replacement, make sure the body
and the repairs would not be steel fuel door hinges, unless the repair shop applies anti-corrosion
covered by the vehicle warranty. components are plastic. Applying material to parts repaired or
silicone grease on weatherstrips replaced to restore corrosion
Brake System with a clean cloth will make them protection.
last longer, seal better, and not stick Original manufacturer replacement
Visually inspect brake lines and or squeak.
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, parts will provide the corrosion
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
368 Vehicle Care

Finish Damage hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect . Do not use laundry detergents or
repellent from all interior surfaces or dishwashing soaps with
Quickly repair minor chips and
permanent damage may result. degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
scratches with touch-up materials
Use cleaners specifically designed use approximately 20 drops per
available from your dealer to avoid
for the surfaces being cleaned to 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
prevent permanent damage. Apply A concentrated soap solution will
damage can be corrected in your
all cleaners directly to the cleaning create streaks and attract dirt.
dealer's body and paint shop.
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any Do not use solutions that contain
Chemical Paint Spotting switches or controls. Remove strong or caustic soap.
Airborne pollutants can fall upon cleaners quickly. . Do not heavily saturate the
and attack painted vehicle surfaces Before using cleaners, read and upholstery when cleaning.
causing blotchy, ring-shaped follow all safety instructions on the . Do not use solvents or cleaners
discolorations, and small, irregular label. While cleaning the interior, containing solvents.
dark spots etched into the paint open the doors and windows to get
surface. See “Finish Care” proper ventilation. Interior Glass
previously in this section. To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following dampened with water. Wipe droplets
Interior Care cleaners or techniques: left behind with a clean dry cloth.
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, If necessary, use a commercial
. Never use a razor or any other glass cleaner after cleaning with
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. sharp object to remove soil from
Immediately remove any soils. plain water.
any interior surface.
Newspapers or dark garments can
transfer color to the vehicle’s . Never use a brush with stiff
interior. bristles.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never rub any surface
dust from knobs and crevices on the aggressively or with too much
instrument cluster. Using a mild pressure.
soap solution, immediately remove
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 369

Fabric/Carpet/Suede to a clean area frequently to
Caution prevent forcing the soil in to the
Start by vacuuming the surface
fabric.
To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a
abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating vacuum brush attachment is 4. Continue gently rubbing the
glass. Abrasive cleaners or being used, only use it on the floor soiled area until there is no
aggressive cleaning may damage carpet. Before cleaning, gently longer any color transfer from
the rear window defogger. remove as much of the soil as the soil to the cleaning cloth.
possible: 5. If the soil is not completely
. Gently blot liquids with a paper removed, use a mild soap
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by plain
of ownership will reduce tendency more soil can be removed. water.
to fog. . For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely
as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to
Speaker Covers use a commercial upholstery
To clean:
Vacuum around a speaker cover cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
gently, so that the speaker will not 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before
be damaged. Clean spots with water colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery
and mild soap. Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
recommended to prevent lint formation occurs, clean the entire
Coated Moldings transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet.
Coated moldings should be cleaned. 2. Remove excess moisture by After cleaning, use a paper towel to
. When lightly soiled, wipe with a gently wringing until water does blot excess moisture.
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth not drip from the cleaning cloth.
dampened with water. 3. Start on the outside edge of the
. When heavily soiled, use warm soil and gently rub toward the
soapy water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
370 Vehicle Care

Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather,
and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued)
Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not
surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces recommended.
use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth
dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase
Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease
cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution. under certain conditions.
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
Caution Caution
thoroughly and air dry before
next use. Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics
Caution well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with
Do not attach a device with a Wipe excess moisture from these
suction cup to the display. This any plastic or painted surface in
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and
may cause damage and would them to dry naturally. Never use
not be covered by the vehicle clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
warranty. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Vehicle Care 371

Cargo Cover and Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the
Convenience Net vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
If equipped, wash with warm water { Warning side floor.
and mild detergent. Do not use
chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
water, and then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can correct side up. Do not turn
interfere with the pedals. it over.
Care of Seat Belts Interference with the pedals can . Do not place anything on top of
Keep belts clean and dry. cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat.
and/or increased stopping
. Use only a single floor mat on
{ Warning distance which can cause a crash
and injury. Make sure the floor
the driver side.
Do not bleach or dye seat belt mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on
webbing. It may severely weaken pedals. top of another.
the webbing. In a crash, they Button Retainer
might not be able to provide Use the following guidelines for
adequate protection. Clean and proper floor mat usage.
rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water. . The original equipment floor
Allow the webbing to dry. mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
372 Vehicle Care

Some vehicles have floor mats with
a button-type retainer.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
1. Pull up on the rear of the floor
mat to unlock each retainer
and remove.
2. Reinstall by lining up the floor
mat retainer openings over the
carpet retainers and snapping
into position.
3. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Service and Maintenance 373

Service and General Information for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
the required maintenance for the blades.
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 373 protect against major repair Caution
expenses resulting from neglect or
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 375 also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application by the vehicle warranty.
all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids,
Additional Maintenance who can perform required and lubricants are important to
and Care maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have condition.
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many Do not have chemical flushes that
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and are not approved by GM
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy performed on the vehicle. The
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online use of flushes, solvents, cleaners,
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 scheduling to assist with service or lubricants that are not
Maintenance Replacement needs. approved by GM could damage
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 the vehicle, requiring expensive
Your dealer recognizes the
Maintenance Records repairs that are not covered by
importance of providing
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 385 competitively priced maintenance the vehicle warranty.
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
374 Service and Maintenance

The Tire Rotation and Required The Additional Required Services -
Services are the responsibility of the Severe are for vehicles that are: Warning (Continued)
vehicle owner. It is recommended to . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
have your dealer perform these have a trained technician do the
in hot weather. work. See Doing Your Own
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to . Mainly driven in hilly or Service Work 0 286.
keep the vehicle in good working mountainous terrain.
condition, improves fuel economy, . Frequently towing a trailer.
and reduces vehicle emissions.
. Used for high speed or
Because of the way people use competitive driving.
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
frequent checks and services. The service.
Additional Required Services - Refer to the information in the
Normal are for vehicles that: Maintenance Schedule Additional
. Carry passengers and cargo Required Services - Severe chart.
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information { Warning
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 217. Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
. Are driven on reasonable road
serious injury. Perform
surfaces within legal driving
maintenance work only if the
limits.
required information, proper tools,
. Use the recommended fuel. See and equipment are available.
Recommended Fuel 0 268. If they are not, see your dealer to
Refer to the information in the (Continued)
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

.
Maintenance filter must be changed at least once
a year and the oil life system must
Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
Schedule be reset. Your trained dealer change engine oil and filter, and
technician can perform this work. reset oil life system.
Owner Checks and Services If the engine oil life system is reset See Engine Oil 0 291 and
At Each Fuel Stop accidentally, service the vehicle Engine Oil Life System 0 293.
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the . Check engine coolant level. See
. Check the engine oil level. See last service. Reset the oil life
Engine Oil 0 291. Cooling System 0 296.
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 293. . Check windshield washer fluid
Once a Month
level. See Washer Fluid 0 301.
. Check the tire inflation Air Conditioning Desiccant
. Check tire inflation pressures.
pressures. See Tire Pressure (Replace Every Seven Years)
0 326. See Tire Pressure 0 326.
The air conditioning system requires .
. Inspect the tires for wear. See Inspect tire wear. See Tire
maintenance every seven years.
Tire Inspection 0 333. Inspection 0 333.
This service requires replacement of
. Check the windshield washer the desiccant to help the longevity . Visually check for fluid leaks.
fluid level. See Washer Fluid and efficient operation of the air . Inspect engine air cleaner filter.
0 301. conditioning system. This service See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
can be complex. See your dealer. 0 295.
Engine Oil Change
Tire Rotation and Required . Inspect brake system. See
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Services Every 12 000 km/ Exterior Care 0 363.
SOON message displays, have the 7,500 mi
engine oil and filter changed within . Visually inspect steering,
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven Rotate the tires, if recommended for suspension, and chassis
under the best conditions, the the vehicle, and perform the components for damage,
engine oil life system may not following services. See Tire including cracks or tears in the
indicate the need for vehicle service Rotation 0 334. rubber boots, loose or missing
for up to a year. The engine oil and
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

parts, or signs of wear at least . Lubricate body components. See . Check tire sealant expiration
once a year. See Exterior Care Exterior Care 0 363. date, if equipped. See Tire
0 363. . Check starter switch. See Starter Sealant and Compressor Kit
. Inspect power steering for Switch Check 0 305. 0 342.
proper attachment, connections, . . Inspect sunroof track and seal,
Check automatic transmission
binding, leaks, cracks, shift lock control function. See if equipped. See Sunroof 0 53.
chafing, etc. Automatic Transmission Shift
. Visually inspect halfshafts and Lock Control Function Check
drive shafts for excessive wear, 0 305.
lubricant leaks, and/or damage . Check parking brake and
including: tube dents or cracks, automatic transmission park
constant velocity joint or mechanism. See Park Brake and
universal joint looseness, P (Park) Mechanism Check
cracked or missing boots, loose 0 305.
or missing boot clamps, center
bearing excessive looseness, . Check accelerator pedal for
loose or missing fasteners, and damage, high effort, or binding.
axle seal leaks. Replace if needed.
. Check restraint system . Visually inspect gas strut for
components. See Safety System signs of wear, cracks, or other
Check 0 77. damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. If the hold
. Visually inspect fuel system for open ability is low, service the
damage or leaks. gas strut. See Gas Strut(s)
. Visually inspect exhaust system 0 307.
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (7) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Footnotes — Maintenance (5) Or every 10 years, whichever
Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying,
Services - Normal excessive cracking, or damage;
(1) Or every two years, whichever replace, if needed.
comes first. More frequent (6) Replace brake fluid every five
passenger compartment air filter years. See Brake Fluid 0 303.
replacement may be needed if (7) Or every 12 months, whichever
driving in areas with heavy traffic, comes first. See Wiper Blade
poor air quality, high dust levels, Replacement 0 306
or environmental allergens.
Passenger compartment air filter
replacement may also be needed if
there is reduced airflow, window
fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
can help determine when to replace
the filter.
(2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(3) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 296.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (4) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (5) @
Replace brake fluid. (6)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (7) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @
Footnotes — Maintenance driving in areas with heavy traffic, fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
Schedule Additional Required poor air quality, high dust levels, can help determine when to replace
Services - Severe or environmental allergens. the filter.
(1) Or every two years, whichever Passenger compartment air filter (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
comes first. More frequent replacement may also be needed if lines and hoses for proper
passenger compartment air filter there is reduced airflow, window attachment, connection, routing, and
replacement may be needed if condition.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

(3) Or every four years, whichever Special Application Additional
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each Services Maintenance and Care
oil change or more often as needed. . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
(4) Or every five years, whichever Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
comes first. See Cooling System components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
0 296. . repairs. To maintain vehicle
Have underbody flushing service
(5) Or every 10 years, whichever performed. See "Underbody performance, additional
comes first. Inspect for fraying, Maintenance" in Exterior Care maintenance services may be
excessive cracking, or damage; 0 363. required.
replace, if needed. It is recommended that your dealer
(6) Replace brake fluid every five perform these services — their
years. See Brake Fluid 0 303. trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
(7) Or every 12 months, whichever also perform a thorough
comes first. See Wiper Blade assessment with a multi-point
Replacement 0 306 inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 383 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

of leaking, blown seals, Vehicle Care . Trained dealer technicians can
or damage, and can advise To help keep the vehicle looking like inspect the windshield and
when service is needed. new, vehicle care products are recommend proper replacement
available from your dealer. For if needed.
Tires
information on how to clean and Wiper Blades
Tires need to be properly inflated, protect the vehicle’s interior and
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining exterior, see Interior Care 0 368 and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
the tires can save money and fuel, Exterior Care 0 363. and kept in good condition to
and can reduce the risk of tire provide a clear view.
failure. Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
. Signs that the tires need to be Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
replaced include three or more ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
visible treadwear indicators; cord optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
or fabric showing through the . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
rubber; cracks or cuts in the need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or pulling, improper vehicle
split in the tire. handling, or unusual tire wear.
. Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required
inspect and recommend the right equipment to ensure proper
tires. Your dealer can also wheel alignment.
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth Windshield
vehicle operation at all speeds. For safety, appearance, and the
Your dealer sells and services best viewing, keep the windshield
name brand tires. clean and clear.
. Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Cooling System 0 296.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 291.
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in
Canada 19299819).
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
equivalent.
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
2.5L L4 Engine 23321606 A3212C
3.6L V6 Engine 15278634 A3083C
Engine Oil Filter
2.5L L4 Engine 12640445 PF64
3.6L V6 Engine 19330000 PF63E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185
Spark Plugs
2.5L L4 Engine 12627160 41-115
3.6L V6 Engine 12646780 41-130
Wiper Blades
Front Driver – 60 cm (24 in) 23372088 —
Front Passenger – 50 cm (20 in) 23360287 —
Rear – 30 cm (12 in) 23299093 —
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
386 Technical Data

Technical Data Vehicle Identification parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 387 for the vehicle's engine code.
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification Service Parts
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386 Identification Label
Service Parts Identification
There may be a label in the rear
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
compartment, under the load floor,
Vehicle Data inside the cargo storage shelf unit,
Capacities and that contains the following
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 information:
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 389 . Vehicle Identification
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on Number (VIN)
the driver side of the vehicle. It can . Model designation
be seen through the windshield from
. Paint information
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the . Production options and special
Vehicle Certification and Service equipment
Parts labels and certificates of title If there is no label, there is a
and registration. barcode on the certification label on
Engine Identification the center (B) pillar to scan for this
same information.
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Technical Data 387

Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 383 for more information.
Capacities
Application Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System
2.5L L4 Engine 9.2 L 9.7 qt
2.5L L4 Engine - with rear HVAC 10.7 L 11.3 qt
3.6L V6 Engine 11.4 L 12.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine - with rear HVAC 12.9 L 13.7 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.5L L4 Engine FWD 4.7 L 5.0 qt
2.5L L4 Engine AWD 5.7 L 6.0 qt
3.6L V6 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
388 Technical Data
Capacities
Application Metric English
Fuel Tank
FWD 73.4 L 19.4 gal
AWD 82.1 L 21.7 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.0 L 1.0 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
2.5L L4 Engine A Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–
0.043 in)
3.6L V6 Engine S Automatic 0.80–0.90 mm (0.031–
0.035 in)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Technical Data 389

Engine Drive Belt Routing
2.5L L4 Engine
3.6L V6 Engine
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
390 Customer Information

Customer Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
Customer Information
Information the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Customer Satisfaction
Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure
Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390 Reporting Safety Defects to GMC. Normally, any concerns with
Customer Assistance General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
the sales transaction or the
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 393
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 393 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 402 of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 403 been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 397 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Publication Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Customer Information 391

resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
General Motors of Canada sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Customer Care Centre at with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
1-800-263-3777 (English), if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). after following the procedure Inc.
We encourage you to call the outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Blvd.
toll-free number in order to give your can file with the Better Business Suite 600
inquiry prompt attention. Have the Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to Arlington, VA 22201
following information available to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
give the Customer Assistance The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
representative: out-of-court program administered programs-services/
. Vehicle Identification by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
Number (VIN). This is available Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
from the vehicle registration or disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
title, or the plate at the top left of 50 states and the District of
the instrument panel and visible Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
through the windshield. vehicle age, mileage, and other
dispute resolution program prior to
. Dealership name and location. filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Vehicle delivery date and program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
present mileage. case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
When contacting GMC, remember decision given in your case, you
that your concern will likely be STEP THREE — Canadian
may reject it and proceed with any Owners : In the event that you do
resolved at a dealer's facility. That is other venue for relief available
why we suggest following Step One not feel your concerns have been
to you. addressed after following the
first.
procedure outlined in Steps One
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

and Two, General Motors of Canada Mediation/Arbitration Program www.gmc.com
Company wants you to be aware of c/o Customer Care Centre 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782)
its participation in a no-charge General Motors of Canada 1-888-889-2438 (For Text
Mediation/Arbitration Program. Company Telephone devices (TTYs))
General Motors of Canada Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Roadside Assistance:
Company has committed to binding 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1-888-881-3302
arbitration of owner disputes Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
involving factory-related vehicle From U.S. Virgin Islands:
Your inquiry should be accompanied
service claims. The program by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-496-9994
provides for the review of the facts Number (VIN).
involved by an impartial third party Canada
arbiter, and may include an informal
hearing before the arbiter. The Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada
Company
program is designed so that the Offices Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
entire dispute settlement process, GMC encourages customers to call CA1-163-005
from the time you file your complaint the toll-free number for assistance. 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
to the final decision, should be However, if a customer wishes to Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
completed in about 70 days. We write or e-mail GMC, the letter www.gmc.ca
believe our impartial program offers should be addressed to:
advantages over courts in most 1-800-263-3777 (English)
jurisdictions because it is informal, United States and Puerto Rico 1-800-263-7854 (French)
quick, and free of charge. 1-800-263-3830 (For Text
GMC Customer Assistance Center Telephone Devices (TTYs))
For further information concerning P.O. Box 33172 Roadside Assistance:
eligibility in the Canadian Motor Detroit, MI 48232-5172 1-800-268-6800
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call Overseas
the General Motors Customer Care
Please contact the local General
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
Motors Business Unit.
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Customer Assistance for G : View maintenance schedules, GMC Centre (Canada)
Text Telephone (TTY) alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic www.gmcowner.ca
Information. Schedule service Take a trip to the GMC Centre:
Users appointments.
To assist customers who are deaf, . Chat live with online help
I : View and print dealer-recorded representatives.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired service records and self-recorded
and who use Text Telephones service records. . Use the Vehicle Tools section.
(TTYs), GMC has TTY equipment .
available at its Customer Assistance D : Select a dealer and view Access third party enthusiast
locations, maps, phone numbers, sites and social media networks.
Center. Any TTY user in the U.S.
can communicate with GMC by and hours. . Locate resources such as
dialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY users r : Track your vehicle’s warranty lease-end, financing, and
in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. information. warranty information.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle . Retrieve your favorite articles,
Online Owner Center Identification Number (VIN). See quizzes, tips, and multimedia
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) galleries organized into the
Online Owner Experience
0 386. Features and Auto Care
(U.S.) my.gmc.com Sections.
The GMC online owner experience H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
Satellite radio (if equipped), and . Download the owner’s manual
is a one-stop resource that allows for your vehicle, quickly and
interaction with GMC and keeps OnStar account information (if
equipped). easily.
important vehicle-specific
information in one place. F : Chat live with online help . Find the GMC-recommended
representatives. maintenance services for your
Membership Benefits vehicle.
See my.gmc.com to register your
E : Download owner’s manuals vehicle.
and view vehicle-specific how-to
videos.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

GM Mobility Roadside Assistance Coverage
Reimbursement Program Program Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle's powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
warranty.
1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438). In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800.
permission from the owner is not
Service is available 24 hours a day, covered.
This program is available to 365 days a year.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
qualified applicants for cost Calling for Assistance the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
reimbursement, up to certain limits, General Motors North America and
of eligible aftermarket adaptive When calling Roadside Assistance, GMC reserve the right to make any
equipment required for the vehicle, have the following information changes or discontinue the
such as hand controls or a ready: Roadside Assistance program at
wheelchair/scooter lift for the . Your name, home address, and any time without notification.
vehicle. home telephone number General Motors North America and
To learn about the GM Mobility . Telephone number of your GMC reserve the right to limit
program, see www.gmmobility.com location services or payment to an owner or
or call the GM Mobility Assistance driver if they decide the claims are
. Location of the vehicle
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text made too often, or the same type of
Telephone (TTY) users, call . Model, year, color, and license claim is made many times.
1-800-833-9935. plate number of the vehicle
Services Provided
General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and . Emergency Fuel Delivery:
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE delivery date of the vehicle Delivery of enough fuel for the
(800-463-7483) for details. TTY vehicle to get to the nearest
. Description of the problem service station.
users call 1-800-263-3830.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. Lock-Out Service: Service to event, incidental expenses may Services Specific to
unlock the vehicle if you are be reimbursed within the Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
locked out. A remote unlock may Powertrain warranty period.
. Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
be available if you have OnStar. Items considered are reasonable
For security reasons, the driver and customary hotel, meals, is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel delivery
must present identification rental car, or a vehicle being may be restricted. Propane and
before this service is given. delivered back to the customer, other fuels are not provided
up to 500 miles. through this service.
. Emergency Tow from a Public
. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in
nearest GMC dealer for warranty registration is required.
Roadside Assistance
service, or if the vehicle was in a . Trip Interruption Benefits and
crash and cannot be driven. . Impound towing caused by Assistance: Must be over
Assistance is not given when the violation of any laws 150 km from where your trip was
vehicle is stuck in the sand, . Legal fines started to qualify.
mud, or snow. Pre-authorization, original
. Mounting, dismounting,
. Flat Tire Change: Service to detailed receipts, and a copy of
or changing of snow tires, the repair orders are required.
change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Once authorization has been
must be in good condition and Service is not provided if a vehicle received, the Roadside
properly inflated. It is the owner's is in an area that is not accessible Assistance advisor will help to
responsibility for the repair or to the service vehicle or is not a make arrangements and explain
replacement of the tire if it is not regularly traveled or maintained how to receive payment.
covered by the warranty. public road, which includes ice and . Alternative Service: If
winter roads. Off-road use is not assistance cannot be provided
. Battery Jump Start: Service to covered.
jump start a dead battery. right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
. Trip Interruption Benefits and permission to get local
Assistance: If your trip is emergency road service. You will
interrupted due to a warranty receive payment, up to $100,
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage
Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information.
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options
covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be
owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However,
Program if you are unable to do so, your
Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following
To enhance your ownership transportation options:
Appointments experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area.
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are
into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is
immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and
unless, of course, the problem is within the maximum amount allowed
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
your dealership, let them know this, customers arrange their own
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
and ask for instructions. entitled “Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel
Owner Assistance Information” expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts
receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
information.
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
For an overnight warranty repair, the
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
dealer may provide an available
Collision parts are the best choice to
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change,
appearance, durability, and safety
Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and
provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from
minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the
Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance Program
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center 0 394.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Publication Ordering
model year recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service manuals have the diagnosis
number Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engine, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical
damage to the other vehicle aftermarket parts. Discuss this with system, steering system, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Customer Literature
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Owner’s manuals are written
section. obligated to have the vehicle specifically for owners and are
repaired with Genuine GM parts, intended to provide basic
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag operational information about the
does not pay the full cost. vehicle. The owner’s manual
Inflates? 0 84.
If another party's insurance includes the Maintenance Schedule
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, for all models.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a Customer literature publications
repair valuation based on that available for purchase include
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy owner’s manuals, warranty
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no manuals, infotainment manuals, and
that you take an active role in its
contractual limits with that company. portfolios. Portfolios include an
repair. If you have a pre-determined
In such cases, you can have control owner’s manual, warranty manual,
repair facility of choice, take the
of the repair and parts choices as infotainment manual, if applicable,
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within and zip lock bag or pouch.
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits.
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Current and Past Models Development (ISED) Canada's Reporting Safety
RSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's /
Service manuals and customer Defects
ICES-001.
literature are available for many
current and past model year GM Operation is subject to the following
vehicles. two conditions: Reporting Safety Defects
To order, call 1-800-551-4123 1. The device may not cause to the United States
Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. harmful interference. Government
eastern time 2. The device must accept any If you believe that your vehicle
For credit card orders only (VISA, interference received, including has a defect which could cause
MasterCard, or Discover), see interference that may cause a crash or could cause injury or
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. undesired operation of the death, you should immediately
device.
To order by mail, write to: inform the National Highway
Changes or modifications to any of Traffic Safety Administration
Helm, Incorporated
these systems by other than an (NHTSA) in addition to notifying
Attention: Customer Service
authorized service facility could void General Motors.
47911 Halyard Drive
authorization to use this equipment.
Plymouth, MI 48170 If NHTSA receives similar
Make checks payable in U.S. funds. complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
Radio Frequency a safety defect exists in a group
Statement of vehicles, it may order a recall
This vehicle has systems that
and remedy campaign.
operate on a radio frequency that However, NHTSA cannot
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the become involved in individual
Federal Communications problems between you, your
Commission (FCC) rules and with dealer, or General Motors.
Innovation, Science and Economic
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

To contact NHTSA, you may call www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
the Vehicle Safety Hotline or write to: (English) or 1-800-263-7854
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: (French), or write:
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Transport Canada
General Motors of Canada
www.safercar.gov; or write to: Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate Company
Defect Investigations and Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
Administrator, NHTSA Recalls Division CA1-163-005
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. 80 Noel Street 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Washington, D.C. 20590 Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
You can also obtain other In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0812 or
information about motor vehicle Reporting Safety Defects 01-800-466-0801.
safety from http:// to General Motors In other Central America and
www.safercar.gov. Caribbean Countries, call
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like 52-722-236-0680.
Reporting Safety Defects this, notify General Motors.
to the Canadian In the U.S., call 1-800-GMC-8782
Government (1-800-462-8782), or write:
If you live in Canada, and you GMC Customer Assistance Center
believe that the vehicle has a P.O. Box 33172
safety defect, notify Transport Detroit, MI 48232-5172
Canada immediately, and notify
General Motors of Canada
Company. Call Transport
Canada at 1-800-333-0510;
go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur.
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near Note
The vehicle has a number of
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your
computers that record information
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are
understanding how a vehicle’s recorded by the EDR under normal
vehicle uses computer modules to
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal
monitor and control engine and
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded.
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law
deployment and deploy them in a
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
investigation.
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR,
. Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated, special equipment is required, and
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
. How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18

GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional Information
consent of the lessee; in response 0 406.
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a
required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the
collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active service
plan, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicle’s operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
404 OnStar
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
= Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
OnStar Additional Information . Flashing Green: On a call.
OnStar Additional Q Blue OnStar Button
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 > Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is off. Press Q
comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid service Advisor.
plan and data plan. OnStar requires Functionality of the Voice Command
the vehicle battery and electrical button may vary by vehicle and
system, cellular service, and GPS region.
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
existing emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect
information about you and your
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar User
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
OnStar 405
Press = to: Press Q to connect to an OnStar Services
. Open the OnStar app on the Advisor to:
infotainment display. See the . Verify account information or Emergency
infotainment manual for update contact information. Emergency Services require an
information on how to use the . Get driving directions. active safety and security plan. With
OnStar app. Automatic Crash Response, built-in
. Receive a Diagnostic check of
Or the vehicle's key operating sensors can automatically alert a
. Make a call, end a call, systems. specially trained OnStar Advisor
or answer an incoming call. who is immediately connected in to
. Receive Roadside Assistance. the vehicle to help.
. Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, Press > for a priority connection to
voice commands. if equipped. an OnStar Advisor who can contact
. Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands. Press > to get a priority connection emergency service providers, direct
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/ them to your exact location, and
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi 7 to: relay important information.
hotspot name or SSID and With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
password, if equipped. . Get help for an emergency.
trained Advisors are available
. Be a Good Samaritan or 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
respond to an AMBER Alert. provide a central point of contact,
. Get assistance in severe assistance, and information during a
weather or other crisis situations crisis.
and find evacuation routes. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
406 OnStar
Security OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
If equipped, OnStar provides these Information
services: Press Q and follow the prompts to
. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update
pinpoint the vehicle and help information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar
authorities quickly recover it. or connected service options.
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
. With Remote Ignition Block, Press Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works
if equipped, OnStar can block Automatic Crash Response,
the engine from being restarted. . After change in ownership and
at 90 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote
if equipped, OnStar can work Transferring Service Services, Roadside Assistance, and
with law enforcement to Hands-Free Calling are available on
gradually slow the vehicle down. Press Q to request account transfer most vehicles. Not all OnStar
eligibility information. The Advisor services are available everywhere
Theft Alarm Notification can cancel or change account or on all vehicles. For more
If equipped, if the doors are locked information. information, a full description of
and the vehicle alarm sounds, a Selling/Transferring the OnStar services, system limitations,
notification by text, e-mail, or phone Vehicle and OnStar User Terms, Privacy
call will be sent. If the vehicle is Statement, and Software Terms:
stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
with authorities to recover the (1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar or connected (1-888-466-7827).
vehicle.
services if the vehicle is disposed . See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
of, sold, transferred, or if the . See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
lease ends.
. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
OnStar 407
. Press Q to speak with an to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services,
Advisor. phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
OnStar or connected services
cannot work unless the vehicle is in See Radio Frequency Statement OnStar Personal Identification
a place where OnStar has an 0 400. Number (PIN)
agreement with a wireless service Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some
provider for service in that area. The Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need
wireless service provider must also
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when
have coverage, network capacity,
with physical disabilities and speaking with an Advisor. To
reception, and technology
medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
compatible with OnStar or
connected services. Service OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or
involving location information about Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
the vehicle cannot work unless GPS . Locate a gas station with an Warranty
signals are available, unobstructed, attendant to pump gas.
and compatible with the OnStar OnStar equipment may be
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
hardware. OnStar or connected warranted as part of the vehicle
that meets accessibility needs. warranty.
services may not work if the OnStar
equipment is not properly installed . Provide directions to the closest
or it has not been properly hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages
maintained. If equipment or software situations. The vehicle can be programmed to
is added, connected, or modified, respond in multiple languages.
TTY Users
OnStar or connected services may Press Q and ask for an Advisor.
not work. Other problems beyond OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English,
the control of OnStar — such as communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country.
electrical system design and customers while in the vehicle. The
architecture of the vehicle, damage available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
408 OnStar
Potential Issues A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Advisor may give a verbal route or
Assistance after the vehicle has Add-on Electrical Equipment
may ask for a call back after the
been off continuously for 10 days
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated
without an ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not been started for into the electrical architecture of the
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical
10 days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical
to help gain access to the vehicle. OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 283. Added electrical
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the
Global Positioning or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and
System (GPS) blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate.
reception.
. Obstruction of the GPS can Vehicle Software Updates
occur in a large city with tall Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
buildings; in parking garages; Message software updates or changes to the
around airports; in tunnels and
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or
underpasses; or in an area with
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
very dense trees. If GPS signals
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
are not available, the OnStar
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the
system should still operate to
call again or try again after driving a vehicle or the vehicle systems.
call OnStar. However, OnStar
few miles into another cellular area. Software updates or changes may
could have difficulty identifying
affect or erase data or settings that
the exact location.
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as
. In emergency situations, OnStar OnStar Hands-Free Calling name
OnStar services require a vehicle
can use the last stored GPS tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
location to send to emergency or pre-set radio stations. Neither
and GPS satellite technologies to be
responders. OnStar nor GM is responsible for
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
OnStar 409
settings. These updates or changes the privacy of any information sent above copyright notice and this
may also collect personal via wireless cellular communications permission notice appear in all
information. Such collection is cannot be assured. Third parties copies.
described in the OnStar privacy may unlawfully intercept or access THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
statement or separately disclosed at transmissions and private “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
the time of installation. These communications without consent. ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
updates or changes may also cause IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
a system to automatically OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
communicate with GM servers to OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
collect information about vehicle Certain OnStar components include FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
system status, identify whether libcurl and unzip software and other AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
updates or changes are available, third party software. Below are the THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
or deliver updates or changes. An notices and licenses associated with EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
active OnStar agreement constitutes libcurl and unzip and for other third COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
consent to these software updates party software please see http:// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
or changes and agreement that opensource.lge.com/index DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
either OnStar or GM may remotely WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
deliver them to the vehicle. www.onstar.com/us/en/
CONTRACT, TORT OR
libcurl: OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
Privacy
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
The complete OnStar Privacy WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
NOTICE
Statement may be found at USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
www.onstar.com (U.S.), Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE.
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>.
recommend that you review it. If you Except as contained in this notice,
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall
have any questions, call
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) Permission to use, copy, modify, not be used in advertising or
and distribute this software for any otherwise to promote the sale, use
or press Q to speak with an
purpose with or without fee is
Advisor. Users of wireless
hereby granted, provided that the
communications are cautioned that
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
410 OnStar
or other dealings in this Software Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, distribution. The sole exception
without prior written authorization of Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, to this condition is redistribution
the copyright holder. Rich Wales, Mike White. of a standard UnZipSFX binary
This software is provided “as is,” (including SFXWiz) as part of a
unzip: self-extracting archive; that is
without warranty of any kind,
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the express or implied. In no event shall permitted without inclusion of
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The Info-ZIP or its contributors be held this license, as long as the
definitive version of this document liable for any direct, indirect, normal SFX banner has not
should be available at ftp:// incidental, special or consequential been removed from the binary
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ damages arising out of the use of or or disabled.
license.html indefinitely. inability to use this software. 3. Altered versions–including, but
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All Permission is granted to anyone to not limited to, ports to new
rights reserved. use this software for any purpose, operating systems, existing
For the purposes of this copyright including commercial applications, ports with new graphical
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as and to alter it and redistribute it interfaces, and dynamic,
the following set of individuals: freely, subject to the following shared, or static library
restrictions: versions–must be plainly
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, marked as such and must not
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, 1. Redistributions of source code be misrepresented as being
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed must retain the above copyright the original source. Such
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris notice, definition, disclaimer, altered versions also must not
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, and this list of conditions. be misrepresented as being
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, 2. Redistributions in binary form Info-ZIP releases–including,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, (compiled executables) must but not limited to, labeling of
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, reproduce the above copyright the altered versions with the
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, notice, definition, disclaimer, names “Info-ZIP” (or any
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, and this list of conditions in variation thereof, including, but
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai documentation and/or other not limited to, different
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, materials provided with the capitalizations), “Pocket
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
OnStar 411
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
412 Connected Services

Connected Connected Services OnStar app on the infotainment
display. For other vehicles press =
Services Navigation as follows.
Navigation requires a specific Cancel Route

Connected Services OnStar or connected service plan. 1. Press =. System responds:
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 directions or have them sent to the 2. Say “Cancel route.” System
vehicle’s navigation screen, responds: “Do you want to
if equipped. cancel directions?”
Turn-by-Turn Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
1. Press Q to connect to an you, goodbye.”
Advisor.
Route Preview
2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle. 1. Press =. System responds:
3. Follow the voice-guided “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
commands. 2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
Using Voice Commands maneuvers.
During a Planned Route
Repeat
Functionality of the Voice Command
button, if equipped, may vary by 1. Press =. System responds:
vehicle and region. For some “OnStar ready,” then a tone.
vehicles, press = to open the
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Connected Services 413

2. Say “Repeat.” System See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
responds with the last direction www.onstar.ca (Canada). The vehicle may have a built-in
given, then responds with Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. Connections to the Internet and web content at
Get My Destination The following services help with 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
staying connected. devices can be connected. A data
1. Press =. System responds: plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. For coverage maps, see controls only when it is safe to
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or do so.
2. Say “Get my destination.” www.onstar.ca (Canada).
System responds with the 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
address and distance to the Ensuring Security information, press = to open
destination, then responds with . Change the default passwords the OnStar app on the
“OnStar ready,” then a tone. for the Wi-Fi hotspot and infotainment display, then
Send Destination to Vehicle myGMC mobile application. select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some
Make these passwords different vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi
Directions can be sent to the from each other and use a Settings on the screen.
vehicle’s navigation screen, combination of letters, numbers,
if equipped. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
and symbols to increase the
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
Press Q, then ask the Advisor to security.
password, and on some
download directions to the vehicle’s . Change the default name of the vehicles, the connection type
navigation system, if equipped. After SSID (Service Set Identifier). (no Internet connection, 3G,
the call ends, the navigation screen This is your network’s name that 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
will provide prompts to begin driving is visible to other wireless (poor, good, excellent).
directions. Routes that are sent to devices. Choose a unique name
the navigation screen can only be 3. To change the SSID or
and avoid family names or
canceled through the navigation vehicle descriptions. password, press Q or call
system. 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. On some
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
414 Connected Services

vehicles, the SSID and . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil power locks are required. Data rates
password can be changed in life, or tire pressure, apply. See www.onstar.com for
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. if factory-equipped with the Tire details and system limitations.
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Pressure Monitor System.
Remote Services
Wi-Fi hotspot will connect . Send destinations to the vehicle.
automatically to your mobile Contact an OnStar Advisor to
. Locate the vehicle on a map unlock the doors or sound the horn
devices. Manage data usage by (U.S. market only).
turning Wi-Fi on or off on your and flash the lamps.
mobile device, using the myGMC . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
Marketplace
mobile app, or by contacting an on/off, manage settings, and
OnStar Advisor. On some vehicles, monitor data consumption, OnStar Advisors can provide offers
Wi-Fi can also be managed from the if equipped. from restaurants and retailers on
Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . your route, help locate hotels,
Locate a dealer and schedule
or book a room. These services
MyGMC Mobile App (If Available) service.
vary by market.
Download the myGMC mobile app . Request roadside assistance.
OnStar Hands-Free Calling
to compatible Apple and Android . Set a parking reminder with pin
smartphones. GMC users can drop, take a photo, make a note, Make and receive calls with the
access the following services from a and set a timer. built-in wireless calling service,
smartphone: which requires available minutes.
. Connect with GMC on social Functionality of the Voice Command
. Remotely start/stop the vehicle, media. button may vary by vehicle and
if factory-equipped.
Features are subject to change. For region. For some vehicles, press =
. Lock/unlock doors, if equipped myGMC mobile app information and to open the OnStar app on the
with automatic locks. compatibility, see my.gmc.com. infotainment display, then select
. Activate the horn and lamps. An active OnStar or connected Hands-Free calling. For other
service plan may be required. vehicles press = as follows.
A compatible device,
factory-installed remote start, and
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Connected Services 415

Make a Call 2. Say “My number.” System
responds: “Your OnStar
1. Press =. System responds: Hands-Free Calling number is,”
“OnStar ready.” then says the number.
2. Say “Call.” System responds:
End a Call
“Call. Please say the name or
number to call.” Press =. System responds: “Call
3. Say the entire number without ended.”
pausing, including a “1” and the
Verify Minutes and Expiration
area code. System responds:
“OK, calling.” Press = and say “Minutes” then
Calling 911 Emergency “Verify” to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
1. Press =. System responds:
“OnStar ready.” Diagnostics
2. Say “Call.” System responds: By monitoring and reporting on the
“Call. Please say the name or vehicle's key systems, OnStar
number to call.” Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped,
3. Say “911” without pausing. provides a way to keep up on
System responds: “911.” maintenance. Capabilities vary by
model. See www.onstar.com for
4. Say “Call.” System responds: details and system limitations.
“OK, dialing 911.” Features are subject to change. For
updates on feature capabilities, see
Retrieve My Number
my.gmc.com. Message and data
1. Press =. System responds: rates may apply.
“OnStar ready.”
GMC Acadia/Acadia Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/-
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
416 Index
Airbag System (cont'd)
Index A
Accessories and When Should an Airbag
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 80
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 243 Airbags
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 283 Adding Equipment to the
Additional Information Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Passenger Status Indicator . . . 135
Additional Maintenance Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Adjustments Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Agreements Alarm
Trademarks and License . . . . . 196 Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 295 Alert
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .198, 201 Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Air Filter, Passenger Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 263
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .233, 305
Airbag System AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Antenna
How Does an Airbag Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 233
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 85 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
What Will You See after an Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Index 417
Apple CarPlay and B C
Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Battery Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Exterior Lighting Battery California
Assistance Program, Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Perchlorate Materials
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Assistance Systems for Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 California
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Battery - North America . . . .304, 356 Proposition
Assistance Systems for Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 306 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .285, 304, 356,
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 253 Bluetooth Back Cover
Audio Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188, 189 Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 174 Brake Capacities and
Auto Stop Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 138 Carbon Monoxide
Automatic Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Forward Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303 Cargo
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Automatic Forward . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Management System . . . . . . . . . .114
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Braking System Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Automatic Transmission Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 261 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 221 Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 112
Shift Lock Control Function Bulb Replacement Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 136
Auxiliary Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Check
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Engine Light (Malfunction
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 309 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
418 Index
Child Restraints Connections Customer Information
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 93 Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 413 Publications Ordering
Lower Anchors and Tethers Control Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Customer Satisfaction
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Traction and Electronic Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 108 Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
D
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Control Light
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 397
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Cleaning Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Data Collection
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 403
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 Coolant
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Climate Control Systems Engine Temperature Gauge . . 133
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 402
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198, 201
Daytime Running
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Courtesy Transportation
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 397 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Devices
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Cover
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Compartments Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Diagnostics
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 415
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 342 Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 243
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Connected Services Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Door
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Text Telephone (TTY)
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Index 419
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 389 Electrical Equipment, Engine (cont'd)
Drive Systems Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 229
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 233, 305 Electrical System Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 251 Engine Compartment Fuse Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Driver Information Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .145, 148 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 310 Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 402
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Instrument Panel Fuse Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Driving Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 257 Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Characteristics and Rear Compartment Fuse Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 164
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 166
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Emergency Exterior Lighting Battery
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 26 Engine
F
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 215 Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Features
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 217 Check Light (Malfunction
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Filter,
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 288
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Coolant Temperature
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 168
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Dual Automatic Climate Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Fluid
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
E Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 294
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 234 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 139 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
420 Index
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Fuses Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Engine Compartment Fuse GM Mobility Reimbursement
Forward Automatic Braking . . . . . 259 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Forward Collision Alert Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 310
H
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 Instrument Panel Fuse
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Frequency Statement Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Rear Compartment Fuse
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 168
Front Fog Lamp Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
G Headlamps
Front Pedestrian Braking
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Front Seats
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Gauges Daytime Running
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . . 64
Engine Coolant Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Fuel
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 144
Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 166
Filling a Portable Fuel
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 144
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Heated
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Warning Lights and Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Heated and Ventilated Front
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 143
General Information Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 373 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271 Heater
Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198, 201
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Index 421
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 J Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 140
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 328 Jump Starting - North Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 215 America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 LATCH System
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 238 Replacing Parts after a
K
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 140 Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Keyless Entry
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 235 LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 29
Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287 LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 L Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
How to Wear Seat Belts Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 321 Lighting
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Lamps Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198, 201 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 166 Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 169
I
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Lights
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Exterior Lamps Off Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Indicator
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 Antilock Brake System
Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Exterior Lighting Battery (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 138
Infants and Young Children,
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Malfunction Indicator Check Engine (Malfunction
Information
(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 399
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 264 Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 139
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Lane Departure Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 142
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 50
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 266 Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
422 Index
Lights (cont'd) Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Mirrors (cont'd)
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 166 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 50
M
Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 140 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Maintenance
Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Monitor System, Tire
Maintenance and Care
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 134 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 375
Service Electric Parking
Recommended Fluids and N
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383 Navigation
StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 136 Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 412
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Traction Control System O
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Messages
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Locks Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Mirrors
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Oil
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Automatic Dimming
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 293
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 91
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 143 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Lower Anchors and Tethers OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
for Children (LATCH OnStar Additional
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Index 423
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 141 Proposition
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Perchlorate Materials 65 Warning,
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406 Requirements, California . . . . . . 286 California . . . . . . . . . . . .285, 304, 356,
Operation Personalization Back Cover
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Publication Ordering
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 176 Phone Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Outlets Apple CarPlay and
R
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 400
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 300 Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188, 189
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Radios
Port
P AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Park Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Power
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Rear Climate Control System . . . 201
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Parking Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Brake and P (Park) Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 226
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 305 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 253
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 121
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 228 Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 76
Parking or Backing Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Privacy
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 253 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 402
Passenger Airbag Status Recommended
Program
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 396
Passenger Compartment Air Recommended Fluids and
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 85
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
424 Index
Records Roadside Assistance Seat Belts (cont'd)
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 76
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 359 Roof Seats
Reimbursement Program, Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Heated and Ventilated Front . . . . 64
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 389 Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Running the Vehicle While Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 59
Replacement Parts Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 59
S
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Safety Defects Reporting
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 91 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 401
Replacing LATCH System Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Securing Child
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Replacing Seat Belt System Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106, 108
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Security
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Reporting Safety Defects Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 401 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 396
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Restraints Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Accessories and
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Retained Accessory Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
How to Wear Seat Belts
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 286
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 385
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Roads Maintenance, General
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 78
Parts Identification Label . . . . . 386
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Index 425
Service (cont'd) Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 System
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 396 Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Forward Collision
Service Electric Parking Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 403
Services Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 Systems
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Storage Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Shift Lock Control Function Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
T
Check, Automatic Storage Areas
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 393
Shifting Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 48
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Cargo Management System . . .114
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 263 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Signals, Turn and Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Sunglasses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 111
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Spare Tire Storing the Tire Sealant and
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Special Application Services . . . . 380 Struts
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Specifications and Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
StabiliTrak Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Sunglass Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326, 328
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 329
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
426 Index
Tires (cont'd) Towing (cont'd) Updates
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 328 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 281 Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Sealant and Traction Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342 Control System
V
Sealant and Compressor (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . 142
Vehicle
Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Traction Control/Electronic
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Terminology and Definitions . . 324 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Uniform Tire Quality Trademarks and License
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 386
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Wheel Alignment and Tire Trailer
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339 Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 281
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 339 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
When It Is Time for New Transmission
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Transportation Program,
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 140
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Vehicle Care
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Storing the Tire Sealant
Towing Turn and Lane-Change
and Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 348
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 271 Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
U Vehicle Data Recording and
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 271
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 337 Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 359
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 160 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Mexico-12146149) - 2019 - crc - 3/27/18
Index 427
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 265
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 339
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 97
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 306
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
19_GMC_Acadia_AcadiaDenali_COV_en_US_84139730A_2018APR13.ai 1 4/4/2018 1:02:16 PM
2019 Acadia/Acadia Denali

C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
Acadia/Acadia Denali
Owner’s Manual
gmc.com (U.S.)
84139730 A gmccanada.ca (Canada)

2019 GMC Acadia Owners Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2019 GMC Acadia Owners Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

19_GMC_Acadia_AcadiaDenali_COV_en_US_84139730A_2018APR13.

2019 Acadia/Acadia Denali

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer (If Equipped). 20. Instrument Panel Illumination

Driver Information w or x : Press to move up or

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29

Remote Keyless Entry Remote Keyless Entry

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

To access the driver door key lock

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Delayed Locking Automatic Door Locks

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Do not sweep your foot side

The indicator light, on the

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

52 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 53

54 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Dirt and debris may collect on the

Seats and Restraints 55

56 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 57

The head restraint will fold rearward

58 Seats and Restraints

If equipped, move the lever up or

Seats and Restraints 59

60 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 61

62 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 63

64 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 65

66 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 67

68 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 69

70 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 71

{ Warning Seat Belts Warning (Continued)

72 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Restraints 73

74 Seats and Restraints

2. Pick up the latch plate and pull

Seats and Restraints 75

76 Seats and Restraints